LIFE OF QI

THE SCIENCE OF LIFE FORCE

DAVID WONG
Copyright © David Wong, 2022
A Qi Life Publication. First published in Canada, 2022.
Visit www.UseTheQi.com to learn more.
To shop Qi Life products, visit www.QiLifeStore.com today.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any electronic or
mechanical means, including information storage and retrieval systems, without written permission
from the author, except for the use of brief quotations for review or academic purposes.
DISCLAIMER
To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, you release this book, its author, and its Affiliates, and its/their employees, agents
and representatives from any and all liability, damage or loss. Products offered for sale by Qi Life are NOT medical devices nor
electrical appliances and they are not intended to be used to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease. Qi Life products have not
been evaluated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and no medical claims are made or implied for any the products
mentioned in this book. Qi Life is committed to complete compliance with FDA regulations and as such, because its products
have not been evaluated by the FDA, no claims as to any benefits for these products are explicitly made. If you decide to
purchase a Qi Life products, you are drawing your own opinions as to any additional benefits or use these products may provide.
The research, imagery, testimonials, and/or endorsements found in this book are not offered to suggest or imply that you will
achieve similar results with use of Qi Life products and methods. Studies, evidence, and links provided are for reference purposes
only and Qi Life products are not intended to be used to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease. The aforementioned
information has not been evaluated by the FDA. Worldwide, there are no governmental health agencies that recognize a need to
supplement natural magnetic fields. Always consult with your doctor before starting any use. Content in this book is in no way to
be considered professional medical advice; they are opinions. The author is not a valid medical professional. This book is for
educational purposes only. You are encouraged to use the information and links in this book with your doctor’s supervision.
Information and opinions provided in this book are based upon reputably published journals and firsthand experience.
Information found and opinions expressed anywhere on our web sites or in other printed materials are never to be construed as
medical advice. You understand that when you order a Qi Life product, , it is not a medical device or electrical appliance. If you
purchase a Qi Life product, you assume all liability and responsibility for its use.
to my wife…
 CONTENTS

Imagine…
A HEALING FUTURE
Energy Travels
HOW A QIGONG MASTER STOPPED CANCER FROM 3,000 MILES AWAY
Chapter 1
MY JOURNEY TO A QI LIFE
Chapter 2
ENERGY HEALING
Chapter 3
WE DON’T KNOW WHAT WE DON’T KNOW… OR DO WE?
Chapter 4
A NEW FRONTIER: THE FIFTH FORCE
Chapter 5
BECOMING SUPERHUMAN
Chapter 6
THE MULTIVERSE: CONSCIOUSNESS, AURA, & MANIFESTATION
Chapter 7
QI ENERGY TECHNOLOGY
Chapter 8
HEALING THE WORLD FASTER

Learn More
References
IMAGINE…
 A HEALING FUTURE

David Wong, author of this book, practicing Qigong.

I magine detecting an illness before it becomes problematic. Imagine a

world where you are no longer prescribed pharmaceuticals, but instead,
prescribed targeted frequencies with zero side effects. Imagine surgery
being a thing of the past, replaced by non-invasive, energy wavelengths that
can re-atomize internal problems without the use of a scalpel. Imagine broken
bones and internal wounds being healed instantly. Imagine chronic pain and
thousands of other ailments being eliminated at the source—at the cellular
and molecular level. Imagine artificial intelligence being able to do all of this
automatically for you, to keep you healthy every minute of the day, tracking
your health status, and sending you the precise frequencies you need in order
to maintain peak performance. Imagine being recharged and receiving micro-
doses of frequencies through a device that you can wear, or a bed that you
can sleep on each night. Imagine only needing a physician in the absolute
worst-case emergencies.
Now imagine all of those possibilities being affordable, sustainable, and
accessible to all. Sounds too good to be true, doesn’t it? What if I told you
that’s exactly where the science is taking us? What if I told you that horizon
is closer than you think?
What benefits might such a future bring with it? To begin with, the
human experience will become far less complicated. At long last, we will
enjoy a health-span to go along with our increased lifespan. Getting older will
no longer mean such a steep spiral in decline. We’ll be able to better regulate
the process of aging, making it more dignified, comfortable, and active. We’ll
open new neural pathways by hacking our biology, enabling cures to some of
our most pressing degenerative and neurological conditions; autism,
Alzheimer’s, dementia, epilepsy, depression, and more…. These will all
become things of the past. We’ll go even further though. Using that same
neural pathway expansion, we’ll enhance human cognition, bringing about
new intellectual and creative abilities, transforming the way we approach
education and lifelong learning. We’ll transcend the limitations of our minds,
access the full abilities of our brain’s power, and achieve new states of
consciousness. We’ll eradicate devastating diseases like cancer, diabetes,
heart disease, and more, by tuning our cellular structures. We’ll supercharge
healing by cellular regeneration.
All of this will become possible with the exponential advancement of
information and science that is upon us. This version of tomorrow will come
to be through the powers of resonant energy… frequency.
Scientists call this ‘energy medicine’. I call it Qi Energy. The secret of
this life force (of the universe’s cosmic, subtle energy) can improve our lives
in ways that will leave you in awe. In these pages, I’ll tell you how I found
myself drawn to this scientific revolution, how it changed my life, and how it
will change yours, too. You’ll discover an abundance of opportunity,
advancement, and transformation. What was once considered ancient myth is
now scientific fact. You already have the source energy of this cosmic
potential encoded into your DNA. Masters of energy have known this secret
for generations. And now it’s our turn to harness its power. Join me as we
begin our journey in the Life of Qi…
ENERGY TRAVELS
 HOW A QIGONG MASTER STOPPED CANCER FROM
3,000 MILES AWAY

I n traditional Chinese medicine, dating back more than 3.000 years, an

energy force known as Qi has been said to form the basis of life. It is life
force itself. Its two polarities, yin and yang, are at constant odds. Its
balance brings health. Its imbalance brings disease. Balancing these odds
then is both an art form and a precise spiritual science. In this way,
understanding Qi is actually quite simple, but mastering its balance is a real
skill that takes intense training and focus. This mastering can be referred to as
Qigong—in essence, the control and manipulation of Qi’s flow, both inside
and outside the body.
For centuries, the secrets of Qigong masters remained elusive and
mysterious. Like the shaman of so many cultures and civilizations, the
masters possess an exceptional selection of abilities, wisdom handed down
from master to master. It wasn’t until the late 1970s that scientific research
into Qigong mastery began to develop. By the mid-1980s, more than fifty
research papers exploring the effects of Qi energy flow had been published.
Since then, many dozens more have followed.
The practice of Qigong combines concentration, meditation,
visualization, movement, and biofeedback to command the flow of Qi and
direct it where it needs to go to enable the best form of balance and harmony.
This balance can be achieved in various forms: cognitive, physical, spiritual,
moral, medical, and more.
And it is this last form, medical, that is proving increasingly exciting in
research facilities around the world. In 2002, Dr. Kevin Chen, of the
University of Maryland, reviewed dozens of Qigong cancer studies carried
out by Chinese researchers. He concluded that patients who underwent
Qigong therapies “showed more improvement or had a better survival rate
than conventional methods alone.” (Chen, 2002) This sort of therapy is
known as ‘energy healing’.
In fact, some studies have shown that Qigong energy healing can be
conducted without the practitioner and the patient being in the same place at
all. In 2008, Penn State University’s Professor John Neely published a
scientific paper that detailed something positively extraordinary. In
collaboration with renowned Qigong master Jixing Li, Neely documented
long-distance energy transmission targeted with virtual pinpoint accuracy.
Master Li was located in California, while Dr. Neely’s lab was in
Pennsylvania. Over the course of several experiments, Neely placed human
sarcoma cancer cells in various laboratory incubators. Some were used as
controls and others were to be targeted directly by Li’s Qi energy—from the
other side of the continent! In some cases, the samples and the controls were
placed in separate rooms in Neely’s lab. In others, they were placed close to
one another, even on separate shelves in the same room. This was to test the
accuracy of Master Li’s energy transmission. The goal was for Li to avoid
affecting the control samples even when they were placed close to the target
samples.
The results across this series of experiments were astounding. From a
distance of 3,000 miles across North America, Master Li could repeatedly
target his Qi energy on the desired samples without affecting the control
incubators. The control cell samples continued to grow exponentially, while
the target cell samples diminished and died.
 Graphs detailing Dr. John Neely’s results testing the effects of long-distance energy
healing carried out by Master Jixing Li.

In later experiments, the sarcoma cells were replaced with leukemia cells,
which are even harder to treat with conventional pharmaceutical solutions.
After a month of Master Li transmitting his Qi energy across the continent,
the leukemia cells were dead, too. Dr. Neely would later say, “This is a
breakthrough in biological science. It shows that changing the primary energy
structure of cells can change their characteristics.” (Neely, 2009)
These tests substantiate that the laws of physics can be bent to our will,
that when subtle energies are harnessed and focussed by tuned masters,
precision healing can be successfully achieved, even across great distances.
They showcase that modern medicine can be aided by, and in some cases
even replaced by, traditional healing practices.
This is the power of Qi. This is the power of subtle energy. If we’re brave
enough to take advantage of these ancient secrets, the future of medicine and
healing can be transformed forever.
CHAPTER 1
MY JOURNEY TO A QI LIFE
THE LONG WAY DOWN

I t was cold that day—the day I fell three stories to the ground. A long way
down for a nine-year-old. A long way down for anyone, really. Perhaps
my heavy winter jacket cushioned my landing. It sure didn’t feel like it
though. Cement is cement after all. There’s only so much cushioning a few
down feathers can offer from such a height. It was my fault, too. That’s what
bothers me looking back. I’d been playing along a railing after school.
Leaning over the top bar, balancing on the middle one, feeling gravity tug at
me ever so slightly. Foolish, yes, but then, it’s okay to be foolish now and
then. Sometimes the risk is worth it. Sometimes it’s not. Maybe the backpack
I had on tipped the scales and made me a little top-heavy. Who’s to say?
There’s no way to know at this point. I just fell. That’s all. I remember the
whoosh of cold air rushing over my exposed cheeks when gravity finally won
out. Down I went, head first. And then nothing. Just an impact I can’t recall.
A quick fade to blackness tucked far in the shadows of my memory. I can
still feel that darkness: an inky black infinity. It felt like I was floating,
deprived of any sensory input. I could sense my own existence, but even that
felt distant somehow. And then the light crept back in. My eyes fluttered
open. And there they were…
Someone or something must have been looking over me that day. Some
other students found me there not long after, face down in a pool of my own
blood. I probably gave them quite the scare. I don’t think I screamed as I fell,
so I’m not sure how long after the impact they found me. It was a good thing
they did though. I was hurt very badly. I looked like I’d lost a fight with the
biggest, toughest bully at school. I was speaking Cantonese when I came to,
the sort of bizarre thing you read about in a newspaper. I still wonder what I
said. I can just barely remember staring up at them, all bent down over me,
like in a movie. Their heads formed a semi-circle of round shadows above
me, set against the bright blue sky. I could barely make any of their faces out,
but I remember the clouds beyond them. Giant wisps of white racing by as if
the world had started spinning faster. The kids were confused, and one rushed
off to find a teacher who could speak Chinese back to me, unsure how best to
help. This was before every kid on the playground had a cell phone in their
pocket, so calling 9-1-1 right away wasn’t the first thing that crossed their
minds. Not that it mattered. An ambulance was called soon enough, and I was
quickly off to an intensive care unit regardless of which language was
coming from my lips. I had always wanted to ride in an ambulance… but not
like that. The passenger seat as a ride-along would have been a much more
enjoyable experience. Even still, I remember the sirens blaring as we sped
through town. They were muffled and came in and out each time I lost
consciousness and woke again. There was a paramedic in the back with me.
He kept saying it was going to be all right.
I was in surgery for about an hour after arriving at the hospital. I had
broken my neck, and my skull was fractured in multiple places. I had lost a
lot of blood, and there was internal bleeding as well. They were forced to top
me up with a donor infusion to make up for what I’d lost back on the
playground. The initial X-rays showed that the fractures in my skull had
resulted in bone fragments, so they removed them during the surgery to
prevent any further internal damage. This process left me with a noticeable
dent in my skull that would take some time to heal. It’s amazing what a few
meters and some gravity can do. After the surgery, I was unconscious for a
pretty long while. My parents were told that my chances of survival were
about 50% and that if I did pull through, it was likely I would be left with
some permanent brain damage.
I don’t remember much from my time at the hospital. They pumped me
so full of painkillers that it became a blur. My parents have told me that I was
there for a week or so, but even they have trouble remembering exactly; it
was a traumatic time for all and I wasn’t the only one who experienced the
blur. I would wake up calling out for my brother in the night, they tell me, my
eyes so swollen that I couldn’t even tell what time it was. I was
unrecognizable. A broken child in the dark of intermittent blindness.
When I was finally discharged to finish my recovery back at home, my
life didn’t just return to normal. Far from it. For weeks and weeks, I had to
wear a neck brace and a special helmet while my skull healed. The helmet
only came off to sleep. I looked like a race-car driver or an astronaut, but
there was nothing fast or interstellar about my life during that time. The
bruising took its sweet time to fade, and with it, a part of me faded as well. I
was a changed boy. Gone was the extrovert: the active, jovial me. In his
place, the introvert: a quieter self, a different model. It was like the real me
had been swapped out when I was floating in that black infinity after impact.
I’d been replaced, or possessed, or repurposed. I was me, but not me at all.
 I fell three stories to the ground that year, when I was nine years old, but
in many ways, I fell much, much farther. I fell into the beginnings of an abyss
even greater than that black infinity I’d experienced. This was a defining
moment for me. It changed the course of my life. After many more weeks,
the swelling subsided and you could no longer see that I had been through
something so arduous. With newly opened eyes, I began to see the world
differently. I probably didn’t know it then. Kids are aware of things we adults
rarely are, but I don’t think I possessed the self-awareness to see how
important and pivotal this tragic situation would prove to be. Looking back
now, it’s so obvious in hindsight. It was an awakening.
I don’t know if it was the trauma of a near-death experience. Maybe it
was just the lingering effects of broken bones, surgeries, and painful healing.
Whatever it was though, it was clear to me even then, at so young an age, that
something was missing. Maybe even something that only the fall could help
me see. All of a sudden, I knew there was a purpose for me—but there was a
thick fog ahead, obscuring that purpose. The first year after my accident, this
fog didn’t let up much. It took me a while to see it, but there in the haze, there
was a light. A lantern in the mist. Like something was beckoning me,
summoning me. And when it finally emerged, there he was: my brother,
ready to lead me, to show me something new. He had been trying on and off I
suppose. I just wasn’t picking up on it during my healing process. But his
efforts became clear during these early days of awakening: He persuaded me
to take my spirituality more seriously.
I wasn’t sure I was up to the task, but he took me through it step by step. I
started going to church. I found new comfort in the process of prayer. My
family had never really gone to church. It was my brother who brought me
into the fold, who taught me to use spirituality to shape myself and my
aspirations. It became a form of therapy. There was an energy at work within
this new community that surrounded me. I could feel it charging my being,
charging my soul. It was within me.
Over the next few years, through my early teens, this source of guidance
and energy was extremely valuable to me, in ways I’d never imagined
possible. I began to hear a leading voice in my head. A distant echo pulling
me toward something unknown. It was a serious turning point, but even this
sense of direction couldn’t solve everything completely. My introversion
made me an easy target for bullies during my middle school days. And boy,
did they come swinging – figuratively and literally. I ducked and weaved my
way through those years, tolerating their nonsense as calmly as I could, trying
my best to avoid conflict and deflect their negative energies. It was also
during this time that I developed a deeper love of music. There was a piano in
one of my classrooms that I would fool around with during recess or after
school while the other kids played. I asked my parents to sign me up for
lessons. The consequences of this addition to my life were exponential.
Music became an instant outlet for me, for when I didn’t speak much. This
passion translated through my experience in church, and I began playing
there as well. I believe this musicality helped bring my voice back; it helped
me to be more extroverted, and to share with others. And it was also a form
of energy in itself. After all, Instrumentation is just frequencies converging to
form sounds. Today, I can look back on this time as the genesis of my
understanding of energy and its various forms. It would inform my decisions
for years to come. I had no idea how much so, but then, I was still traversing
that fog that hung over me. I wasn’t yet tuned in to the universe.
By the time I got to high school, the beginnings of this newfound voice
had had enough of my bullies. My calm toleration had finally run out. My
spirituality and musicality had been charging my soul like a battery, and it
was time to use these energy reserves to my advantage. I started to stand up
for myself more, to be more assertive and dominant in my everyday
interactions. There were a few fights here and there. Nothing too serious, but
enough to make me realize the power of confidence and self-esteem. Enough
to make me realize that our reaction to action must be balanced – strong but
measured. Yin and yang. My brother’s mentorship through all of this was
important. My prayers became more meaningful, more purposeful.
This developing sense of self-worth and self-actualization transitioned to
my earliest experiences in meditation. I started reading books about it, and
the deeper into the meditative process I went, the more that distant echo
became clearer. The leading voice in my head provided me with both answers
and directions. This was transformative. I was learning to channel my
intentions, to sculpt my desires.
With high school behind me, I got a full scholarship to study engineering
at university. I took up a few odd jobs on the side. Things went okay for a
little while. I made some new friends, but nobody all that close. My brother
had moved across the country for work, and with him gone, I left some good
habits behind. I stopped meditating as often as I had been. During this time, I
started to feel a little lost. My university experience wasn’t fulfilling me as I
thought it would, and the jobs I was taking on felt like dead ends. I hated
feeling lost again, like I had when I was younger. I wondered how this
reversal of confidence could happen; I had worked so hard to build new
habits and take control of my life. My accident had taught me that there was a
purpose for me, but I still hadn’t figured out what it was. I grew easily
bothered and stressed. My attitude deteriorated a little, and before long,
through quick temper and easy frustration, I found myself in an actual
physical altercation because of my poor judgment. Who was I becoming? A
fight? Really? It was stupid. And kind of embarrassing. Even more
embarrassing because I lost the fight. I lost a little dignity along with it. But
this was a lightbulb moment for me. It was the wake-up call I needed to come
to terms with how I had been feeling. What I needed was more structure—
and there was a way I could find that, while also making sure that if I ever
got in a fight again, I’d be in a better position to win. I got into martial arts.
This was another powerful transition point for me. Martial arts led me to
the practice of Tai Chi and Qigong. Increased strength and stamina soon
followed as I renewed my spiritual focus and better aligned my life in
equilibrium. For the most part, my practice of Qigong was self-taught, but I
was fortunate to have an uncle whose mother had practiced with Shaolin
monks many decades in the past. This allowed me to sharpen my skills a little
faster than some, but believe me when I tell you: it’s not the speed with
which you make important changes that matters most. It’s the intention and
follow-through. The intensity of this meditation brought me more in touch
with what was occurring inside my body. It made me realize that everything
happening externally in my life was intricately connected with my inner
balance. This was perhaps the first time that I began to understand the forces
of energy in a concrete way—as a matter of mechanics. I started to come to
terms with its flow, its transmission, and its infinite abilities. This was a
learning process that would come in handy years later. Through Qigong, my
meditations became so profound that I could literally feel the energy in my
own body moving from one place to another, and I could direct it as needed.
It was tangible. It was like a heat sensation coursing through my veins. What
a feeling! I never wanted it to end!
My life started to turn around again after this. I got a better job at a law
firm. I was starting to make a little bit of money for the first time. And I met a
girl I was crazy about. Having someone close was great. Someone I could
talk to about anything. I started reading a lot again, mostly about financial
literacy and leadership. I wanted to build something of myself. I was
determined to use the energy I could feel inside of me as a tool, to harness it
for my own growth. I started reading about real estate investment. Something
clicked. It was practically instantaneous. I knew what I had to do. I quit my
job and leapt into the world of real estate. And you know what? I was pretty
good at it! Things were finally falling into place again. And they kept getting
better. It was the first time in my life when my happiness felt in balance with
every aspect of my being. I felt so in control of my destiny. I still hadn’t truly
found that missing sense of purpose I was after, but it felt like I was on the
right path. I had momentum.
Sometimes our paths are meant to bend and wind though… They can’t
always be straight lines. Things were really starting to take off for me. I
started to feel as though maybe real estate investment was my purpose—
maybe it was what I had been looking for. It was bringing me the freedom
and flexibility I wanted, and it was creating a comfortable life for me and my
fiancée, but it’s easy to fly too close to the sun. As my work in this field
expanded, so too did my aspirations of building an even bigger life for
myself. I was still in search of more fulfillment, a clearer direction.
Soon after, I developed a working relationship with someone in the
manufacturing field. It was a little outside my wheelhouse, but he took me
under his wing, and the field seemed promising. He quickly became like a
mentor to me. I bit off more than I could chew with this relationship though.
And wow, did I learn that the hard way. As it turned out, my mentor wasn’t
who he said he was. He had been taking advantage of my eagerness and
inexperience all along, enticing me with new opportunities and experiences.
He did this by doing what so many scammers do, especially the online guru
types: he was flashy and showy. Expensive watches, cars, homes, and other
possessions that seemed too good to be true. He talked big and made even
bigger promises. It was endless. He made me believe I could have it all, and
after playing the long game, he wanted me to invest in his company, to
become more of a partner. How could I say no? He had opened so many
doors for me. It really did seem like he wanted to help me become a better
version of myself. I thought of him as a mentor, and also as a friend. But
none of it was real. Fake documents. Fake figures. Fake everything. It was all
an illusion. He took me for everything. And I mean every penny! I’d taken
out loans from family and friends and banks! I over-leveraged and over-
extended to buy into a fake dream. I was financially ruined.
 I never saw it coming. He had been grooming me to take a fall—a fall
much greater than that day on the schoolyard when I was nine years old.
Forget the three-storey tumble. I felt like he’d taken me to the top of a
hundred-storey building. It was a bullet-fast elevator to the top and all along,
he built up my confidence, earned my trust, and convinced me I was on the
edge of truly making it to where I wanted to be… But there on that rooftop of
false pretenses, as he was promising me the world, he shoved me over the
edge, laughing at how gullible I was. A total conman!
So there I was, falling all over again, and sure, this time it was
figurative… Call it a fall from grace, I guess. There were no broken bones or
skull fractures or neck braces. But the impact was just as powerful. And the
healing would be just as intense. Instead of hitting the ground, I hit the
hardest thing of all: reality. Rock bottom, in all its icy coldness and
indifference. But underneath that, if you let yourself keep going, is another
side. Another dimension. Another reality. One of your own choosing. One
where the internal energies I spent all those years learning to control unlock
doors you didn’t even know existed. This would be my last fall. I promised
myself that. And more than that, I promised myself I would never be like
him. I would never be a conman. I made a vow that I would never pretend to
be something I wasn’t, to always be truthful in how I represented myself. It’s
a vow I take incredibly seriously.
I found myself back at square one. As you can imagine, I sunk into a deep
depression. This lowness became desperate and hungry. It ate me alive. It
was a monster, and I was defenseless. In my hopelessness and despair, I lost
even more. I lost my girlfriend. In my depleted mental state, I found it hard to
keep fighting to make things work between us and we drifted apart. I tried
chasing after her initially, but it was no use. My depression only worsened.
They say the moments that break you make you stronger. It sure didn’t feel
like it at the time, but if you fall far enough and land hard enough, you’re left
just sitting there, looking around at all your broken pieces. I had been there
before. I knew what had to be done.
I moved back to Vancouver and returned to the habits that had built me
up before. I started practicing martial arts again and threw myself head-first
into deeper and deeper meditation. During this time, I started working on new
business strategies, schemes that eventually failed to pan out, but in working
on proposals and plans, I tuned my focus. I had to. It was the only way to
move forward. I started asking myself serious, introspective questions: What
kind of people did I want to work with? What kind of value did I want to
provide to people? What type of work could help me deliver on truth, honesty,
and transformation? I knew that none of the ideas I was coming up with for
my next chapter in life would allow me to answer these questions
meaningfully—they were all just about making money. I wanted to do more
than make money though. I wanted to benefit people deeply and spiritually! It
took being taken advantage of and losing the first real love of my life for me
to realize that I had to follow my passions, not my bank balance. I know that
sounds cheesy, but clichés exist because they ultimately ring true.
One day while meditating, I found that powerful energy flow again at
long last… The energy that I could literally feel pulsing from one part of my
body to another. I had tapped into this level of meditation before, but it
occurred to me that I had never really learned about what it was, or how it
occurred. This was an aha moment – the kind Oprah always talks about.
Something clicked in me. If I could share the fundamentals of this experience
with people, maybe there was a business to build around it: a merging of
science and spirituality. Spiritual science. I started researching soon after, but
the bills still needed to be paid, so I pursued one of the business strategies I
had been working on. I started a small online marketing company. It did
okay, and I was able to get by while I plunged deep into every book and
spiritual text I could get my hands on, digging deeper into the most profound
effects of meditation.
One of the patterns I started to notice in my research was the various
understandings of energy within the human body that each of the great
ancient civilizations promoted. The Egyptians, Mesopotamians, Mayans,
Aztecs, and more… all left behind records of targeted energy practices,
especially sound energy and harmonics, or as we know it more commonly:
frequency. This opened a rabbit hole. I was like Alice in Wonderland. I went
all in, no looking back. I began studying the frequencies of the cosmos, of the
planets themselves. This led me to uncover forms of meditation that relied
upon these sorts of frequencies. In performing these meditations myself, I
was amazed to experience how they affected my body and my emotions. It
was incredible. The more I learned, and the more I put what I learned into
practice personally, the more I understood the energy fields around my own
body. This allowed me to take control of those fields, to adjust them, and in
so doing, I was able to achieve a state of clarity I didn’t even know existed. It
was like all the blockages in my psyche and personality were cleared. My
depression eased, my overall mood improved dramatically, and I could get
into desired emotional zones almost on demand. If I needed to be focussed, I
could tap into that energy. If I needed to be motivated, I could put myself in
that mindset. Energy can be controlled. And the kind of energy you need can
be manifested.
This all tied in with my prior experience with Qigong and its principles of
energy flow. I began to experiment with new methods of meditation by
incorporating those principles with my newfound scientific and historical
understanding of frequencies and the ways they shape our physical and
spiritual selves. I also started seeking out masters of energy control in the
modern world, not just in the pages of history. I found Wim Hof and his
amazing feats of body temperature manipulation (to combat extreme cold
exposure) mind-blowing, so I merged his breathing techniques into my
meditation routine. I also infused my practices with Kundalini. My online
marketing company started to reach new heights as I tuned in to myself, and
in my meditation, I prayed for a new place to channel the love and vibrance I
was feeling inside. It was around this time that the woman who would
become my wife emerged from the haze, almost like my brother had so many
years before: A lantern in the dark. A compass to new prosperity. All of this
renewed success and happiness was great, but it still wasn’t sustaining me the
way I knew my work and life needed to if I was to be truly fulfilled.
I knew my personalized practice of meditation was something special. I
was manifesting the things I wanted in life. But achieving such an elevated
state of consciousness through meditation isn’t exactly duplicable. It can’t
really be packaged. Almost nobody has the time to put in the practice and
effort required to achieve it. There had to be a way to tap into these levels of
spiritual connection between mind, body, and spirit—and to gain the real-
world results of drive, motivation, and manifestation, all of which can lead to
abundance, success, and the control of one’s destiny. I asked myself what lay
at the heart of my personal meditation practice. What was it that made this
inner harmony possible? It was the energy, the frequency. So what if
frequencies could be crafted to elicit the changes in mind, body, and spirit
that I was experiencing? There have been frequency therapy systems on the
market for decades, but they’ve never truly been targeted before. I reached
out to some scientists in related fields and we began developing frequencies,
particularly higher quantum frequencies. This was it, I thought. This was how
I could share my passions and build a business around them—a business that
would help transform people’s lives. We called this venture Qi Life.
Our goal was to create the ultimate frequency therapy system, a collection
of frequencies, devices, and resources that would not only upset an industry
that was stuck many decades in the past, but that would redefine how people
use and engage with frequency in their everyday lives – making it modern,
accessible, and easy to use. This was no simple task, and one that a lot of
people were skeptical about in those early days, including me, if I’m being
honest. I knew that there were many older technologies that people had
claimed to have had some success with, but I was hoping to take things
further.
One of the first trials I put to the test was on myself. Up until that point, I
had suffered from a digestive disease that the medical community views as
manageable but incurable. I’d tried everything. Pharmaceutical medication.
Natural medication. Some worked okay, but their effects would wear off after
my body got used to them so I was always having to switch them up and
modulate my dosages. Acupuncture works for some, but I never really saw
much in the way of results, and it was costly and inconvenient. My prayer
and meditation allowed me to train my mind to tolerate the symptoms, even
to forget about them at times, but while this was valuable, what I wanted
most was a more permanent solution. Working with my team, we began
testing frequencies on myself. It took some time to narrow down what
worked best, but eventually, I started to see results. My symptoms
diminished, and eventually, disappeared. The encouragement this self-healing
journey brought me was euphoric. What else could we do with this
technology?
My parents were some of the first users. My father had spent years
suffering from the effects of chronic insomnia. He was lucky to sleep more
than an hour or two per night. It drained him physically and emotionally.
After experimenting with various frequencies, we finally found one that
helped him see some early results. We kept fine-tuning, and before long, he
was sleeping almost the whole night. It’s been many years since then, and
he’s still experiencing a good night’s rest. My mom was also an early
adopter. When she had a stroke, I used frequency therapy to help her through
her recovery. She was able to get back to normal living much sooner than
expected, and notably faster than the other stroke patients in her hospital
ward. Her doctors were amazed by her rapid progression. As I transitioned
beyond family and friends, the results kept coming in positive. I was gaining
confidence in the consistency of this technology’s effectiveness. The last of
my doubts and skepticism began to disappear. People were using our
frequencies to improve their focus and clarity, to promote better sleep habits,
to induce ultra-relaxation and achieve profound states of meditation. They
reported better mood fluctuation and relief from anxieties, stress, and pain. I
felt like I was witnessing miracles daily. As the devices and technology
improved, the testimonials I was hearing made it clear I had chosen the right
path, that I was truly doing something meaningful.
I remember the wife I spoke with from Hong Kong. Her husband had
been dealing with forty years of back pain. A sporting incident pushed this
pain to its breaking point. He fractured his spine, and the surgery he received
only made it worse, leaving him in severe pain. He barely left the house. She
bought one of our devices and began targeting specific frequencies to his
back once a day. After just two months, he was walking again! She told me
about how it had also affected his mood and personality. He was happier and
had more energy. He even started cooking again, something he hadn’t done
in years.
I remember hearing from a man in Indiana. His brother had to have one of
his feet amputated and spent most of his time bedridden. He had painful
varicose up to his knees: swelling, discomfort, and discolouration. With daily
application of frequency therapy, the varicose all but disappeared in less than
a week. It even reduced the size of an ulcer he had on his remaining foot,
clearing it up soon after!
I remember my friend Will, a music producer from Canada. He was
active and healthy. He practiced martial arts and had great self-discipline, but
something was still missing. He felt like he wasn’t living up to his potential.
Using our Qi Coil™ device and frequencies designed for manifestation and
abundance, he experienced increased focus and creativity. His business grew
and new opportunities started to present themselves—things he never would
have dreamed about before.
The power of these transformations never got old to me, and it still
doesn’t. And as Qi Life continued to grow, I knew I had to keep pushing to
bring this technology to as many people as I could share it with.
The longer I work in this field, the more I’ve come to realize how
incredibly life-changing this technology is. I’m not just a developer or
inventor… I’m a user. I’m a believer. I’ve seen the evidence firsthand. These
products have changed my life. They’ve allowed me to finally find that piece
of me that was missing, that sense of purpose. I get to wake up every day
combining my passions and talents in order to help other people find their
inner balance and self-healing pathways—all without pills, without surgeries,
without invasive treatments.
Modern healthcare is reactive. It reacts to the shortcomings in our mind,
body, and spirit. It’s at its best in emergencies or last resort situations, like
when I fell three storeys as a child, but it’s not so good at maintenance and
preventative healing. Ancient civilizations knew better. Modern monks high
in the Himalayas still know better to this day. The answer is to be
anticipatory and responsive, not reactive. The secret to overall balance is
energy flow. It’s the fields of subtle energy within us and around us. Being
able to modulate these fields and control them… That’s the secret to
strengthening ourselves from the inside so we can manifest our desires on the
outside, so we can awaken ourselves spiritually. It’s the secret to achieving
true happiness.
I still feel those old sensations of isolation, depression, or anxiety from
time to time, but what I’ve learned is that with the right skills, methods, and
technology, I can literally flip the switch on those feelings, and ultimately
overcome them instead of languishing in them. Happiness is being able to do
what you want and be the person you’re meant to be, to pursue your bigger
dreams with fewer roadblocks and less resistance. Today, through my work, I
get to help people just like you find that same sense of personal control. You
can be abundant. You can be successful. You can be at peace. You can be
healthy. You can be in balance. Resonant frequency is your passport to a
whole new self.
Looking forward, my vision for Qi Life is to work with an even broader
range of people and holistic practitioners so they can develop their own
businesses with the technology we create. We’re increasing funding in our
research and development to be at the forefront of innovation in this space,
and are carrying out clinical trials to substantiate our work even further so it
can reach even more people. Our product line will continue to expand to meet
more specific needs, and we’re working on educational products and
resources so these innovations can be better understood and more easily
accessible. Our ultimate goal has always been to build a robust community of
people who are capable of supporting each other. This is the Qi Life mission,
and you’re invited to take part.
My life has been a series of valleys and peaks. I’ve known the most
desperate lows. I’ve fallen, literally and figuratively, enough times to know
that aligning your inner-self with the world around you is hard. It can be
painful. It can seem hopeless. But that alignment is critical. Balancing your
energies and targeting them in the same direction as your ambitions and
aspirations is the greatest pathway to personal achievement in every aspect of
your life. You deserve your balance. I believe you can change yourself 1% a
day. It’s the steadfast determination to improve the little pieces of your life
with the intention to improve the whole.
Manifestation.
Attraction.
Abundance.
Harmony.
Happiness.
Success.
TOTAL. ENERGY. TRANSFORMATION.
Unlock your inner potential. Change your life.
I’ve made it my life’s mission to help others, like you, find their own
awakening… no treacherous falls required. It’s a long way down still, but it’s
a descent into your own inner workings, deep into your sense of self. It’s a
journey that leads back to the top. I want to help you along that journey.
That’s why I’ve compiled this book. I want to share with you one of the
most empowering secrets the universe has to offer: energy. Qi. It’s a secret
that can change your life. One that has extensive scientific backing. In each
section of this book, I will outline the powers of this energy form that you
never knew existed—the ones you can take control of yourself. I’ll discuss
how this energy can be used to heal, and how physics proves it’s possible. I’ll
go into what’s next, and how our understanding of science will open new
frontiers of possibility for personal transformation. I’ll explore superhuman
abilities, and how amazing feats are happening all around us. I’ll talk about
the multiverse, how manifestation is real and yours to explore. And I’ll share
with you what we’ve been developing at Qi Life, and how our technologies
can become your secret weapons of choice in your quest for reinvention.
If you’ve picked up this book, it means you already have the inner desire
required to transform yourself. Desire and reality are on the same
wavelength. The distance between them can be measured in energy. Luckily
for us, the universe speaks in energy. It can be a little subtle sometimes, but
its healing properties are out of this world. You just need to know how to
translate them, embrace them… to live your Qi life.

Want to kickstart your own Qi Awakening? Why not start today? Start seeing
the world with fresh new eyes. Spiritual attunement will produce the state of
consciousness you’ve been looking for.

Activate your third eye and pineal gland

Increase your creativity
Enhance your intuition, insight, and imagination
Encourage more vivid dreams, and improve dream recall
Experience your spiritual awakening
Increase your bio-energy
Improve stress and anxiety

Download my Spiritual Awakening Third Eye

higher quantum frequency absolutely free. It’s the
perfect gateway to the technologies my team and I
have developed. See and feel the results for
yourself—my gift to you.
Visit www.UseTheQi.com today to download
your free meditation frequency.
CHAPTER 2
ENERGY HEALING
WHAT IS QI?

F or most people, the concept of Qi is rooted in a simple understanding of

energy flow and its general benefits for well-being and balance. I
covered the core principles of this subtle energy form earlier in the
introduction, but let’s take another look at the basics so we can move forward
with a strong grasp of the concept.
Qi is the essence of life and consciousness. It responds to both internal
and external factors. It fluctuates constantly, and flows through all matter,
both living and inanimate. It has two polarities, yin and yang, which must
flow in harmony for good health to be maintained. In its most simplistic
translation, Qi means ‘vapors’ or ‘breath’. In this sense, the ancient Chinese
considered it to be as critical to our health as air itself. (Swanson, 2010) But
this definition is quite basic and lacks a more subtle nuance. If you were to
flip through the pages of an extended Chinese dictionary, you would find
upwards of 85 unique definitions, plus many more that only make sense as
part of compound phrases or expressions. Take the term hao qi, which means
generous spirit or hao ran zhi qi, which means elevation of mind. If we view
Qi as an essential building block of the universe, then we can better
understand the phrase yuan qi, which translates as ‘primary matter’. As you
can see, this tiny word holds enormous meaning and power. (Dong; Raffill,
2006)
In the Chinese tradition, yuan qi is imbued at birth. This primary matter is
interconnected with tian qi, di qi, and ying qi (heaven Qi, earth Qi, and
nourishment Qi) to form zhen qi: true Qi. True Qi moves within our bodies to
affect our every action, and because it is a product of its contributing types of
Qi, it forms the union of man and the natural world, and by extension, the
universe as a whole. This explains how Qi can be transferred or projected,
with or without physical contact—because it is primary matter. It exists in
everything. It is everything. (Dong; Raffill, 2006)
The Chinese were not alone in recognizing this powerful energy force.
Ancient Indians referred to it as ‘prana’. Australian aboriginals referred to it
as ‘songlines’. (Devereux, 1999, 2003) The Iroquois of Canada called it
‘orendo’. It was ‘mana’ to the Polynesian peoples. North African tribes
referred to it as ‘bareka’. The ancient Greeks called it ‘pneuma’—which
translates to ‘that which is breathed’. (Devereux, 1999; Michell, 1969) In
virtually every interpretation of this energy, no matter the culture or
civilization, its foundation as being as important as the air in our lungs has
been central, and it is for this reason that the manipulation and control of this
energy, in order to balance it consciously, has almost always been centered
around breathing techniques during meditative practices.
This ancient wisdom teaches that energy permeates everything and links
all beings with their surroundings. Developing knowledge of and control over
the flow of this energy provides for stability and longevity of mind, body, and
spirit. Chinese Confucian philosopher Mencius described Qi as well-
integrated within the body. He proposed that when properly tended to, Qi was
powerful enough to flow beyond the body and its immediate surroundings—
that it could reach and connect with the universe itself. (Lau, 2003) In this
sense, Qi is also present in non-living entities, because it is the basic building
block of the cosmos. Philosopher Zhuangzi wrote that Qi accumulates to
create the material world, and dissipates when matter breaks down and
returns to the universe. (Watson, 2013) A balance of Qi, therefore, is a
balance of existence. To balance this energy within ourselves is to balance
our existence within the universe. Energy in harmony.
 Figure 1.1 (Source: Wikipedia contributor KVDP, 2010, Public Domain) The body’s
meridian system.

Western doctors and scientists have expressed skepticism about this

subtle energy form from the earliest encounters between West and East. As
early as the 1840s, German scientists tried to evaluate the powers of Qi, but
hesitancy and disbelief broke down any real efforts to research this energy in
depth. This hesitancy has caused great delays in making ground-breaking
improvements in medicine and therapy available to all. More modern
attempts have started to chip away at this hesitancy, finally. In studying the
practice of acupuncture, South Korean scientists have identified tiny channels
in our bodies that energy flows through. These channels have long been
recognized by ancient civilizations, and have been referred to as ‘meridians’
or ‘lines’ through which Qi circulates in the body. (Yu, 2002) Eastern
European physicists have amassed a growing body of work that suggests that
this energy circulation obeys the laws of physics in ways that our current
understandings can’t yet account for. (Swanson, 2010)
For ancient cultures, it was accepted that Qi came in many forms. An
origin variant is inherited at birth, while subsequent forms are accumulated or
manifested during life through experience, choices, and actions. This
accumulation results in a Qi field, or energy field, that surrounds beings and
objects, and these fields constantly interact positively or negatively with one
another. We have the individual power to manipulate our own Qi fields
through practice, meditation, and the use of tools, and by extension, we also
have the power to project our Qi energy onto other beings or entities. (Gu,
2009, 2011; Hin, 2010) This power of controlling, cultivating, manipulating,
and projecting Qi is a practice known as ‘Qigong’.
WHAT IS QIGONG?
Mentions of Qigong, or rather, descriptions of its practice, date back as far as
mentions of Qi itself in written records and artwork—more than 3,000 years.
In some cases, archeological finds date the practice to as old or older than
5,000 years, such as the Neolithic pottery seen here, which appears to show a
figure in a Qigong position. From the breathing techniques described during
the Zhou Dynasty, to the specific instructions on how to concentrate the
movement of Qi found inscribed on precious jewels around 600 BC, history
is clear: Qigong forms a substantial and time-cherished set of practices and
traditions. In the 500s AD, during the Liang Dynasty, records show that Qi
masters began to understand the effects of Qigong on overall health, strength,
and stamina. (Swanson, 2010)
Qigong translates to ‘life energy
cultivation’. Put simply, it is the use of
breathing, movement, and meditation
(Cohen, 2009) to enable a Qi balance.
But more than that, in traditional Chinese
medicine, Qigong is also used to enable
preventative and curative outcomes.
(Holland, 2000) In other words, it is a
form of energy healing, not just for the
body, but for the mind and spirit as well.
Figure 1.2 (Source: unknown)
Neolithic pottery depicting the Daoism, Buddhism, and Confucianism
practice of Qigong, specifically the have all promoted Qigong as a means to
posture technique known as achieve higher consciousness, physical
‘standing post’.
longevity, self-defense, and enhanced
moral character. (Cohen, 1999; Liang,
1997; Yang, 1998) You can see then that Qigong, or energy healing, is a
holistic approach to ailments, deficiencies, and shortcomings of all kinds, and
can be implemented in many ways to target specific aspects of one’s life.
More than seventy-five forms of Qigong practice can be found in
literature through the millennia (Ma Ji Ren, 1992), but most fall into five
predominant varieties or categories, each of which focuses on different
intentions of energy flow. Daoist Qigong maintains the physical body and
higher spiritual cultivation. Confucianist Qigong focuses on moral character
and acumen. Martial Qigong develops self-defense and the control of
physicality. Buddhist Qigong liberates the mind and nourishes life. And
medical Qigong heals the self and others. (Swanson, 2010)
In terms of general procedure, Qigong is carried out through dynamic
practice, static practice, meditative practice, and external practice (which uses
external agents). Dynamic practice involves fluid, choreographed body
movement, with an emphasis on breath control and spatial awareness.
(Frantzis, 2008) Static practice involves holding various postures for
prolonged periods of time, similar to the practice of yoga. (Diepersloot, 2000)
Meditative practice involves visualization, sound, breath awareness, and a
focus on channeling Qi circulation—all with a purpose and intention to still
the mind and seek enlightenment. (Lu, 1969) And finally, external practice,
which involves the use of the world around us. This could include special
herbs, drinks, and foods which are ingested to affect one’s Qi. It could also be
through physical touch, massage, or interaction with other beings. It could
take the form of specialized devices which manipulate Qi energy flow both
within and outside the body. And it may also include the external and
outward projection of Qi away from the body, targeted at another being or
entity, either at close range or from a distance. (Liang, 1997; Xu, 2000)
The term ‘Qigong’ itself came into use in the 1940s and 1950s when the
Chinese government started to incorporate the many forms of this practice
into one cohesive system of life-preserving practices and philosophical
traditions. (Voigt, 2013) In the years that followed, through the Great Leap
Forward and the Cultural Revolution, this streamlined Qigong was
implemented in rehabilitation centers, hospitals, and university science
departments across China. This led to a renewed scientific interest in the
benefits and outcomes that Qigong has to offer. Today, it is estimated that
more than 200 million people practice some form of Qigong daily within
China’s borders, with tens of millions more joining in around the world.
From its simple benefits like daily calm and clarity, to its more intensive
outcomes like healing and preventative medicine, to its most incredible
achievements in mastery like curative and survivalist feats, Qigong represents
a far-reaching and all-encompassing set of tools that challenge our
understanding of physics, biology, and the universe itself. It’s no wonder so
many civilizations and cultures came to the same conclusions: Qi is our
foundational energy source, and its mastery can take humanity to new levels
of consciousness and well-being.
MASTERY & HEALING FEATS
In the introduction to this book, we took a glimpse at the astounding, long-
distance energy projection of Qigong master Jixing Li. From more than 3,000
miles away, he was able to transmit his healing energy to eradicate sample
cancer cells stored in incubators. His projection was so precise that he could
even target his energy to a single shelf in a specific room. From California to
Pennsylvania, Master Li’s experiments under Penn State University’s
Professor John Neely documented both the precision and efficacy of
projected subtle energy, or Qi.
Across China, India, and other places where civilizations date back
thousands of years, Master Li’s abilities would not seem so far-fetched as
they may in the newer nations and cultures of the West. It is this
unwillingness to accept alternative practices that have kept us from advancing
in the modern world. What we refer to as ‘paranormal’ is simply normal in
other places.
Paul Dong has written extensively on paranormally gifted energy
practitioners across China. His work has showcased many examples of
amazing individuals. (Dong, 1984, 1997) In his 1997 book China’s Super
Psychics, Dong describes Master Yan Xin, a medical doctor whose practice
specialized in applying Qi energy on his patients. One of Yan’s most famous
patients was Deng Jiaxian, a leading nuclear scientist, whose advanced cancer
had reached terminal status. Having exhausted all traditional forms of
medicine and therapy, Dr. Yan was summoned to the hospital to see if he
could help the dying scientist. On his travels to the hospital, Yan started his
energy projection. By the time of his arrival, the scientist was sitting up in
bed without the aid of painkillers. This lack of pain continued for the final
month of Deng Jiaxian’s life while Yan kept applying his Qi energy to the
patient. The scientist ultimately passed away, but the fact that he required no
anesthetics to cope with his failing body in these final weeks was seen as
nothing short of a miracle.
Yan’s energy healing has been extensively analyzed. One of his patients,
a steel worker who was hit by a truck and suffered serious fractures in his
shoulders, described Yan Xin’s energy projection as a “cool and refreshing
stream of energy”. After just a few minutes of therapy with the master, the
steelworker was not only able to lift a fifty-pound weight without issue, but
X-rays also revealed his fractures had been reduced to mere hairlines.
Other documented patient cases include diabetes cures, tumor size
reductions, and even reversing HIV-positivity. (Dong, 1997). In his world
travels to lecture at various conferences and universities, Dr. Yan Xin is well
known for his Qi emissions on his audience members, where many attendees
have confirmed various pains and ailments being alleviated or eradicated on
the spot.
Versions of this sort of energy-based healing extend deep into the pages
of our human story. The ancient Greeks recorded many such instances. Take
the story of King Pyrrhus, for example. He was said to be able to heal the
afflictions of his poor subjects simply by touching them. The Egyptians
spoke of an energy force sourced from the star system Sirius. They called it
‘sekhem’ and it was primarily practiced by the Egyptian priesthood.
Practitioners would channel energy through their hands and into the patient.
They could also do this without the physical touch, what we call today
‘remote healing’. The Bible has dozens of examples of energy healing, many
of which were performed by Jesus himself. From healing the blind, to healing
lepers, Jesus’ touch is said to be the flow of God’s own energy into the
person in need of healing.
The Japanese form of this phenomenon is known as ‘reiki’. Japanese
healers transferred what they referred to as ‘universal energy’ through their
hands, particularly through their palms, in order to facilitate physical and
emotional recovery. Perhaps there is no greater visual reference for this
practice than in the famous film Karate Kid, in which Daniel is hurt during
his big tournament fight, and his sensei, Mr. Miyagi practices Reiki to ease
his pain so he can continue fighting. (Avildsen, 1984) Reiki finds its roots in
the concepts of Qi. Its teachings describe Qi in a physiological context –
energy that can be manipulated to treat illness and injury.
“When the flow of Qi is impaired, we have disease. When it flows easily,
we have perfect health.” These are the words of Master Hong Liu. (Liu,
1997) Hong Liu was an apprentice of Master Kwan, who was a famed
Qigong practitioner known for living in a cave in the mountains outside of
Canton, in Southern China, during the Cultural Revolution. (Congressional
Record, 2012) Hong Liu recalls his experiences observing Master Kwan at
work as nothing short of miraculous. “He never asked what ailment the
patient had. Instead, he looked at the person briefly. […] Then he would just
blurt out the patient’s illness and where it bothered the patient most.” (Liu,
1997) Master Kwan was known for his ability to project Qi onto the body
from his hands. His teachings dictated three means by which Qi could be
transmitted to encourage healing:

1. by using acupuncture needles

2. by physical touch applied to acupuncture points
3. by long-distance projection (remote healing)

Master Hong Liu learned all of these methods diligently, and as he went
through his formal Western medical training, he incorporated his Qigong
studies into his laboratory research in an attempt to measure the effects of Qi
energy application. In one study, which used traditional angiography
techniques (adding a dye to the bloodstream to monitor blood flow), Hong
Liu and his team discovered that Qi transmission for as little as thirty-seconds
resulted in increased circulation. His later work with animals infected with
cancer documented that 75% of the animals who were treated with Qigong
saw dramatic reductions in tumor size. (Liu, 1997)
These miraculous phenomena are not just isolated to Chinese masters of
subtle energy. A study carried out in Brazil examined the effects of energy
transmission by Umbanda tribal masters. These masters were challenged with
transmitting energy 6,000 miles away, all the way to Las Vegas, Nevada. The
recipients of this remote exercise experienced an increase in fingertip blood
volume, as well as increased electrodermal activity. (Radin, 2001c)
Elsewhere, we can examine the techniques of Guru Paramahansa
Yogananda of India. Born in the late 1800s, this yogi was known for
popularizing the practice of Kriya Yoga, which emphasizes rhythmic
hyperventilation at different rates of breathing during the meditation process,
which was said to transform his followers’ inner energy balance. In his 1946
autobiography, Yogananda explained the energy effects that this form of
meditation had on the body as a “psycho-physiological method by which […]
the yogi transmutes his cells into pure energy. Elijah, Jesus, Kabir and other
prophets were past masters in the use of Kriya or a similar technique, by
which they caused their bodies to materialize and dematerialize at will.”
Many studies have been carried out on Yogananda’s techniques in the
decades since his death in 1952. One such study examined the effects of
Kriya in the treatment of depression. It concluded that Kriya Yoga showed
promise as an alternative treatment for people suffering from melancholic
depression. (Janakiramaiah, 2000) Studies like this one confirm that the flow
of energy, or Qi, is not just a matter of physical health, but also a matter of
mental health.
Guru Yogananda falls into the category of Pranic healers. Much like Qi
masters, Pranic healers have a focussed command over the subtle energy that
flows through us. For the sake of distinction, allow me to outline the basic
principles of Prana versus Qi. Like Qi, mentions of Prana date back more
than 3,000 years, and just like Qi, it translates to ‘life force’, or what Indian
gurus called the ‘vital principle’. This energy form is said to permeate reality
on all levels, both in living beings and inanimate objects. It is believed to
connect all the elements of the universe. (Saraswati, 1981)

Figure 1.3 (Source: InnerLotus.com) Nadis and chakras.

Ancient Indian philosophy describes Prana flowing through channels

within the body just as Qi does. (Mallinson, 2017) They call these channels
‘nadis’. Fluctuations in the flow of Prana through the nadis are said to cause
physical and mental agitation. (Sridhar, 2015) You can see then that the
Indians and the Chinese both came to virtually the same conclusions about
the special role that universal, cosmic energy plays, both within the body and
without.
Tirumalai Krishnamacharya, sometimes referred to as the ‘father of
modern yoga’, was a master of Pranic healing. The tales of his use of Prana to
help heal or cure are legendary. He is said to have been able to stop his pulse,
stop cars with his hands, and lift heavy objects with ease. (Pagés Ruiz, 2001)
One of his more notable energy healing feats took place in the early 1900s.
Invited to the Himalayas by Lord Irwin, the Viceroy of Simla,
Krishnamacharya was asked to help Irwin with his diabetes. The guru spent
six months teaching the Viceroy advanced yoga techniques. Lord Irwin’s
health improved so much that he funded Krishnamacharya’s pilgrimage
through Tibet to study with a master near Nepal. (Mohan, 2010)
Krishnamacharya healed many people in his lifetime, focusing on a tailored
approach for each patient, including himself. At the age of ninety-six, he
suffered a hip fracture. For most people of this advanced age, a fracture of
this kind would be a death sentence. Krishnamacharya refused surgery,
opting to treat himself with a specialized course of Pranic healing that he
could perform in his bed. His hip healed and he went on to live another four
years, dying at the age of one-hundred. Krishnamacharya believed that
energy was universal. A student of his recalls the mindset the guru
encouraged when meditating: “Think of God. If not God, the sun. If not the
sun, your parents.” (Pagés Ruiz, 2001) Everything is connected. Energy is the
building block, but it is also the tool to build beyond.
This building block, although subtle, is uniquely powerful when
harnessed. You’ll remember how Master Jixing Lee worked with Penn State
University to transmit energy from California to Pennsylvania. This sort of
research is becoming the standard, promising amazing new opportunities for
traditional medicine to be supplemented or replaced by energy healing
techniques. Another study of this kind involved a type of energy transmission
developed by Master Choa Kok Sui, who was also a scientist and chemical
engineer. The research was carried out at the University of California Irvine
and revolved around the use of energy on cells contained in petri dishes. The
cells were subjected to lethal doses of gamma radiation. Using energy
transmission, Dr. Joie Jones set out to examine whether healing energy could
slow, reverse, or even stop the radioactivity from completely killing the cells.
(Jones, 2008) Typically, after a radioactive dosage, most cells experience a
50% die-off rate after twenty-four hours. The cells that had healing energy
applied to them saw their survival rate jump up to 88%. This amazing success
rate occurred regardless of whether the energy practitioner was nearby or
transmitting from long-distance! These results weren’t isolated either. Five-
hundred-and-twenty experiments were conducted with ten different Pranic
healers and Qigong masters. (Jones, 2006)
SCIENCE BEHIND THE MASTERY
I’ve laid out the concepts of Qi, its practice through Qigong, and how some
of its foremost masters have utilized their understanding of subtle energy, and
how to control it, to carry out amazing feats of energy healing. But what
differentiates these masters from casual practitioners? What is it about a
strong command of Qi that gives them these abilities? Qigong is very often a
form of psychokinesis: the ability to influence a physical system (the material
world, both living and inanimate) without physical interaction. (Xiong,
2010). As we’ve covered, it is the transmission of energy from one entity to
another.
But what is energy? In simple terms, energy is just frequency: waves of
invisible force traveling through space and time. We are constantly affected
by frequencies of all kinds. From the devices we use, to the sun’s rays, from
inside our bodies at the cellular level, and even from the Earth itself. Some
frequencies are bad for us. Others are good.
It was famed German physicist, Winfried Otto Schumann, who
discovered that the Earth itself generates a resonant frequency: 7.83hz.
(Montiel, 2005) This was a remarkable discovery because it is around this
frequency that our brains’ alpha waves resonate. (Foster, 2017) Basically, this
frequency acts as a background energy field that affects our biological
circuitry. (Dispenza, 2019) Frequencies influence everything from our
immune systems to our general cognitive well-being. Research has shown
that deep meditation, like subtle energy masters practice, increases our alpha
wave power. (Lomas, 2015)
In 1964, German scientist Rütger Wever began experimenting with how
energy affects our bodies. He and his team had an underground bunker
constructed where volunteers could reside for various periods of time,
unaffected by the frequency energy that that exists on the Earth’s surface. In
the absence of this energy, Wever’s test subjects began feeling ill,
experienced headaches, and their sleep cycles were thrown off. To see what
would happen if above-ground conditions were replicated in the bunker,
Wever and his team introduced energy fields without telling the test subjects.
With generators emitting the 7.83hz frequency, the volunteers experienced
immediate response. Their anxiety, headaches, and emotional distress either
disappeared or decreased. (Dispenza, 2019; Wirz-Justice, 2005) These studies
forever linked the connection between human health and the natural
frequency of the planet, otherwise known as the ‘Schumann Resonance’. In
essence, they proved something practitioners of energy healing have known
for over 3,000 years: that energy is everything.
Israeli-American scientist Itzak Bentov put it like this: he believed that
illness and ill-being were nothing more than “out-of-tune behavior” within
the body. When part of the body is out-of-tune, he suggested its frequency
has been altered, causing it to vibrate out of rhythm. By reintroducing a
harmonizing rhythm, the proper tune could be reconfigured, returning
balance and well-being. (Bentov, 1977)
If there’s one thing modern science is very good at, it’s energy
measurement. And as you might expect, energy healers have been studied
extensively from this perspective. Surely if these individuals possess the
ability to control the energy within them, then that energy can be measured.
 Figure 1.4 (Source: Swanson, 2003, courtesy of Dr. Elmer Green) Voltage readings of
an energy healer undergoing experiment with Dr. Elmer Green.

In 1993, Dr. Elmer Green of the Menninger Clinic designed a series of

experiments to do just that. He constructed a special laboratory that could
isolate a test subject from external energy fields. This would allow him to
measure the subjects’ energy outputs without outside energy pollution
affecting the results. He intended to assess how much voltage or charge these
individuals created from within their bodies. What he found was astounding;
his test subjects were capable of generating sizable internal voltages and were
able to project that charge several feet within the confines of his specialized
laboratory. (Green, 1993; Tiller, 1997)
The energy healers tested demonstrated up to 10,000 times the normal
voltage of a typical adult. Rather than the normal average of 0.010 to 0.015
volts, these healers registered between 30 and 300 volts! (Green, 1993) One
test subject produced fifteen voltage pulses in just thirty minutes.
Interestingly, these pulses generally originated from the naval region on their
bodies. This is where Qigong masters are taught to collect and store their Qi
energy reserves prior to transmitting it. This area of the body is known as the
second chakra in Pranic healing and Tantric philosophy. (Swanson, 2003)
 Figure 1.5 (Source: Swanson, 2010, derived from Yan, 1988a, 1999) Dr. Yan Xin’s
Raman spectroscopy results.

This research is not the only example of measurable energy control. In the
1980s and 1990s, Dr. Yan Xin, a Qigong master himself, conducted research
on the effects of energy projection on water. Using a technique called Raman
spectroscopy, the vibrational modes of molecules can be measured. When a
sample substance, like water, is subjected to an external frequency, the
spectroscopy measures the effect the frequency has on the substance’s
chemical bonds, essentially observing its molecular vibrational change, if
any. (Gardiner, 1989) This change registers on the Raman spectrum. Dr.
Yan’s work showed that water targeted by Qi energy experienced higher
peaks of vibrational change than typical ambient or background energy fields
allow for. This cannot be explained by conventional science, and similar
results have been replicated more than fifty times in the years since.
(Swanson, 2010) When you consider that our bodies are composed of more
than 65% water, it becomes quite obvious that Qi energy can have a great
effect on our physical form.

Figure 1.6 (Source: Swanson, 2010, derived from Yan, 1988b, 1990, 2000) Dr. Yan
Xin’s radioactive decay results.

Curious to see what other substances could be affected by Qi projection,

Yan carried out several experiments using radioactive material. The decay
rate of radioactive material is considered to be a constant. By targeting
radioactive samples with Qi energy, Yan was able to observe a slower or
greater speed of decay virtually on request. He conducted these experiments
at close range and at distances up to 2,000 kilometers away from the sample
material. The results saw a 9.5% average increase in the speed of decay, and
an 11.3% average decrease in decay rate depending on how the Qi energy
was targeted. (Yan, 1988, 2000) In reviewing Dr. Yan’s experiments, Dr.
Qian Xuesen, the chairman of the Chinese Association of Science and
Technology, concluded that this research “unequivocally demonstrates that
without touching substances, the human body can affect them and change
their molecular structures and properties.” (Lu, 1997)

Figure 1.7 (Source: Swanson, 2003) Dr. Gu Hansen’s infrared results.

Another way to measure energy is by the heat it creates. This can be done
through infrared output analysis. Dr. Gu Hansen, a physicist from the
Shanghai Institute of Nuclear Physics, researched time-varying infrared
radiation (IR) emitted from the hands of Qigong masters. The human body is
constantly releasing heat radiation, but Gu suspected that energy masters
likely released more than the average person. And he was right. His studies in
the 1970s confirmed that the average person emits infrared radiation at a
relatively constant output, with no notable pulsation. Qigong masters,
however, emitted inconsistent IR output; the IR would pulse when the master
emitted Qi energy. (Gu, 1978)
This research inspired Dr. Lu Zuyin to look into the magnetic field effect
of energy masters. Magnetic field effect, or magnetic induction, is measured
in a unit called gauss. Masters were observed to emit up to 25 gausses, which
is fifty times stronger than the Earth’s magnetic field! (Swanson, 2010) And
there’s something about electromagnetism that’s worth special mention…
ELECTROMAGNETISM: ENERGY FIELDS
Electromagnetism is key to the concepts of Qi and Qigong. Electromagnetic
healing devices and therapies represent one of the few areas in mainstream
Western medical research and healthcare where doctor and consumer
acceptance of energy healing is the norm. Arguably the most prevalent
examples of this are Rife machines and P.E.M.F. (Pulsed Electromagnetic
Field) therapy technologies.
Dr. Royal Rife was a medical scientist and engineer whose work in the
early 1900s introduced a radical shift in how illnesses could potentially be
treated. His advanced optical compound microscopes changed the way
organisms could be viewed at close range—17,000x magnification. Using
these devices to research cures for tuberculosis, Rife noticed something
peculiar: microscopic organisms had their own electrical polarities,
oscillation patterns, and other electrical characteristics. (Dunn, 1931; New
York Times, 1931) He wondered what might happen if he subjected these
microscopic specimens to electrical frequencies. In so doing, Rife discovered
he was able to ‘devitalize’ cells. In other words, his experiments
demonstrated the slowing down or destruction of certain pathogens, bacteria,
and viruses at the cellular level. With this knowledge and observation, and
putting his electrical engineering background to use, Rife began developing
specialized devices to target unique frequencies on specific organisms.
(Jones, 1938)
Rife recalibrated his research to find the so-called ‘cancer virus’, which
he believed was the secret to curing cancer. In 1932, he inadvertently
stumbled upon a morphed cancer culture that had been sitting in a tube near
one of his electromagnetic current devices. It had been left there for twenty-
four hours by accident, but the results of its proximity to the device prompted
him to repeat the experiment, this time on purpose. Over and over again—
one-hundred-and-four times to be exact, he and his team uncovered an
isolated, filtrable carcinoma virus, visible through his most advanced device
to date, called the Universal Microscope. With such close observation, he
was able to determine the frequency of the virus, allowing him to fine-tune
his frequency-generating devices in order to target the cancer virus in
isolation. (Lynes, 1987, 2017) At the time, cancer accounted for around
123,000 deaths per year and was beginning to increase steadily. (CDC
[Murphy], 1935)
Over the next two years, he and his team worked with small animals like
rats and guinea pigs, inoculating them with cancer, and then treating them
with frequency generating devices. Experiment after experiment, they found
that the cancers in the animals were reduced or eliminated, all without any
notable harm caused to the creatures. Altogether, Rife carried out over four-
hundred tests on his animal subjects. The results were overwhelming. They
were successfully curing cancer. It was time to test his procedures on
humans. (Lynes, 1987, 2017)
In 1934, their first clinical trial began at the University of Southern
California. Sixteen cancer patients were a part of this initial process, all of
them deemed terminally ill. Their treatments consisted of three-minute
exposure to frequency therapy every three days, to allow the patients’ bodies
more time to dispose of the dead micro-organisms produced by the therapy—
the remnants of the destroyed cancer cells. After three months of treatment,
fourteen of the sixteen patients were certified as clinically cured. The other
two were pronounced cured one month after the clinical trial concluded.
(Lynes, 1987, 2017)
Sadly, major players in the pharmaceutical, medical, and insurance
sectors worked tirelessly through the 1930s and 1940s to discredit Dr. Rife’s
work, including the American Medical Association, which threatened to
revoke medical licenses from doctors who used Rife’s machines. It is the
consensus of many that a cure for disease as scientifically straightforward and
effective as Dr. Rife’s technology allowed for was simply bad for business.
Why cure an illness, when you can offer endless surgeries, treatments,
therapies, and medications… and charge high fees for it all. (Lynes, 1987,
2017) Public knowledge of Rife’s work was fairly widespread for a short
period of time. The Los Angeles Times wrote in 1940, “Organisms respond
to certain wavelengths […] a theory carried to finality by bombarding disease
germs with radio waves which are tuned to those of the tiny man-killers.”
The San Diego Tribune quoted Rife: “We can say that these waves […] have
been shown to possess the power of devitalizing disease organisms, of
‘killing’ them, when tuned to the exact wavelength, or frequency, for each
different organism.” (Jones, 1938) But this attention was quashed by
corporate greed. It would take decades before Rife’s discoveries would be
taken seriously again by the medical research community. Many promising
studies have linked targeted electromagnetic energy therapies to curative
results for cancer and many other ailments. One such study concluded that
“Cancer-related frequencies appear to be tumor-specific and treatment with
tumor-specific frequencies is feasible, well-tolerated and may have biological
efficacy in patients with advanced cancer.” (Barbault, 2009)
Rife’s work, and the subsequent research into his discoveries, has
inspired many technological developments in energy healing, most notably
P.E.M.F. therapy devices, which emerged in the 1950s and have gone
through many rounds of revision and reinvention through the decades since.
P.E.M.F. devices create small energy fields that stimulate cells in order to
resolve cellular dysfunction. In essence, they are energy healing devices, and
the frequencies they generate can be tailored to specific targets. Research into
the effects of this sort of therapy has been extensive. In 1998, one technical
report reviewed over two-hundred scientific papers on the effects of
electromagnetic therapy. These papers examined this technology in relation
to vascular disease, gastrointestinal disease, neurological disease,
otorhinolaryngology, rheumatic disease, pediatrics, gynecology, oral
medicine, immunity, dermatology, ophthalmology, surgery, inflammation,
lung disease, reproduction, tumors, and many, many more. (Jerabeck;
Pawluk, 1998) One of the authors of that report concluded in a subsequent
journal article that “PEMFs of various kinds, strengths, and frequencies
included have been found to have good results in a wide array of painful
conditions. There is little risk when compared to the potential invasiveness of
other therapies and the risk of toxicity, addiction, and complications from
medications.” (Pawluk, 2015) One of the most exciting fields in which
P.E.M.F. devices have shown promise is in the treatment of depression. A
recent study suggested that transcranial P.E.M.F. stimulation can “influence
divergent neurobiological processes” in an antidepressant manner. (van
Belkum, 2016)
ENERGY HEALING FOR ALL
I won’t exhaust you with endless scientific examples, but a few more won’t
hurt. I want to paint the clearest picture possible that Qi and Qigong, or to put
it more plainly, subtle energy and its mastery, are about so much more than
highly trained and focussed masters. What these skilled practitioners have
achieved and demonstrate with ease and precision has been developed
through the deepest mindfulness, meditation, and practice. That’s why so
much of the research that has gone on in the past few decades is almost
equally as impressive as their unique abilities—because it means that the
average person can access the benefits of their mastery without having to
dedicate a lifetime to crafting it. Scientists around the world are observing
these masters, and digging deep into the chemistry, physics, and biology that
make their feats possible, in an attempt to improve the lives of us all. There’s
a virtuousness to that endeavor that I find inspiring. It’s that spirit of
innovation and advancement that has motivated me to develop my own
products in this space, and it’s research like that which I’m sharing with you
here that keeps me excited to keep pushing the boundaries in this field.
Take the University of Arizona’s Dr. Ann Baldwin. Her work on biofield
therapies (another term for energy healing therapies) concluded that exposure
to electromagnetic fields “either directly or indirectly, amplifies autonomic
arousal and energy, can reduce pain and improve range of motion.” (Baldwin,
2017) Her earlier work focussed specifically on the practice of Reiki and was
published in the Journal of Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative
Medicine. In that report, she suggested that Reiki was “as effective as manual
manipulation physical therapy” in improving pain, and that “it would be
beneficial for physical therapists to be trained in Reiki… so they could
reduce the need for manual work on patients.” (Baldwin, 2013)
Elsewhere, at the Susan Samueli Integrative Health Institute in California,
Dr. Wayne B. Jonas conducted a review of various energy healing studies.
On the topic of energy healing, the paper covered University of Michigan
research that performed nineteen randomized, controlled trials on 1,122
patients. Eleven of the studies, or 58% of them, “reported statistically
significant treatment effects,” with the most positive outcomes reported in the
alleviation of anxiety and pain. The same paper also looked at Qigong
techniques studied at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, where it
was shown that positive outcomes were seen in the treatment of immune
modulation, as well as cellular and enzyme function. (Jonas, 2003)
And finally, in research that focussed on how energy healing can be used
in the fight against dementia, which is a rapidly increasing issue for humanity
as we live longer than ever before, studies have found that patients involved
in trials experienced a reduction in both pain and anxiety associated with the
disease, but also a decrease in heart rate, and an overall improvement in
mood. Patients were also shown to participate more in social interaction, and
many demonstrated an easing of their symptoms of depression and stress, as
well as increased mental functioning, including memory. (Crawford, 2006;
Baldwin, 2006, 2008; Friedman, 2011) In some cases, the beneficial effects
lasted as long as a year after treatment in certain patients! (Shore, 2004) For
so many of us nowadays, watching our elderly parents lose themselves in the
fog of cognitive degenerative diseases like Alzheimer’s and dementia can be
a traumatizing experience, even more so for them as they suffer through the
effects themselves. Imagine a world where the power of energy healing could
help slow these diseases down or eradicate them entirely.
The science tells us it’s possible… that so much more is possible. For
mind. For body. For spirit.
CHAPTER IN REVIEW
In this chapter, we’ve traced the roots of Qi, Prana, Reiki – vital energy,
subtle energy, life force… whatever you wish to call it. We looked at how
learning to channel this energy form and master it through meditation and
practice allows the user to balance the energy that resides within the body,
and that which exists outside the body, in order to achieve health through
balance and flow. At its peak mastery, subtle energy can be used to carry out
monumental feats of healing (and much more, which we’ll cover in later
chapters). I shared the stories of several masters and how their abilities have
been put to the test by rigorous scientific inquiry in recent decades, defying
skepticism and Western medicine’s long-held ignorance and greed. We’ve
broken down some of the measurements and studies in this scientific inquiry
and explored how the feats of the masters not only present challenges to
accepted hard-science conclusions, theories, and laws, but also provide a
blueprint for how to translate the powers of subtle energy forces into
mainstream healing applications that we can all enjoy the benefits of.
As Dr. Claude Swanson explains, “A scientific revolution is underway as
the effects of ‘Life Force’ are being demonstrated, documented and
measured. It is like no other force known to science. It responds to
consciousness and alters the other basic laws of physics.” (Swanson, 2010)
We know without a doubt that Qi is real. Its use and the effects of that use
can be measured, and the results of those measurements tell us that subtle
energy therapies can be preventative, responsive, and even curative. Energy
healing is non-invasive, has virtually no side effects, and can be targeted to
almost any health use, both physical and cognitive.
In the next chapter, I’ll dig deeper into how subtle energy defies our
current understanding of physics and how it can fill in the gaps in our
knowledge.

Interested in transforming yourself with healing energy? You’re not alone.

Millions of people around the world have been turning to energy to better
balance themselves and live a healthier life. Here are 5 reasons to consider
healing yourself with the power of Qi:

1. Energy healing relies on scientific principles. You’ll be making

use of cutting-edge technology that is rooted in strong research
and rigorous experimentation.
2. Energy healing can be leveraged by anyone. You don’t need to
be a guru or master — or even spiritual. An open mind is all you
need, along with the right resources and devices, and you will
experience the benefits.
3. Energy healing is great on its own or as a complementary
therapy. Physical, mental, spiritual, and emotional benefits can all
be experienced. In many cases, energy healing can complement or
boost existing treatments you already engage in.
4. Energy healing is always accessible. At-home energy healing is
always on-call. No appointments. No commutes. No waiting. You
can maintain your flow of Qi at your own leisure. No limitations.
No hassles.
5. Energy healing is holistic and homeostatic. Where most forms of
therapy are either physical or mental, energy healing applies
broadly to both.

Managing your Qi can maintain and restore

well-being and overall health. It’s natural,
preventative, and responsive. And the advantages
of Qi activation speak for themselves. Improve
your circulation, increase your immunity, boost
your stamina, accelerate your metabolism,
generate new neural pathways, sharpen your focus
and concentration, find deeper relaxation, and so
much more. You’ll experience total body
rejuvenation and balance. And by using the Qi
Coil™ App, your transformation is made easy.
Visit www.QiCoilApp.com to download the
app for free.
CHAPTER 3
WE DON’T KNOW WHAT WE DON’T KNOW… OR DO
WE?
THE GAPS IN OUR KNOWLEDGE

Y ou’ve probably heard the expression “you don’t know what you don’t
know”. It’s a clunky turn of phrase, maybe even a bit confusing…
Essentially, it means there are things we don’t know because we’re not
knowledgeable about them yet. These are the things that haven’t crossed our
minds, the things we haven’t been interested in enough to dig deeper into, or
the things that we’ve pretended aren’t important because they don’t fit in with
the knowledge we already believe to be correct.
In a nutshell, this is what’s wrong with modern science. The scientific
method is highly effective at coming to conclusions, but its greatest
shortcoming is its inability to factor in anomalies – things that challenge the
established or settled scientific consensus. In some ways, this is helpful; it
means not every theory or law can be upended or thrown out on a whim. We
have to have an agreed-upon framework in order for certain things to be
accomplished, after all. But in other ways, this means scientists are often held
back or restricted from digging too deeply into new hypotheses, or even more
troublingly, they are shunned, ridiculed, or blacklisted for daring to question
the established doctrine in a given field of research.
Isn’t it possible that what we don’t know today is worth looking into
because it will become what we do know tomorrow? Isn’t that how we came
to the settled science we operate with today in the first place? What if the
anomalies hold all the secrets? What if the greatest anomaly of them all has
been the foundation of ancient wisdom since the dawn of time? What if
subtle energy, in all its forms, is begging us to acknowledge its presence and
its powers?
There have always been scientists who have pushed the envelope, and
gone down paths of research that others would never dare travel. In the last
chapter, we covered some of their studies, in fact – research that proves
there’s something else at work within the universe, within ourselves. In some
circles, this more adventurous, exploratory research is referred to as ‘spiritual
science’, because it attempts to merge the ever-growing body of subtle
energy research with the entrenched hard sciences that like to pretend such
things don’t exist.
Over the past few decades, it’s become increasingly clear through
accumulating evidence that science as a whole is nearing a tipping point. On
the other side, through acceptance and curiosity, humanity will take great
leaps forward, the likes of which we haven’t taken since the days of Albert
Einstein, whose theories of relativity and quantum mechanics revolutionized
the academic world.
Galileo, Copernicus, Bruno, Darwin, Einstein, Planck… What do these
great minds all have in common? At the time of their initial revelations, the
mainstream scientific communities around them thought they were crazy.
Their theories and ideas were mocked, shunned, or rejected out of hand. In
some cases, scientists with new ideas that challenged the status quo, the
orthodox, or even the religious elites, were threatened with torture or put to
death. When the Church didn’t like his theory of gravity and acceleration,
Galileo basically said, “Oh, never mind. My bad!” and pretended he’d made a
mistake in his calculations. Giordano Bruno, who correctly hypothesized that
stars were actually distant suns like our own, had more conviction than
Galileo did… and as a result, he was burned at the stake for sticking to his
guns. (Mendoza, 1995) As Max Planck once said of his own theories about
quantum mechanics being ignored for years, “Science advances funeral by
funeral.” Sometimes the old guard needs to die off before newer ideas are
given a fighting chance.
But how does this happen? Why is the potential of ancient wisdom and
knowledge – of subtle energy, being left to the sidelines? Astronomer Halton
Arp has a solid perspective on this matter. He believes that the process of
peer review, which once held scientific research to account and ensured that
calculations and experiments were carried out with failsafe attention to detail,
has been hijacked by arrogance, selfishness, and economic priorities. In his
essay entitled What Has Science Come To?, he says, “Originally, a reviewer
could help an author improve his article by pointing out errors in calculation,
references, clarity, etc., but scientists, in their fervid attachment to their own
theories, have now mostly used their selection as a referee to reject
publication of any result that would be unfavorable to their own personal
commitment... The press, of course, only reports news from established
academic centers that have a strong financial and prestige interest in
glorifying the status quo. The result is that real investigative science is mostly
now an underground activity." (Arp, 2000)
Especially in our modern era, where the concept of fact and truth are
being distorted by social media, conspiracy theories, and a strong distrust in
government and institutions, this insistence to trust the science at all costs no
matter what is holding us back as a society and as a civilization is dangerous
and unhelpful. It’s understandable that in the face of so much mis- and
disinformation, we would default to a hardline approach to scientific
agreement, but it’s counterproductive for us to not explore new angles,
opportunities, and ideas. It will only set us back in the long run if we’re not
willing to be more open-minded and adventurous.
Prior to these modern information wars of the last few years, the scientific
community, particularly in the field of physics, was steadfast in its quest to
uncover a final theory – a set of laws that would explain the universe with
certainty. (Swanson, 2003) But pesky side inquiries kept bubbling to the
surface. Research on the fringes carried out by brave and curious physicists
was testing the boundaries of the status quo, revealing unexplainable
anomalies that bring into question what we think we know to be true. For the
longest time, the academic elite has been able to label this body of fringe
research as too wild, too imaginative, and too out there… but the dam is
breaking. With each year, these new, exploratory avenues of research are
becoming clearer, more substantiated, and louder. They’re becoming too
reasonable and evidence-based to ignore. They bring into question the final
theory that had been coming together and threaten to break apart the
foundational laws of science as we know them.
I want to take you through several of these lines of research—these so-
called radical ideas. We won’t get too technical. This is physics after all! But
I will outline the basics so you can have a strong basis of understanding to
work from and draw your own conclusions. I believe that in the face of this
science, you will be left with a clear perspective: that we don’t know what we
don’t know… but maybe we do…
DARK MATTER / DARK ENERGY
“It is an embarrassment that the dominant forms of matter in the universe are
hypothetical…” These are the words of Princeton University’s Jim Peebles, a
professor of physics. (Swanson, 2003) What is he talking about? For much of
the 20 th century, scientists believed they had crafted what is often referred to
as the ‘theory of everything’—an all-encompassing framework of theoretical
physics that accounts for and connects every physical aspect of our universe.
(Weinberg, 2011) The two major fields that form this theory of everything
are general relativity and quantum mechanics. A unifying theory that explains
the universe as neat and tidy, and most of all, explainable, is the holy grail of
physics, and for a while, general relativity and quantum mechanics seemed to
overlap in such a way that scientists were left satisfied with themselves. They
believed there were only a few missing pieces to the puzzle left to uncover.
But then an unexpected piece came along in their quest. It wasn’t the
piece they were looking for. In fact, it blew the puzzle apart again. We call
this piece ‘dark matter’ or ‘dark energy’. As it turns out, at least 90% of the
matter in the universe is undefined and unexplainable (BBC News Online,
2000). In other words, we don’t know what it is, and we don’t know how it
works. In many cases, we only know it exists because of an absence of
observable matter; there’s something causing gravitational effects, effects
that are strong enough to bend light. Another way to describe dark matter is
as a region of space where there is insufficient visible matter to explain the
gravitational pull being measured in that region. (Swanson, 2010)
We got our first visual taste of this in the year 2000. Throughout the
1990s, astronomers were compiling the first-ever glimpses of dark matter
over a two-square-degree expanse of sky (roughly the size of the full moon
from the perspective of standing on Earth). Using the Canada-France-Hawaii
Telescope on Mauna Kea in Hawaii, the light from 200,000 galaxies was
analyzed by Dr. Yannick Mellier and his team. As you can see in the images
included here, what they observed resembled a network or web. It would later
be dubbed a ‘cosmic web’. These web links, or filaments, appear to connect
the galaxies to one another—a remnant from the Big Bang perhaps.
(Swanson, 2010)
The filaments or cosmic web seen in
these images, represent the absence of
traditional forms of matter. And just look
how much absence there is! It’s actually
quite mind-blowing. Since this first
glimpse, a mountain of evidence has
grown to document dark matter.
Astrophysicist David Spergel, of
Princeton and the University of
Maryland, suggests that these
observations present proof that dark
matter is something different to the Figure 3.1 (Source: NIC Group, S.
Colombi, IAP) This figure shows the
protons and neutrons that we understand measurement of dark matter in a
so well, and use as the basis of our region of sky a billion lightyears
understanding of how matter is supposed long. The larger spots represent
visible galaxies, and the stringy
to function and behave. (Spergel, 2000) If filaments represent the detected dark
it’s different, or other, then not only are matter. It was found that the dark
we nowhere near as close to the theory of matter forms filaments which connect
the visible galaxies.
everything we thought we had created,
we almost have to start from scratch.
The evidence seems to suggest quite
convincingly that galaxies would behave
differently if there wasn’t a large amount
of unseen matter at work—that they
would move in ways they currently don’t.
It is believed that some galaxies would
never even have formed in the first place
if it weren’t for the effects of dark matter.
(Siegfried, 1999)
It is for this reason that physicists are
coming to terms with the idea that dark
matter must be composed of subatomic
elementary particles that we have yet to
discover—particles that are not composed Figure 3.2 (Source: NIC Group, S.
Colombi, IAP) Close-up of the image
of smaller particles. Put more simply, above.
dark matter must be a kind of
foundational building block of the
universe. (Braibant, 2012; Copi, 1995) This is a wild revelation for the
scientific community. It’s hard to put into words just how much dark matter
shatters our core understanding of how the universe operates, even how it
was formed. Around the world, research into determining exactly how dark
matter works is being undertaken, but so far, none has succeeded in forming a
complete theory that meets the standard of a theory of everything. (Bertone,
2005)
It’s possible that the Russians might be the closest to figuring it all out,
however. And they may have started that process decades ago, as far back as
a century, in fact. Physicists like Ivan Shakhparanov and Gennady Shipov
have led some of the most cutting-edge research in this field, and it is their
belief that dark matter may be subtle energy itself. (Shakhparanov, 1998,
2001; Shipov, 2004) Russian studies of subtle energy have long shown that
this special energy form, what they call torsion, can, in fact, have a similar
effect as gravity. Could it be then, that the mysterious, unaccountable
gravitational pull of dark matter is really just subtle energy at work? As
you’ll recall, some scientists believe that subtle energy, or Qi, is a
foundational building block of the universe—an elemental particle, if you
will. Subtle energy, after all, is a transfer or flow of energy from one entity to
another. Dark matter seems to operate in a similar fashion, exerting force
from one entity to another.
Russian experiments during the first half of the 1900s suggested that
torsion could be stored and transferred from one object to another (Swanson,
2010). This was supported by German scientist Karl von Reichenbach, whose
work in biological magnetism also observed a peculiar energy form
transferring from substance to substance. He called this energy form Od, after
the Norse god Odin, a ‘vital force’ that permeated and connected all living
things. (von Reichenbach, 1850; Vassilitos, 2000) Could dark matter be… a
life force? Could it be universal Qi? Let’s explore this torsion concept a little
further…
TORSION
Russian astrophysicist Nikolai Kozyrev is known for many theories, but what
interests me most about his work is what he called the ‘density of time’. He
believed that physical forces could alter the rate at which time passes.
(Swanson, 2008) He came to this conclusion while studying the formation of
binary stars: two stars that orbit each other. Kozyrev noticed something
strange: the stars’ behavior couldn’t be explained by the known principles of
the day. When binary stars start out, you see, they are different sizes and
share very few characteristics. Over time, the smaller of the two stars starts to
resemble the larger one, but Kozyrev didn’t think basic force fields could
create this kind of mirroring effect so quickly. This led him to believe that
some unseen or unknown energy force must be at work. He believed the
larger stars in the pairings were affecting the smaller ones not just through
gravity, but through the energy of time itself. “It’s almost as if the stars are
communed by telepathy,” he said. (Ostrander, 1970) This telepathic force
seemed to work in a twisting fashion. He called it ‘torsion’.

Figure 3.3 (Source: Swanson, 2008) Right-handed torsion explained visually.

So what is torsion? And how does it work? To be honest, it’s pretty

complicated. Far too complicated to get technical. Essentially, it’s a twisting
energy force that emits time when it spins in one direction (right-handed
torsion) and absorbs time when it spins in the opposite direction (left-handed
torsion).
Kozyrev’s work was focussed on right-handed torsion—the kind that
emits time, so I’ll start there. When the energy of matter is used up, the
behavior of the particles becomes randomized and diffused. This process is
often called ‘entropy’, which basically means a breakdown of order or
structure. In Figure 3.3, you can see some examples of this: evaporating,
melting, dissolving… Imagine a log being burned: its solid structure is
reduced to ash and smoke. The order and structure of the log are broken
down and dispersed into the air as energy. Many physicists believe that
increased entropy explains the basic passage of time: the emission of time.
(Swanson, 2010) Kozyrev found this explanation unsustainable, however,
because it would mean that when all the energy in the universe is spent or
used up, the universe itself would eventually diffuse and die. He didn’t
believe in this inevitable burnout of the cosmos. “Stars die and are born
again. The Universe sparkles with inexhaustible variety,” he said. (Kozyrev,
1958) In his mind, there will always be energy and matter developing. If a
star dies, where does all its energy go? It can’t just be gone. It must go
somewhere.

Figure 3.4 (Source: Swanson, 2008) Left-handed torsion explained visually.

 He believed spent energy is absorbed somewhere else and used to
develop new matter elsewhere. This process is called left-handed torsion. The
energy works in the opposite direction and has the opposite effect. Take a
look at Figure 3.4. Tension, biological growth, freezing, and compression are
all examples of left-handed torsion, or the absorption of time. Particles are
solidifying, strengthening, and developing. Entropy decreases and slows.
Order and structure occur. According to Kozyrev, the energy that allows
water to freeze or a plant to grow is just recycled energy that was used up and
exhausted somewhere else in the universe.
He theorized that when these processes happen, the density of time itself
is changed: time is emitted in one place… and absorbed in another. The
alteration of time radiates outwardly in a twisting wave (right-handed torsion)
that will inevitably be absorbed somewhere else. When the absorption
process occurs at the receiving location, the reverse takes place: entropy
decreases and the diffused energy re-concentrates (left-handed torsion). This
flies against traditionally accepted physics, in that energy is never truly spent;
it simply reconstitutes itself somewhere else in the universe. There is a
balance of energy, not exhaustion of it. It’s the ultimate, intergalactic
recycling program!
With this framework in mind, Kozyrev concluded that if time has a
twisting energy force, then space likely does as well. Therefore, particles
(matter itself) must be subject to torsion as well, including elemental
particles. As I’m sure you’ll recall, I talked about these earlier. Particles have
a unique, natural spin to them. Each time a particle speeds up, it produces a
twisting effect of its own. Kozyrev believed that particles themselves exert
torsion, so it makes perfect sense then that when particles are charged and
produce an electromagnetic energy wave, those waves would be torsion
energy waves.
 Figure 3.5 (Source: Swanson, 2008) When entropy is increased, the lost ‘information’
is conserved and reconstructed or absorbed somewhere else in the universe. Energy is
never truly lost or spent. It ebbs and flows through the universe.

Kozyrev believed this flow of energy to be virtually instantaneous.

(Swanson, 2010) After all, time has to exist simultaneously—all at once,
everywhere. He didn’t think that this necessarily contradicted the theory of
general relativity (the laws of gravity), but he did think that torsion allows for
“instantaneous connection through time”. (Kozyrev, 1976) His conclusions
have been extensively tested and studied by Russian scientists in the years
since his death. Torsion is also backed up by the Synchronized Universal
Model (S.U.M.). The S.U.M. assumes that all particles interact with one
another, essentially operating on Mach’s Principle: the motion of matter in
one place affects the motion of matter in another. Instantaneous connection
through time. It suggests that electrons in one place are tethered in space and
time to electrons in another distant place by photons. Hmm… That sounds
familiar, right? Remember the cosmic web from Dr. Mellier’s observations of
dark matter using the telescope in Hawaii that we discussed earlier? What if
those filaments that he and his team reported—the ones that connected
galaxies are really these tethers of virtual photons: torsion energy?
As Dr. Claude Swanson notes in his 2003 book The Synchronized
Universe, “Momentum and energy that is created here is absorbed there and
vice versa. The local, nearby electron does not dance alone. It is therefore not
a random motion that it undergoes. If we could somehow know the motions
of the particles at the other end, which are in the distant matter of stars, then
we could PREDICT the detailed motions of the local electron as it zigs and
zags. Of course, practically speaking this is an impossible task. But the idea
that the motions of local particles and distant particles are connected is an
important and fundamental insight.” The key word there is connected. I agree
with those who have proposed that the cosmic web is the invisible secret of
an interconnected universe. A subtle energy (torsion energy) ripples through
space and time, simultaneously affecting all matter. Qi is everywhere and
everything. Its ebb and flow are endless, but equally balanced within the
universe because wherever it is spent or exhausted, it is absorbed and
recreated elsewhere. Yin and yang. A universal harmony.
In the 1950s, physicists Chen Ning Yang and Robert Mills produced what
would become known as the Yang-Mills theories. Virtually every theory of
physics that has been developed since the 1950s fits within the parameters of
the Yang-Mills theories. This includes the Standard Model of particle
physics, which is the currently accepted theory of how matter functions.
(Oerter, 2006; Nielsen, 2007) As it happens, torsion energy fields obey the
laws of physics that the Yang-Mills theories propose. This work essentially
confirms Kozyrev’s calculations. These fields “can alter the rate of time and
produce stable energy forms without the need for matter.” (Swanson, 2008)
Without the need for matter. The localized and distant energy projections of
subtle energy masters are exactly this: stable energy without the need for
matter. When you start to see these patterns and connections, whole worlds of
possibility start to become apparent.
If we assume these theories to be true, then we understand clearly the
relevant characteristics of ancient energy forms like Qi. They operate with the
same polarity that Mach’s Principle establishes: yin and yang. A flow created
in one direction or place exists in the opposite direction somewhere else.
Balancing it to one’s own advantage and favor—that’s the key to living in
harmony, and the physics backs it up. Dark matter, dark energy, torsion…
whatever you want to call it. It is subtle energy at work. Kozyrev was right:
there exists a truly cosmic, universal energy force. And it’s one that the
mainstream scientific community has been ignoring for decades. Let’s look at
another few examples to see what else the mainstream is choosing to
ignore…
GRAVITY
For the longest time, scientists have had to grapple with shortcomings in the
established laws of gravity, otherwise known as the theory of general
relativity. There are weaknesses that most mainstream physicists like to
pretend aren’t there for the sake of not having to dig deeper or admit that we
can’t explain everything. Take the bizarre irregularities that occur during
solar eclipses… When a solar eclipse occurs, a phenomenon known as the
Allais Effect transpires.

Figure 3.6 Graphic demonstrating how the sun is obstructed by the moon, creating a
solar eclipse.

On June 30, 1954, French physicist Maurice Allais noticed something

wrong when he was observing a solar eclipse. Some of his measurement
devices (like Foucault pendulums, and gravimeters) behaved in ways that
couldn’t be explained by the physics of the time. (Hecht, 2010) In 1959,
during another solar eclipse, and using a special paraconical pendulum of his
own invention, Allais observed similar instrument misbehavior. (Allais, I and
II, 1959) Essentially, the instruments and devices, which are dependent on
gravity to measure accurately, veer off their trajectory during an eclipse,
demonstrating detectable deviations in their normal and expected behavior.
 Figure 3.7 (Source: Swanson, 2010) The hump in the middle of the graph indicates the
anomalous behavior of a Foucault pendulum during a solar eclipse.

As he would later explain, the movement of his pendulum simply can’t be

explained by the theory of relativity as we know it. “My experiments
correspond to a dynamic phenomenon.” (Allais, 1999) Something is bending
the Sun’s gravitational field during solar eclipses. Similar results were
observed by Dr. Leonid Savrov in Mexico and Brazil during eclipses in 1991
and 1994 respectively. Of the bizarre instrument behavior, he said “It seems
that we have some kind of special effect.” (Savrov, 1995, 1997, 2005) In
1970, when they noticed irregularities in the way their pendulum operated
during a solar eclipse, physicists Erwin Saxl and Mildred Allen concluded
that the theory of gravity as we know it needs to be modified. (Saxl, Allen,
1971) Surely, if so many scientists from
all over the globe have witnessed this
 unique and unexplainable phenomenon,
and come to the same conclusion that we
need to investigate further, we should be
taking their observations seriously, no?
Could this be a case of subtle energy
at work? Perhaps this deviation in the
effects of gravity is just a recycling of
spent energy elsewhere in the universe
presenting itself during eclipses: a
balance of energy flow, yin and yang.
With so many scientists reporting the
same effect, why isn’t the scientific
Figure 3.8 (Source: Wikipedia user community exploring this further? The
ThomasGoodey, 2005, Public
Domain) Jacques Bourgeot operating Allais Effect may well be a gateway to
the Allais paraconical pendulum. proving subtle energy’s foundational role
in the theory of everything.
SPEED OF LIGHT
It has been the accepted bedrock gospel of physics that nothing can travel
faster than the speed of light. But what if that’s not true? In a 2002 paper
released by Professor Raymond Chiao and his colleagues, no time was
wasted burying the lead. Their paper’s outline started by saying that their
experiments confirmed their predictions that the velocity of light can exceed
‘c’. (Chiao, 2002) In physics, ‘c’ is the shorthand for the speed of light. By
how much faster did they exceed it, you may be wondering? I’m glad you
asked. They managed to reach a velocity of 1.7 times the speed of light! The
nature of their experiments has been reproduced several times over by
different scientists around the world. They involve a complex usage of
barriers and reflections in order to move photons faster than the laws of
physics say is possible. I won’t bore you with the calculations, but suffice it
to say, the speed of light has been breached in isolated experimentation and
this is incredibly important.
That same paper goes on to conclude, "We have been blinded by our
misconceptions, and thereby have been prevented from exploring and
discovering many new, interesting, and possibly important, phenomena,
which could have been discovered long ago. Some of these are only now
being uncovered, and some of these phenomena may in fact lead to important
applications…” (Chiao, 2002) Chiao himself first explored faster-than-light
experiments in the 1990s. And others in that era also sensed that something
was off in the accepted status quo. “There are several serious possibilities for
real FTL [faster-than-light] which have been proposed in the scientific
literature.” (Gibbs, 1997) Even further back than that, Albert Einstein himself
admitted that the laws of light speed “cannot claim unlimited validity.”
(Einstein, 1921) In simpler terms, the laws aren’t etched in stone; they may
be subject to exceptions or even a total rewrite.
AAs Professor Emeritus of Physics at the University of Washington John
G. Cramer has said, “It seems to me, however, that this is no longer a matter
of theories or definitions, but an experimental question that should be treated
as such.” (Cramer, 1995) In other words, if such an unflappable scientific
principle as the speed of light can be brought into question, then surely we
owe it to ourselves to actively pursue new revelations through scientific
research. Could those cosmic web filaments connecting galaxies be pathways
through which the speed of light can be broken perhaps? Could the energy
projection of Qi masters be faster than light—it has been repeatedly observed
to be instantaneous, after all. The answers to questions like these should be
exciting avenues of academic exploration that could lead to new frontiers in
science.
COLD FUSION
In the 1980s, electrochemists Martin Fleischmann and Stanley Pons
announced to the world that they had used electrolysis devices to generate
nuclear processes—or reactions, resulting in unexplainable, excess energy.
They claimed their devices did this at room temperature. (Fleischmann, Pons,
1989) Traditional nuclear fusion, as you’ll no doubt be aware (i.e. how stars
burn and nuclear bombs and reactors operate in order to generate energy), is
an exceptionally heat-intensive process. It’s wildly hot!
While several variations in method
have developed since these 1989
experiments, the original tests worked
like this: a cold fusion cell consisting of
two electrodes was suspended in a
solution of palladium and heavy water.
The electrodes were connected to a power
source in order to facilitate electrical
transmission between the electrodes.
Figure 3.9 (Source: Zuma Press Inc., (Anderson, 2009) The surprising result in
Alamy, Photoarena) Pons and
Fleischmann demonstrate their
Fleischmann and Pons’ original
device in 1989. experiments was an excess generation of
heat energy beyond what should have
occurred. This was the shocker that
turned heads around the world. It shouldn’t have been possible. After the
initial chemical reaction, the energy flow should have stopped, but it carried
on, as only a nuclear reaction can. It also produced fusion by-products, just
like a nuclear reaction would.
As they wrote in their paper in 1989, “Evidently, it is necessary to
reconsider the quantum mechanics of electrons,” and, “the bulk of the energy
release is due to a hitherto unknown nuclear process…” These results shook
the scientific world upon their release, with many mainstream figures and
organizations loudly denying that cold fusion was even possible. The United
States Department of Energy funded several rapid inquiries that same year
and joined the doubtful opposition within the scientific community. But even
with such high-level disbelief and suppression at work, other scientists kept
researching cold fusion as viable. Since then, over five-hundred labs around
the world have independently replicated Fleischmann and Pons’ results.
(Swanson, 2010) This field of research has come to be known as low-energy
nuclear reactions (L.E.N.R.), and a dedicated few have continued exploring
the potential of cold fusion as an alternate source of energy production. Even
the E.P.R.I. (Electric Power Research Institute), a non-profit organization
funded by American electric utilities corporations, invested $10 million into
evaluating cold fusion. Their analysis confirmed that the excess energy
generation using cold fusion devices was “at levels too large to be chemical
transformations.” The energy levels they evaluated were off the charts,
exceeding what was thought traditionally possible. (Swanson, 2010)
If you’re still wondering why this discovery is so monumental, it’s that
fusion is one of the most powerful ways to generate energy. It’s why nuclear
power plants were once thought to be the future of energy production. If
there’s another way to generate it, without the same levels of heat or the
dangers that come along with the process as we know it today, it could
revolutionize the way we produce and consume energy: potentially giving
humanity unlimited energy!
Recent research has continued to prove the value of cold fusion as a
viable solution to our energy problems. Japanese professor Yoshiaki Arata
used gas compression devices rather than electrolysis and produced the same
excess energy results. He conducted public experiments in 2008 at Osaka
University to showcase his ‘solid fusion’ (or cold fusion) device, which did
not require the use of an energy input—a first-of-its-kind test.
In the accompanying paper issued at their demonstration, Arata and his
partner Zhang stated, “It is considered that the solid nuclear fusion described
above is useful for an energy source for homes, cars, ships, airplanes and the
like. Quickly implementing measures is desired in view of the current air
pollution problem. It is possible that a further new science and new industry
are to be developed.” (Arata, 2008)
 Figure 3.10 (Source: Rothwell, Storms, 2008) Image of Arata’s experimental device
from his public demonstration in 2008.

Akito Takahashi, a fellow Japanese physicist who observed Arata’s

public demonstration told New Energy Times, “Arata and Zhang
demonstrated very successfully the generation of continuous excess
energy…”, carrying on to say, “This demonstration showed that the method
is highly reproducible.” (Krivit, 2008)
Talbot Chubb, a noted Naval Research Laboratory physicist from the
United States, reviewed these 2008 tests as well, and emphasized the “unique
importance for demonstrating to the world that cold fusion is a real
phenomenon.” He found it remarkable that no electrical input was required
and concluded that this surely meant that an “unidentified new physics” was
being developed. He doubled down on the importance of this being a true
nuclear fusion reaction. “I say nuclear because no plausible large magnitude
alternative energy source has been identified,” adding, “This is strong
evidence for cold fusion reality. (Chubb, 2008)
 Figure 3.11 (Source: Chubb, 2008 c/o Arata, 2002) Graph demonstrating roughly 10
watts of excess heat power, which carried on for three weeks during one of Arata’s
device tests.

Arata and Zhang made a specific effort to point out the ecological
benefits of cold fusion. (Arata, 2008) This is partly why this research is so
groundbreaking. Not only is it demonstrating large energy generation
potential that defies the accepted rules of physics, but it could also help solve
our global energy crisis if scaled up. L.E.N.R. research expert Steven Krivit
promotes this angle as one of the most promising benefits, pointing out that
cold fusion offers hope for practical energy production that poses no major
health threats, and produces no greenhouse gasses. (Krivit, 2008)
Let’s not mince words: the downplay and dismissal of this tremendous
breakthrough research by the scientific community and fossil fuel
corporations suggests very clearly that these parties are likely working hard
to prevent this research from going mainstream for various profit-driven
motives! And let’s not forget the military motive of secrecy and
weaponization of technology. We know that some of the most advanced
experiments are carried out by militaries of major powers around the world. It
serves their interests to deny that a technology like cold fusion is
functional… or even real, because they can use it for themselves rather than
to help humanity. Consider the strange aerial phenomenon recently
declassified by the Pentagon. Are the bizarre flying vehicles in those videos
and the testimonies of the pilots who recorded them proof of alien aircraft…
or is it possible that advanced cold fusion engines are powering top-secret
experimental planes already? Maybe we’ve already witnessed the future of
aviation… by accident.
I believe there’s a strong case to be made that the unidentified new
physics that Talbot was alluding to in his analysis of Arata’s work is simply
subtle energy. Qi. It’s what all of these unexplained phenomena have in
common. An energy form that works at the particle level: a subtle energy that
simply hasn’t been properly accounted for, recognized, or measured.
CHAPTER IN REVIEW
Claude Swanson believes we are at the forefront of a paradigm shift. “In the
early days of a scientific revolution, the evidence is always incomplete.” He
points to the likes of Michael Faraday, whose meticulous work entrenched
electric and magnetic forces, and the Benjamin Franklins of the world, who
bravely and dangerously flew kites during lightning storms. (Swanson, 2003)
Are we in the Benjamin Franklin stage of this next great revolution, waving
our kite around to see if lightning will strike? As Swanson jokes, mankind
spent thousands of years not being able to explain casual electrical shocks—
like when we touch a doorknob after walking across a carpet. We don’t know
what we don’t know until we know it.
We’ve looked at dark matter and dark energy, and how we can’t see them
in action, but by virtue of the measurable absences they leave and effects they
create on other matter and forces, we know they exist. We’ve discussed the
predominantly Russian-led field of torsion research, which suggests that a
cosmic, universal energy force exists and binds everything together—
potentially subtle energy itself. We reviewed the ways in which the laws of
gravity have come into question, how solar eclipses seem to bend gravity in
ways we can’t explain. We explored the speed of light being broken in
exciting experiments, and how even Einstein himself had a hunch that light
speed may not be conclusively constant. And finally, we dug into cold
fusion’s unexplained energy generation, and what it could mean for the future
of nuclear power.
It's entirely likely that the shortcomings we have in explaining some of
the rule-breaking we’ve observed in this chapter are simply down to our
uncertainty about how to properly measure and quantify what we’re
observing. Electricity, gravity, nuclear forces: scientists simply didn’t possess
the tools and technology necessary to attain a solid grasp of these fields (and
so many others) … until they did. We don’t know what we don’t know.
Perhaps it is even that we can’t know what we don’t know unless we’re brave
enough to embrace the anomalies, irregularities and exceptions to the rules,
brave enough to examine the seemingly unexplainable, and acknowledge that
science is a living, breathing process, one that needs to take deep breaths of
fresh air from time to time and not always give in to and settle for the status
quo. We can make observations, measurements, and continue to engage in
experimentation until the puzzle pieces start to fit together. By understanding
the basic characteristics and qualities of what we observe, we build a body of
evidence and knowledge, and the puzzle starts to provide the clarity we’re
missing. Eventually, some bright mind will come along out of nowhere and
deliver the final missing pieces. The image will become complete. We’ll have
a true theory of everything.
What seems to bind all of the rule-breaking I’ve outlined in this chapter is
the same core building block that this book is all about: subtle energy. Qi.
There are energy forces at work in all of the strange and curious examples
we’ve gone through. I keep coming back to this concept of a cosmic web. It’s
the puzzle I think we’ve been moving toward solving, piece by piece, for
thousands of years. Ancient civilizations were intuitive enough to understand
that some other force was at work, both within and around us. Did they come
to this insight and wisdom on their own? Was it shared with them by some
otherworldly, cosmic entity or interstellar visitor? Who’s to say… What
excites me most is that we have enough knowledge, both ancient and
contemporary, to see that subtle energy forms carry enormous power. We
may not understand the exact mechanisms by which they operate yet, but we
do have a strong enough grasp to engage with these revelations in the same
honest ways that Qi and other subtle energy masters have, and still do to this
day. We’ve observed their feats, and seen their results.
We should use the mysteries that the gaps in our technical understanding
present, such as those discussed in this chapter, as catalysts to dig deeper and
push further toward not only scientific revolution and a general paradigm
shift, but equally, and perhaps more importantly, toward a revolution and
paradigm shift of body, mind, and spirit. I see this as a new, deeper spiritual
science. The science of Qi energy.
In the next chapter, we’ll explore what this bold new frontier looks like,
how many are already pioneers of that exploration. We’ll take a look at where
the gaps are closing in, and clarity is prevailing.

Just like the gaps in the scientific record, most of us experience gaps in the
maintenance of our bodies, minds, and spirits. We lead busy lives,
complicated by so many distractions. It can be hard to dial it all in,
concentrate on the things that matter, and focus on filling those gaps in our
personal well-being. But these gaps can be filled. And future gaps can be
prevented. So often the things we feel we’re missing are a result of poor Qi
flow and balance. So why not automate your Qi energy—make it a part of
your daily routine without even having to think about it.
With Qi Energy AI, you can send and receive
the healing and protection of sub-space subtle
energy to or from any phone or physical location.
Using distinct energy signatures, you’ll harness
the power of personal quantum entanglement.
Experience increased brain longevity, boosted
recovery times, expanded consciousness, deeper
sleep and meditation, sharper cognitive clarity,
greater abundance, and so much more!
Visit www.QiEnergy.ai to learn more.
CHAPTER 4
 A NEW FRONTIER: THE FIFTH FORCE

I f we really are at the dawn of a scientific revolution, what does the new
frontier look like? In the previous chapter, I outlined some of the
examples of scientific weaknesses and shortcomings that currently face
the scientific community. Anomalies that can’t be explained by our current
grasp of the science. As I pointed out, the common denominator between
those examples was, of course, subtle energy. But maybe you noticed
something else in those examples. Perhaps you picked up on the types of
forces at work. If you did, you’ll have noticed that there really aren’t that
many kinds of forces at play within the field of physics. In fact, as the science
currently stands, or rather, as far as the mainstream scientific community has
been willing to divulge, there are only four of these forces, or interactions as
they’re also called. These forces/interactions are referred to as fundamental.
Naturally, I’m going to tell you what lies beyond… the fifth force… but to
create a solid footing of understanding, let’s take a quick Physics 101 look at
the core four.
These fundamental four forces establish the basis and foundation for all
known physical interactions in the universe: gravitational, electromagnetic,
strong nuclear, and weak nuclear. (Braibant, 2011)
 Figure 4.1 The main properties of the four fundamental forces.

In terms of how these forces present themselves, it’s the gravitational and
electromagnetic ones that you and I see and experience in real-time all around
us on a daily basis. Gravity obviously keeps us connected to the Earth; you
see it in action every time you drop something or fall down. Electromagnetic
forces govern every electrical and digital experience we have from turning on
a light to scrolling through Instagram, to getting a static shock when we touch
a doorknob. Meanwhile, weak and strong nuclear interactions take place at a
scale we rarely see with the naked eye, but they make our reality as we know
it possible; they produce all the tiny, subatomic and nuclear interactions that
govern the universe. The strong force holds the nuclei of atoms together, for
example, and the weak force is what causes some atoms to break apart.
(Wilford, 1987) As far as we’ve observed, or are willing to admit, it is
assumed that these forces cannot be reduced to more basic physical
interactions. They are the base-level forces that serve as the blueprint of the
physical order of the universe.
 Figure 4.2 (Source: Astronomy Trek, 2016) The four fundamental forces.

If we dig just another layer deeper in your standard-issue textbook, we

would discover that the fundamental interactions are described as fields by
the mathematicians who calculate how these forces work. The gravitational
field is distinct from the others and is derived from the curvature of
spacetime. The other three forces are what we call quantum fields, and their
interactions are derived from elemental particles, which I’ve touched on
earlier in this book.
Most physicists will tell you that all four fundamental forces/interactions
are interconnected and that under certain extreme circumstances, like the
intensity of the Big Bang, for example, all four act as a unified force at the
smallest subatomic scale. This is referred to as the Planck scale and is
considered the minimum limit at which the laws of physics can feasibly
operate. Any smaller an interaction and it would seem as though the
spacetime structure of the universe starts to break up. (Swanson, 2003) In
other words, at such a small scale, we don’t yet have the tools or calculations
to explain what forces or interactions are at work. The inability of physicists
to explain this has always been one of the leading motivators to pursue and
develop a unified theory—a theory of everything. But as close as we’ve
come, with some scientists more or less acting as though we’ve already found
it, we still haven’t fully gotten there.
 I like to point out this shortcoming in the framework of the four
fundamental forces because it opens up the obvious question that you’ve
probably already started asking yourself:
What other forces are at work then?
What are we missing?
A FIFTH FORCE
I’m always encouraged by brave scientists, those who dare to explore new
possibilities—the ones who aren’t afraid of ridicule or rejection because they
know that even if their theories are proven incorrect, the research was still
worth the effort to narrow down their idea, and maybe lead them to the right
answer in the end. The search for the fifth force is perhaps the most important
quest in modern science, but it remains explored by a considerable few.
Thankfully, this effort has been picking up speed in the last few decades, and
I believe that the outcome will help explain the anomalies I outlined in
Chapter 3… and so much more!
So what can we say about this elusive fifth force at the moment? Well, for
starters, quite a few researchers believe it is weaker than the electromagnetic
and nuclear forces, and that it is likely similar in strength to the gravitational
force. Some physicists believe it is slightly stronger than gravity, which
would make it about as strong as the weak nuclear force. They suggest that in
some instances, it may even counteract the effects of gravity. (Wilford,
1987)
In recent years, there have been two seismic cosmological discoveries
that have dramatically increased the attention scientists have been giving to
the idea of a fifth force. The first of these discoveries was that most of the
mass in the universe is composed of an unknown form of matter. We touched
on this in the previous chapter: dark matter. Quite a few physicists are
convinced that not only does dark matter consist of undiscovered subatomic
particles, it could ultimately be a part of how the fifth force works. (Chown,
2011)
The second discovery was that the universe seems to be expanding at an
accelerating pace. This discovery actually took place at the beginning of the
1900s. Astronomer Vesto Slipher suggested that galaxies seemed to be
receding from the Earth based on his study of the light they gave off.
(Slipher, 1913). Not long after, using Einstein’s field equations, Russian
physicist Alexander Friedmann presented his own evidence suggesting
universal expansion. (Friedmann, 1922) It wasn’t until 1924, however, that
Knut Lundmark from Sweden provided the first observable evidence. His
work was so accurate that his calculations
 were only 1% off from the best
measurements we have today! (Steer,
2012) Ever since then, we’ve been trying
to understand this cosmic expansion.
Some refer to the force making this
expansion possible as dark energy, or
‘quintessence’. (Wetterich, date
unknown; Cicoli, 2012)
Dark matter and dark energy form the
Figure 4.3 (Source: Astronomy.com, most common basis for building an
2020) Vesto Slipher (bottom) explanation and framework for a fifth
accompanied by Carl Lampland
using the 24-inch Clark refractor, in force. They’re the most logical starting
this undated image. point for building a new theory of
physics, and they are the most accepted
by the mainstream scientific community
as well, with most physicists, astronomers, and mathematicians in agreement
that they exist—even if we can’t yet fully explain them. We can detect the
anomalies they present, but we’re still having trouble measuring them.
And that’s arguably the biggest problem we face right now, and why
experimentation has been somewhat limited (but growing!). Take the
gravitational force, for example. Even though we have a fairly robust
understanding of how gravity operates, it actually requires very sensitive
equipment and instruments to measure it, because it’s a rather weak force
unless you’re analyzing very large objects with sizeable mass. As I
mentioned earlier, many scientists believe that the fifth force is likely similar
in strength to gravity, or perhaps just slightly stronger, and that means that we
need equally sensitive equipment and instruments to properly recognize,
identify, and measure how it works.
Hungarian physicist Loránd Eötvös carried out his famous Eötvös
Experiment in the late 1800s, and built upon it through the early 1900s,
demonstrating that inertial mass and gravitational mass were seemingly the
same. (Fishbach, 1986) This work would lead to the development of the
equivalence principle in Einstein’s theory of general relativity. But fast
forward eighty years: a team of particle theorists in the 1980s reassessed
Eötvös’ work and they found that this classic, bedrock test of the equivalence
principle “hinted that all was not well with Newtonian gravity.”
(Schwarzschild, 1988) Simply put, we still have a lot to learn about
gravitational force.
As I’ve said before, for the purposes of this book, there’s no real need to
get too technical, but understanding the equivalence principle does help us to
understand how a fifth force would and likely does operate. Take a look at
Figure 4.4.

Figure 4.4 (Source: Encyclopedia Britannica) There is no difference between an

accelerating frame of reference and one in a gravitational field. If the two frames are
equal, then gravity can have special effects, such as bending light.

Essentially, the principle says that gravitational and inertial (or

accelerative) forces are similar and usually hard to tell apart. For example, if
a windowless laboratory was stationary on the Earth’s surface, being held
there in place by gravitational force, and a second laboratory of identical
design was on a spaceship travelling at an inertial speed opposite but equal to
the gravitational force, the scientists inside the moving laboratory would be
unaware that their laboratory was moving. There would be no physical
difference between the two frames of experience. (Schombert, 2015) Time
would pass the same. Gravity would work the same. The other fundamental
laws of physics would operate the same.
Testing the equivalence principle is one-way physicists are searching for
a fifth force. A fifth force would not be bound by the equivalence principle.
I’ll outline an example for you. Take the way light travels and the way its
rays can be bent. The equivalence principle tells us that all things being
equal, light should travel and bend the same everywhere in the universe
because it is bound by the rules that govern gravitational and inertial forces.
But as you’ll recall from Chapter 3, we looked at two instances where an
unexplained bending of light has been observed.
The first instance was Dr. Mellier’s analysis of dark matter using the
telescope in Mauna Kea, Hawaii. His team's observations suggested
gravitational effects that were strong enough to bend light. Similar light-
gravity distortions were observed by Maurice Allais when his instruments
were thrown off during solar eclipses.
Another way to search for the presence of a fifth force is by studying the
gravitational force at extremely tiny scales in order to observe deviations.
One of the first attempts to carry out this analysis was called Project SEE
(Satellite Energy Exchange), an international effort “to develop a space-based
mission for precise measurements of gravitation.” (Sanders, 2000) Its
researchers identified gravity as “the missing link in unification theory” and
noted that finding a potential violation in the laws of gravity was the most
important aspect of the project because it could mean the existence of new
particles or energy at work.
While Project SEE seeks to establish proof of gravitational violations in
space, physicists have also been finding violations down here on Earth. In the
1980s, a team of Australian geophysicists believed they stumbled upon a fifth
force at work when they were measuring the gravitational constant in
extremely deep mine shafts. (Schwarzschild, 1988) The gravitational
calculations they predicted didn’t line up with what they actually measured
during their experiments. The measured values were 2% short of their
predictions. The conclusion of their research was that a low-range repulsive
force counteracting gravity must be throwing off the gravitational constant.
An unexplained force was altering gravity!
 Figure 4.5 (U.S. Navy; photo by Journalist Seaman Joseph Caballero) The USS
Dolphin in the San Diego harbor.

The United States Navy discovered similar gravitational anomalies using

an unusual submarine called the USS Dolphin, which was built specifically to
“test new technologies and equipment at ocean depths of 3,000 feet.”
(Dougherty, 2020) Among a long list of missions, naval scientists used the
Dolphin’s extreme depth capabilities to evaluate fifth force potential. In a
report issued by the Department of the Navy, Commander Wayne Peterson
explained several of the submarine’s missions in 1989. It was titled
‘Newton’s Inverse Square Law of Gravity’ and its objective was to test the
strength of Earth’s gravity. “Recent experiments in both laboratories and
mines suggests that the earth's gravitational field may increase with depth. If
this can be proven to be true the fundamental law of physics may require
modification.” (Department of the Navy, 1990)
Finally, in Greenland, while testing gravitational force in boreholes
drilled into the ice sheets, the same discrepancies between the predicted
measurements and the actual recorded measurements were observed—off by
a few percent. (Ander, 1989; Zumberge, 1990)
Beyond gravitational force anomalies, other forms of research find
equally exciting proof of a fifth force. The Japanese Belle Experiment which
ran from 1999 to 2010 detected excess nuclear particle decay caused by new
particle formation. (Moskowitz, 2015) Hungarian scientists analyzing nuclear
decay in the hopes of discovering dark photons (dark energy) discovered
excess decay rates as well, suggesting the presence of some unknown energy
at work. The experiment went even further though: the excess energy actually
formed a new subatomic particle. They called it the X17 particle, and it is
believed to be a ‘force carrier’ for the fifth force. (Cartlidge, 2016; Cockburn,
2019)
In 2021, scientists at the Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory outside
Chicago announced they had found deviations in measurements of charged
muons (elementary particles similar to electrons). The particles wobbled at a
faster rate than they should have. They believe that new, unexplained
subatomic particles are at work, enabling an unknown force. The Science and
Technology Facilities Council in the U.K. said the Fermi experiment
“provides strong evidence” of a new force. A researcher at the University of
Manchester said the findings point “to a future with new laws of physics”,
and Professor Ben Allanach at Cambridge University said the evidence got
his Spidey sense tingling, adding, "I have been looking all my career for
forces and particles beyond what we know already, and this is it. This is the
moment that I have been waiting for and I'm not getting a lot of sleep because
I'm too excited." (Ghosh, April 2021) A similar experiment took place in
Switzerland using the famous Large Hadron Collider at CERN. While
smashing subatomic particles together, they found an excess of electron
formation. (Ghosh, March 2021)
 Figure 4.6 (Source: DailyMail.com, 2021) Faster particle wobble suggests an
unknown force at work.

We know that a fifth force is real because we know that dark matter and
dark energy are real. Measuring the cosmic microwave background (the
leftover electromagnetic radiation from the Big Bang), physicists have
calculated that all the matter in the universe accounts for just 30% of the
critical density of the universe itself. That suggests that an unknown form of
energy accounts for the other 70%. (Spergal, 2007) NASA’s Wilkinson
Microwave Anisotropy Probe, a satellite that spent ten years recording
electromagnetic radiation in space produced results that estimate the universe
is composed of 72% dark energy, 23% dark matter, and just 4.6% ordinary
matter. Just 4.6% ordinary matter!
 Figure 4.7 (Source: NASA, WMAP data) Measurements of the Wilkinson Microwave
Anisotropy Probe’s data results.

As the University of Bristol’s Dr. Konstantinos Petridis says, “We do not

know what 95% of the Universe is made of or why there is such a large
imbalance between matter and anti-matter." (Ghosh, March 2021) This is one
of the dynamics of the fifth force that make it so frustrating, but also so
exciting. It’s in the absence of knowledge that we know the fifth force is
real.
Earlier, I mentioned quintessence, the nickname for the unknown dark
energy force that is causing the accelerating expansion of the universe. Here
too, we find another way in which the fifth force is proven to be real. The
initial experiments in the late 1980s by Ratra and Peebles, which were the
starting point of the study of quintessence, suggested that this dark energy
form was ‘time-varying’. (Ratra, 1988) In other words, unlike the
cosmological constant, which was Einstein’s proposed static rate of universal
expansion and does not change, quintessence is dynamic – it changes over
time. (Wanjek, no date) What makes this so interesting to me is that it can be
either an attractive force or a repulsive one, depending on the ratio of its
kinetic energy, which scientists can’t quite explain yet. I believe this fits into
the yin and yang model of subtle energy or Qi. If quintessence can exert itself
so dynamically, it would explain the unique polarity characteristics of subtle
energy. Attraction and repulsion. Yin and yang.
ORIGINS: ANCIENT WISDOM
In a slight departure from the science, and to close out this segment of the
chapter, I’d love to point out the origins of the word quintessence, as well. I
think you’ll find it quite interesting, and it demonstrates something I’ve
always believed: that looking to the past to understand the world around us
and where we’re headed in the future is one of the most valuable and
instructive processes we can undertake.

Figure 4.8 (Source: unknown) Traditional representation of the five classical elements.
The dodecahedron signifies the Universe, or aether.
 The term quintessence comes from the Latin, quinta essentia, or fifth
element. Ancient civilizations like the Greeks believed in a core set of so-
called classical elements. You’ve probably heard of these before: water,
earth, air, and fire. Based on the ideas of his mentor Plato, Aristotle believed
there was a fifth element, which he called the first element. The classical four
were considered terrestrial, or of the Earth. The fifth/first element, however,
was considered celestial, or of the Heavens or cosmos. Soon, this first
element was given a name: aether. Aether was believed to move in constant
circles, in the most natural way, and it was this perfect motion that Aristotle
used to explain the orbits of stars and planets. (Lloyd, 1968; Smoot III, no
date)
I find it fascinating how the fifth classical element shares eerily similar
attributes to the modern fifth force. It is yet another in a long line of
correlations between modern scientific discovery and ancient knowledge and
wisdom that rippled through the civilizations before us. The concept of the
quinta essentia was not just of its time. In the Middle Ages, many
philosophers built on the concept. They believed that aether could shift in
density, but was generally an extremely thin and spread-out element which
filled the universe. Medieval cosmologist and mathematician Robert Fludd
referred to aether as “subtler than light,” a conclusion that developed upon
the views of Hellenistic philosopher Plotinus, who said the element was both
penetrative (everywhere) and non-material (invisible). (Fludd, 1659) Hmm…
sounds like the fifth force to me!
It is said that Isaac Newton himself used the concept of aether to conceive
his early electromagnetic and gravitational force theories, matching his
observations to the rules of mechanical physics. (Osler, 2010) And even
Albert Einstein admitted that when he was considering the physical
properties of the empty space between matter, what would become his theory
of general relativity, his calculations represented a sort of updated and
mathematical variation on the concept of aether from the past. (Einstein,
1920) It’s no wonder then, that when it became clear that dark matter and
dark energy were real, and that they account for up to 95% of the content of
the universe, we returned to the concept of the quinta essentia: the fifth
element, the fifth force. They say history repeats itself. Perhaps it does.
Perhaps, like aether, it moves in perfect circles, finding itself over and over
again, causing new interactions of attraction and repulsion in a sort of balance
and harmony. Subtle energy itself, hard at work, just out of reach of our
ability to fully understand and explain it. But we’re closing in fast, and it’s
becoming harder and harder to ignore what’s all around us—energy.
VIBRATION, FREQUENCY, & ENERGY
For me, the most exciting thing about this new frontier of science is that it
feels like everyday people are finally starting to wake up as well. We’re
finally able to expand our minds beyond the rigid textbook standard theories
and accept inventive, creative approaches to how we interact with our minds,
bodies, and spirits. It may seem like I’ve been building a case for the large-
scale, big-picture scientific breakthroughs, and to some extent I have, but by
demonstrating how these universal truths operate, it becomes so much easier
to bring it back down to Earth. All the shortcomings we looked at in Chapter
3, and all the exciting advances I’ve shared with you thus far in this chapter,
have all shared something in common. This book, and the science it presents,
is really about energy when all is said and done. This is a story of subtle
energy, of Qi.
As scientists continue to explore new paths and build more and more
evidence to support a new scientific revolution, we can’t forget that healers
and energy masters from ancient times through to today have harnessed the
truths of this revolution, even if they haven’t been able to explain it in
mathematical calculations or theories of physics.
With the body of evidence we do have, both past and present, we know
that subtle energy is real. Whether you call it Qi or Prana, dark energy or the
fifth force, the wording and names don’t really matter that much. What we
know for sure is that this force operates as energy: resonant frequency.
Vibration. It’s wavelengths and signals.
If you’ve followed any of my work before, or if you’ve used my devices,
you know that frequency is the key to unlocking everything. We exist in
fields of energy at every point along our journey in this life. Learning how to
navigate and manipulate those fields, to adjust and balance them, to tap in
and out of them as needed… That’s the answer. That’s the real secret to a
balanced life in harmony.
 Figure 4.9 (Source: unknown) A visual representation of the Akashic Record.

I’m reminded of the beautiful Hindu notion that the universe keeps a sort
of database of everything that has ever happened across the cosmos by
encoding vibrational patterns on distant matter throughout the universal
expanse. A sort of fingerprint of time and space. They call this the ‘Akashic
Record’. According to tradition, it is possible to access this cosmic database.
Think of it as an intergalactic library where you can access all the
information of the universe. The focussed individual can tune in to the
record’s vibrational patterns—like finding the right frequency on a radio
tuner. (Swanson, 2003) Akasha or akash is the Sanskrit word for ‘sky’ or
‘aether’ in Indian cosmology. The word finds its origins in the root word kāś,
which means ‘to be’. For Vedantic Hindus, akasha is one of the
Panchamahabhuta, their version of the classical elements. It is the fifth
element and is considered to be singular of its kind, an eternal and all-
pervading substance that is imperceptible. (Potter, 1977; Iannone, 2001)
Indian Jainists have an even more complex breakdown of akasha. They
believe it operates through sentient beings and souls, non-sentient matter, the
principle of motion, the principle of rest, and the principle of time. (Balbir,
2010) And what almost all Indian traditions share is their belief that akasha’s
main characteristic is the attribute of sound. (Muller, 2003) And what is
sound? Ah, yes: frequency.
By tuning our dials accordingly, we can tap into the universal
frequencies. We can hear them. We can feel them. We can transmit them. We
can receive them. Every elemental particle operates by spinning or vibrating.
We are made of elemental particles. To me, this is an exhilarating and
profound realization, and it is one that many scientists grapple with as well.
One of the supreme questions of both traditional scientific models and of
those that are shaping this new frontier of science is this:
What is the fundamental substance of the universe: matter or energy?
MATERIALISM (MATTER) VS. VITALISM (ENERGY)
Beyond the concepts of physics, biology, and chemistry (the so-called hard
sciences), there is also a philosophical debate that rages on about the make-up
of the universe. On the one side, there is materialism (sometimes called
physicalism) which argues that matter is the fundamental substance of the
universe. Materialists believe that all things, including consciousness itself,
are the result of material interactions (physical substances engaging with one
another). On the other side is vitalism, which argues that consciousness (or
energy) is supreme, and that matter and physical interactions are the result of
that energized consciousness. In other words, matter and material objects
only exist because the energy of our consciousness perceives them and wills
them to be. Without the energy of consciousness, there is nothing. (Novack,
1979; Edwards, 1967) I suppose you could look at this philosophical debate
from the perspective of the old expression: which came first—the chicken or
the egg?
Exploring these two philosophical dynamics is a good exercise for the
mind, and a valuable way to understand just how critical energy is—not only
as a basis for our existence and how we experience the world, but also as a
basis for how we can change the world around us and our place within it. In
essence, both philosophical views attempt to answer what reality is made of,
how it came to be, and where it comes from.
Let’s start with materialism (physicalism). Materialists believe that the
primary building block of the universe is matter, and that mind, spirit, and
consciousness (energy) are secondary. Put more simply, mind, spirit and
consciousness only exist because matter exists. (Novack, 1979) Materialists
argue amongst themselves about what exactly matter is. (Herbermann, 1913)
Some of that argument looks like this:

Is there a single type of matter, or are there multiple types?

Is matter a continuous substance that expresses itself in multiple
forms, or is it a collection of separate unchanging substances?
Does matter have intrinsic properties or not?

When Einstein developed his general theory of relativity, the question of

what matter is became somewhat more complicated because his theory
proposed that matter and energy are essentially interchangeable, which would
mean that matter could be subject to energy in certain instances. As the
Standard Model of particle physics and quantum field theory built upon
Einstein’s research, materialists generally held to their original position,
however, that matter is supreme and energy is a product of matter. Put in
scientific terms, matter is prima materia: it comes first. But this position is
difficult to maintain as we find out more and more about the universe.
We know now that the overwhelming majority of the universe is
composed of unknown or dark energy, but scientists remain unable to explain
what that energy is. (Sadoulet, 2007) Even in this cloud of doubt and
uncertainty though, most scientists agree that the definition of matter has
changed. As German physicist Werner Heisenberg noted, materialism rested
upon the belief that matter could be explained perfectly down to the atoms of
things. “This extrapolation, however, is impossible… atoms are not things.”
(Heisenberg, 1962) The famous philosopher Noam Chomsky comes to a
similar conclusion: it’s not good enough to just say something is matter.
“Anything can be considered material,” if one decides it is. (Chomsky, 2000)
He essentially argues that we have to dig deeper.
And this is where many reject the concept of materialism altogether,
particularly when trying to describe or understand the concept of
consciousness, ideas, human functioning, etcetera. Matter simply doesn’t
explain everything in a complete or comprehensive way. Rudolph Peirls, one
of the physicists who worked on the Manhattan Project (which produced the
first nuclear weapons), said, “The premise that you can describe in terms of
physics the whole function of a human being ... including knowledge and
consciousness, is untenable. There is still something missing." Nobel laureate
Eugene Wigner agrees: materialism is “not logically consistent with present
quantum physics.” (The Economic Times, 2012) If something is missing
then, what is it? That’s where vitalism comes in…
Vitalists believe that the fundamental building block of the universe is
energy (spirit, mind, consciousness), and that matter is secondary. (Novack,
1979) Nobel-winning physicist Erwin Schröedinger was among those who
argued that consciousness simply can’t be accounted for in physical terms.
He proposed that consciousness was absolutely fundamental. (Schröedinger,
1984) Energy is the building block for everything else.
Old-school vitalism relies on concepts of a vital spark or life force,
essentially the aether that we looked at earlier in this chapter. (Williams,
2003) Modern vitalism builds on those ideas, taking into account new
scientific discoveries in the last few decades. Many modern physicists point
out that “a shadowy and paradoxical conjunction of waves and particles”
exists as vibrations of invisible energy form the foundation of the universe.
(Davies, Gribbin, 1991) Nothing would exist if it weren’t for vital energy
forces dominating the cosmic landscape.

Figure 4.10 (Source: Coldcreation; design by Alex Mittlemann) Representation of the

Lambda-CDM model.

This philosophy is backed up by what is known as the Lambda-CDM

(cold dark matter) model. This cosmological model suggests that the universe
contains three major components: Dark energy, dark matter, and ordinary
matter. It attempts to explain the energy forces at work causing the expansion
of the universe, accounting for quintessence—the fifth element, while
working within the boundaries of general relativity. In the most simple terms,
it says that dark energy is the predominant building block of the universe and
admits that we can’t quite explain what exactly that energy is, how it works,
or where it comes from. (Kroupa et al, 2010)
As always, ancient civilizations and beliefs were ahead of their time, and
support our new understandings of the universe through this vitalist lens. In
Buddhism, we can find much knowledge to support this perspective that
energy comes first. Dharmakīrti, a philosopher from the 6 th or 7 th century,
wrote that consciousness experiences itself and nothing else. Everything we
perceive as objects (all matter) is just consciousness (energy) expressing
itself. (Kapstein, 2014) From this, I believe we can interpret that energy is the
building block. It’s the starting point. It allows for everything else… and
because of this, if we can tap into it, we can alter our own reality. We can
evolve ourselves. We can improve ourselves. We can heal ourselves. And
where do we tap into this superhuman ability? In the vacuum…
THE VACUUM & ZERO-POINT ENERGY
What is the vacuum, you ask? Well, if you’re a science fiction buff, or if you
watch a lot of movies about aliens, the vacuum is something way out in
space, somewhere where nothing can exist. But scientifically speaking, the
vacuum is all around us, even down here on Earth. In essence, it is the space
between particles. It even exists inside atoms themselves as the space
between electrons and the nucleus! So, by one definition, the vacuum is
basically the absence of matter, but it could also be defined as a sort of
universal matter. (Swanson, 2010) Put another way, it is dark energy, or
just… energy itself.
Scientists believe the energy in the vacuum is enormous. They also
believe that it fluctuates greatly. This limitless, constantly changing energy is
called ‘zero-point energy’. (McTaggart, 2001) Imagine yourself standing
outside. Around you are particles that form the air. We take the air for
granted most of the time. It is essential for us to breathe it, but in most cases,
it has no effect or consequence on the way we go about our lives. But when
the billions of atoms that make up the air are energized and begin to move in
an organized, collective motion (like wind), we are forced to acknowledge its
presence. The same phenomenon exists for life forms in water. Under normal
circumstances, sea creatures exist unaffected by the water around them, but
when the particles that make up the water move in a current, wave, etcetera,
they are forced to maneuver and respond accordingly. This is, in a simple
sense, how the energy in the vacuum works. And when we speak
scientifically, we usually call these collective vacuum forces electromagnetic
or gravitational fields.
 Figure 4.11 (Source: Swanson, 2010) Fish don’t usually perceive the water around
them, just like us humans don’t usually perceive the air around us, but we are both
affected by these invisible forces that surround us when the particles that make them
up move in concert at the same time, in the same direction.

In the vacuum, these invisible fields of energy can operate in complex

ways and exist in complex states. From everything we can gather, it seems
irrefutable that subtle energy is one of these complex states. In fact, it would
appear as though zero-point energy is essentially just subtle energy itself,
operating in various ways to create various effects. It is generally
imperceptible, but when it acts in concerted motion, it makes itself readily
apparent. We don’t yet fully have the evidence or vocabulary to explain how
this all works, but from observational data, and by analyzing the spaces
where there is an absence of matter or energy, we can come to some very
solid conclusions.
 Figure 4.12 (Source: Swanson, 2010) The energy in the vacuum is usually thought to
be random in movement, but it often arranges itself in consistent patterns and
alignments, similar to how the particles of air and water form wind and currents,
vortexes, turbulence, etcetera.

Many experiments have begun the work of explaining how vacuum states
can emerge. Take the work of Gariaev and Poponin. Using a vacuum
chamber, they shined a light on DNA samples, illuminating them. The light
altered the state of the vacuum, creating particles that were both invisible and
massless. These particles remained in the vacuum even after the DNA
samples were removed from the chamber. These phantom particles formed
energy patterns. This provided evidence that new vacuum states can be
created. (Gariaev, 1992; Poponin, 2002) The laws of physics as we know
them can’t explain this. It is something entirely new to us—instant energy.
It has been shown that vacuum energy can be reshaped, re-formed, and
reconstituted. Conventional science is just now coming to terms with how
this functions. As Claude Swanson describes, “The vacuum resembles a
dynamic liquid which can flow in many patterns, including forward and
backward in time. The extra modes of motion are types of subtle energy.”
(Swanson, 2010) Mainstream science must accept that these anomalies are
the rule and not the exception. They are the blueprint of the universe and if
we accept this reality, we can begin to truly understand how everything
works in a connected fashion. Vacuum energy doesn’t just pop out of
nowhere, even if it may appear that way at times. It isn’t unpredictable,
random, or chaotic—it just follows laws we simply can’t describe yet.
Indeed, it is emitted by all particles in the universe, and as a result, it is
connected to all other particles. This is the cosmic web I have mentioned so
many times before. It is a network: the superhighway on which energy travels
through the cosmos. If we ask the right questions and look in the right places,
we can merge onto this highway and use it to our advantage.
This is the secret which is now revealing itself more clearly as we move
forward in the scientific revolution. It is how energy healers are able to
project energy nearly instantaneously, even across great distances. They are
tapping into the ‘information field’, the underlying universal fabric of space
and time. They’re actively travelling on the energy superhighway. They are
tapped into the zero-point energy of the vacuum. (Swanson, 2003, 2010)
They are exercising the fifth force, manifesting it, and transmitting it. Their
consciousness, formed of energy, can actually create changes in the vacuum.
(Swanson, 2003) This is the future of physics. This is the new frontier.
Science has never been in a more exciting place, and we’re still only taking
baby steps. There’s so much more to learn!
CHAPTER IN REVIEW: REALITY OF THE WORLD
In this chapter, we’ve pieced together how subtle energy is the building block
of the universe, and how science is just now catching up to this reality. The
fifth force, aether, zero-point energy… they are all one and the same. We’ve
looked at how both scientific and philosophical interpretations come to the
same conclusions, in alignment with the ancient wisdom and energy mastery
that we have been observing for centuries.
Subtle energy is the link and the bridge between conventional scientific
understanding and the seemingly paranormal, supernatural, and unexplained
phenomena that present themselves constantly across cultures, civilizations,
and time. It is the answer to all our biggest questions. As we develop a
stronger grasp of it, it will unlock the universe to us, but more than that, it
will allow us to unlock ourselves, to hack our reality. This is what the word
‘biohacking’ means, and why you’re hearing it used so much more these
days. (We’ll talk about that more later…)
In these last few chapters, I have attempted to build a framework of
knowledge for you so that you can understand what subtle energy is, as well
as the basics of how it works. We’ve even looked into the feats of some of the
world’s greatest energy masters. You now have a fairly stable and expansive
comprehension of the fundamentals. In the next chapter, I will take a greater
leap. We will explore what subtle energy can do when it is applied—beyond
just the energy healing of the masters.
I will dive into government-funded experiments, communication
breakthroughs in telepathy and ESP, subtle energy’s effects on the natural
world, and much more. We’ll look at how subtle energy has the ability to
completely reimagine how we interact with the universe. I’m confident that
these exciting subjects will blow your mind – just like they continue to blow
mine. The new frontier is waiting for us.

If you believe that energy is the fundamental building block of the universe…
then you might just be a vitalist. Spirit, mind, consciousness. Tapping into the
zero-point energy of the universe. That’s the vitalist way. You, too, can live
out a life shaped by Qi. Living a vitalist lifestyle, or Qi Life, requires a
relaxed, balanced, grounded body and mind. But most of us do not enjoy this
kind of energy stability. We often feel fatigued or in pain, like our bodies
aren’t working optimally. Qi deficiencies can have tangible effects on our
emotional well-being as well—feelings of depression, anxiety, irritability,
etcetera. All of this can be reversed by balancing your Qi.

Protect your body from sickness and disease

Increase your endurance and clarity
Improve your state of mind
Ignite your inner fire

My team and I have developed carefully-tuned

frequencies to achieve all this and more. And
there’s no better device to put these frequencies to
use than our powerful Qi Coil™ lineup.
Visit www.GetQiCoils.com to get your Qi
Coil™ System and transform yourself 1% a day.
CHAPTER 5
 BECOMING SUPERHUMAN

W hat does the word ‘superhuman’ mean to you? Perhaps it conjures

images of superheroes with flowy capes and superpowers. Maybe it
reminds you of your childhood and all the crazy ideas your
imagination could come up with. Do you envision bulging muscles and feats
of adrenaline—a mother lifting a car to save her child, or a giant bodybuilder
lifting five times his weight in a strength competition? Or maybe your
version of superhuman is something a little more grounded in reality: a single
parent who can do it all, a firefighter who rescues a dog from a burning
building, a journalist who reveals mass corruption, an everyday hero who
foils a criminal’s plans or helps an elderly person across the street…
There are many ways to be superhuman. Some of them seem challenging.
Some seem impossible, even fictional. And I bet most of them seem
exceptional, as though being superhuman is out of reach. It can often feel like
only a special few possess the strength, stamina, courage, intellectual
capacity, or wherewithal to live up to the word. And what about you? Do you
feel superhuman? Would you like to?
In this chapter, I’m going to take you on a journey of superhuman
abilities. We’ll look at some of the unbelievable ways that human beings can
live out their superhuman powers. I will paint a picture of a world that seems
far-fetched and out of reach, but if you’ve been paying attention to this book
so far, you know that everything I’m sharing here in these pages is rooted in
objective truth and evidence. That means the people and experiments I’m
about to share with you are all real. And more than that, they share a common
denominator: subtle energy.
Every one of the people you’re about to read about is accessing energy
forces that already exist within and around them. They have simply
discovered, or been taught, how to tap in to those energy fields, to use that
energy to accomplish the extraordinary. They’ve learned how to control and
channel the flow of Qi, and in so doing, they have essentially evolved. That’s
the endgame of the scientific revolution I’ve been telling you about: personal
evolution. It’s the next step for humanity. No longer accessible just to the few
who have mastered it, but readily available for all who seek new levels of
growth, to level up their lives.
Limits can be transcended. Human potential can be unlocked. That’s the
power of Qi, of subtle energy. The resonant frequencies of the universe are
available to all… no capes required, no origin stories needed. Just you and
your intentions. Are you ready to meet some superhumans?
LOOKING BACK… SEEING FORWARD
Before I take you through some of the more recently observed examples of
superhuman abilities, let’s take a quick journey through time to reflect on
some of the instances recorded in the pages of history.
Ancient China was one of the most fertile grounds for early superhuman
accounts, and it’s no surprise why. The Chinese have a long history of
accepting extra-sensory powers as legitimate abilities, without the stigma or
biases that other cultures engage in. In Romance of the Three Kingdoms, a
14 th century historical novel that details the real-life events that transpired
during the end of the Han dynasty between 169 AD and 280 AD, many
superhuman figures are accounted for.
One of these figures is Zhuge Liang, a statesman and military strategist
whose intellect in warcraft has been compared to Sun Tzu, the writer of The
Art of War. (Nojonen, 2009) Zhuge Liang spent much of his youth studying
astronomy and the role of energy in both day-to-day and military strategies.
(Clear Harmony, 2005) Two of the battles that Zhuge Liang was involved in
are recorded as having involved feats of superhuman ability. In the Battle of
Yiling, it is said that upon arriving along the Yangtze River at Yufu Shore,
general Lu Xun felt a strong enemy presence. He sent his men to scout
further ahead and they reported back that a strange arrangement of stones in a
maze-life formation was blocking their way forward. Lu Xun suspected the
stones to be the work of Zhuge Liang but assumed they were merely a
deceptive obstruction. Foolishly, he led his men inside the maze. A strong
gust of wind emerged, causing a dust storm that blocked out the sky. The
stones forming the maze began closing in on the soldiers. When all hope
seemed lost, an old man emerged and led Lu Xun and his surviving men out
of the maze. He told Lu Xun that Zhuge Liang had predicted that a Wu
general would pass through the area, and had constructed the maze as a trap.
The maze was built on the Bagua principle, a series of symbols that represent
the fundamental elements of reality—part of the Tai Chi and Wuxing
philosophies which account for yin and yang, as well as the five phases
(cosmic agents of change). (Yu, 2000)
In the buildup to the Battle of Red Cliffs, a fire attack on warlord Cao
Cao’s fleet is about to be deployed. General Zhou Yu realizes with horror
that the wind is blowing in the wrong direction for the attack to be successful.
As the winds are, they would cause the blaze to backtrack onto his own men.
Zhuge Liang promises that he can change the direction of the wind in Zhou
Yu’s favor and performs a ritual for three days and three nights. On the third
night, the winds shift and the attack on Cao Cao’s fleet is successful. Such
tales of Zhuge Liang’s clairvoyance and psychokinesis are well documented
in Romance of the Three Kingdoms and in other ancient works. His prowess
in military strategy is tied to his ability to psychically read his adversaries’
thoughts and foresee future events in ways that sound like remote viewing,
which we’ll look at shortly. These abilities would grant him the nickname
‘Crouching Dragon’, always at the ready to attack.
Abilities like these were held by others in the era as well. General Guan
Yu is another documented example. Revered after his death as a god of war
and benevolence by Confucianists, Taoists, and Buddhists alike, Guan Yu
was said to be unstoppable, often exhibiting superhuman strength and
stamina as he willed events to his desires. (Perkins, 1999) It is for this reason
that many believe he had a mastery of his Qi energy, perhaps to the point of
being able to manifest, an ability we’ll look into in the next chapter. For the
purposes of this chapter, however, several examples of Guan Yu’s
superhuman abilities come to mind. The first was his legendary journey
across five mountain passes, during which time he slew six generals. At one
point on this quest, he is obstructed by general Han Fu and 1,000 soldiers.
Han Fu manages to hit Guan Yu with an arrow. To the amazement of the
soldiers, Guan Yu pulls the arrow out of his arm, seemingly unfazed, and
charges toward Han Fu, killing him. The soldiers are so shocked that they
allow Guan Yu to pass. Interestingly, this is not the only time Guan Yu
suffers an injury to the arm. In the Battle of Fancheng, his arm is struck by a
crossbow bolt coated in poison. After the battle, he is attended to by doctor
Hua Tuo, who says he must cut open the arm to scrape the poison from the
bone. The doctor offers to secure the arm in place to avoid flailing from the
pain, but Guan Yu famously declines. The surgery is carried out with Guan
Yu showing no sign of pain, all the while using his other hand to play a round
of weiqi, an ancient board game. This level of mastery over the body’s
physical matter, to completely suppress pain receptivity, showcases truly
superhuman mental ability, the ability to create an alternate cognitive reality.
And speaking of Hua Tuo, no reference to Romance of the Three
Kingdoms would be complete without mentioning the extra-sensory powers
of this mystical physician. Hua Tuo was considered several hundred years
ahead of his time medically speaking, perhaps the first doctor to use
anesthesia. (Mair, 1994) His courtesy name (a sort of nickname often given
in East Asian cultures) was Yuanhua, which translates to ‘primal
transformation’. (Chen, 2007) He was known for maintaining his youthful
appearance for his whole life, often referred to as a ‘xian’. Xian is the Daoist
term for a being believed to be immortal, transcendent, or celestial. Hua Tuo
was said to practice Daoyin, a form of Daoist neigong, which is a meditative
process that cultivates, directs, and refines Qi energy. Daoyin is considered to
be the historical precursor to the practice of Qigong. (Huang, 1987) Hua Tuo
was known to use acupuncture and moxibustion as part of his diagnosis and
healing strategies, both of which are means to regulate the flow of Qi. His
healing powers were considered legendary and it was believed that by
assessing his patients’ Qi flow, he could see the illnesses inside them.
Another branch of legendary, historical superhumans includes the so-
called blind warriors… In the 14 th century Japan, we find famous long-
swordsman and combat trainer, Toda Seigen. He began to slowly lose his
eyesight, so he started training himself in short-sword combat so that he
could continue to fight in close proximity, where his senses were sharper.
(Rogers, 1990) Legend has it that he was undefeated in combat as a blind
man, seemingly unvexed by his lack of vision. He was apparently able to
decipher where his opponent was, and even what their next move against him
would be. This legend seems to be one of the origins for such modern
superheroes like Daredevil: the refinement of extra-sensory perception.
Another famous blind superhuman was the 12 th century King of Bohemia,
John the Blind. He rode into battlefields on horseback, killing many enemies,
despite his vision setbacks. As the legends go, he would say before battle,
“Take me to the place where the noise of the battle is the loudest. The Lord
will be with us.” (Francisus, 1784) And of course, perhaps the most written
about blind warrior, Goliath, who infamously took on David in Biblical
record. Historians now believe Goliath “suffered from visual field restriction
as a result of acromegaly,” but was able to overcome this by tapping into his
other senses in battle after battle… until he met David, of course. (Berginer,
2006) Figures like these are generally perceived to be legendary or mythical,
but did they have superhuman abilities working in their favor? Is it possible
they were tapped into a frequency or wavelength that allowed them to carry
out feats of extraordinary, extra-sensory ability? Could they see, without
seeing?
REMOTE VIEWING
“Using the standards applied to any other area of science, it is concluded that
psychic functioning has been well established.” These are the words of Dr.
Jessica Utts, a member of a remote viewing panel established by the CIA to
review the validity of the agency’s infamous Stargate Project. (Utts, 1996)
Let’s start with some basic definitions. ‘Remote viewing’ is the ability to
sense impressions of distant subjects or events without direct contact or even
prior awareness. It can be performed in real-time or in advance of events yet
to happen. (Blom, 2009) When it is carried out before something occurs, it is
referred to as ‘precognition’. (Swanson, 2003) Those who can engage in
remote viewing often describe the process as accessing an ‘inner eye’ through
a sort of out-of-body experience. (Guiley, 1991) It is said that in order to
facilitate clear impressions, the practitioner must pay attention to their
imagination, let go of any preconceived judgment, and develop a relaxed
state. When the subject or event of the viewing session is locked onto in the
mind, it is referred to as the ‘signal line’—like tapping into a frequency. The
U.S. intelligence community considers less than 1% of the population
capable of remote viewing, with some experts saying it’s as low as 0.2%.
(Swanson, 2003) But if given the right training, resources, and encouraged to
shed societal and cultural skepticism, might that number be much, much
higher?
 Figure 5.1 (Swanson, 2003; photo by Dr. Harold Puthoff) CIA scientist Dr. Richard
Kennett, remote viewer Pat Price, and Dr. Hal Puthoff, pioneers of 1970s remote
viewing research.

The study of remote viewing, or clairvoyance as it was known then,

began in the mid-nineteenth century with researchers like the well-known
electrochemist Michael Faraday, whose early work in electromagnetism
changed the face of science as we know it. (Hyman, 1985) Research and
experiments carried on sporadically over the decades, with initial U.S.
Defense Department and CIA studies starting in the early 1950s according to
declassified documents. (Mandelbaum, 2000) Things really intensified in the
1960s and 70s as governments and intelligence agencies began funneling
massive amounts of money into studying the phenomenon. These included
Soviet Military and Soviet Secret Police initiatives carried out across more
than twenty laboratories in the Soviet Union. Soviet physicists were so
convinced of the power of remote viewing that they suggested it was
“enmeshed with all of everyday life” and that ordinary individuals held “vast,
hidden potential” to tap into these superhuman powers. (Ostrander, 1970)
Government-funded studies were a dime a dozen in the heat of the Cold War
as the United States and the Soviet Union raced to develop any edge they
could over the other. In a 1972 Defense Intelligence Report that was
declassified decades later, it was said that “the powers of the subconscious
mind are vastly superior to those of normal consciousness.” (LaMothe, 1972)
One Major General went as far as to say, “If you didn't believe that remote
viewing was real, you hadn't done your homework.” (Schnabel, 1997) Wide-
reaching efforts were made to recruit individuals already in the armed forces
who possessed or demonstrated enhanced psychological abilities, or who had
described experiencing vivid near-death experiences. (Swanson, 2003)
One such individual was Pat Price, a California businessman, who would
prove to be one of the all-time great remote viewers. After teaming up with
the Stanford Research Institute (SRI), and under the study of researchers Hal
Puthoff and Russell Targ, Price famously provided impressions of a secret
Russian weapons facility that the CIA didn’t even know existed! He provided
detailed descriptions of the site and the activities being carried out there,
sketching out his visions on paper in the process.
When the CIA was presented with Price’s remote visions, they had no
idea what to do with the information and were unable to precisely locate or
identify the location, but four years later, Price’s visions were proven to be
almost entirely accurate. The site was being used by the Soviets to build anti-
ballistic missile weaponry, and its discovery was the precursor to President
Reagan’s ‘Star Wars’ program. (Swanson, 2003; Targ, 1996)
 Figure 5.2 (Swanson, 2003; sketches by Pat Price released by Dr.
Russell Targ) Price’s sketches of a secret Russian military site.

In another one of Price’s remote viewing sessions, he was able to

accurately identify and describe classified rooms inside multiple embassies
targeted by U.S. intelligence. He explored the buildings in his mind and was
able to identify interior design aspects, the locations of doorways, and much
more. A CIA operations officer attached to the viewing session concluded
that after careful consideration of the results, he believed that remote
viewing, “whatever it is,” offered the agency unique operational abilities.
(Swanson, 2003; Mandelbaum, 2000)
Generally speaking, a remote viewer is provided with or comes up with
their own, ‘target’—something to lock onto in their mind from a distant place
or time. The Stanford Research Institute frequently challenged remote
viewing subjects during their 1970s experiments by providing concealed
target objects, which the viewers were then tasked with describing. These
could be simple objects like spools, leaves, or keyrings. The viewers would
then draw what they believed the concealed objects were. Many viewers not
only described the objects correctly but could describe some details with
millimeter accuracy. (Puthoff, 1981)

Figure 5.3 (Swanson, 2003; courtesy of Puthoff, 1981) Examples of target objects for
remote viewers beside the sketches of the items they made, correctly identifying the
targets without having seen them.

Despite massive evidence for the legitimacy of remote viewing as a

psychic practice, but also as a weaponizable skill, governments and
mainstream scientists would later wash their hands of the ability. Even the
larger research efforts like the Stargate Project were eventually closed out
and dismissed. Some experts, including talented remote viewer Joe
McMoneagle, have argued that the politicians overseeing projects like
Stargate were simply not believers in the paranormal and that even some of
the project directors were “afraid of the paranormal.” Many leading figures
began to grow embarrassed to be associated with the study of something so
weird and unconventional. McMoneagle knows a thing or two about remote
viewing; he was one of the most accurate military viewers, with a reported
65% accuracy rate. (Swanson, 2003; McMoneagle, 1999)
The Princeton PEAR Lab carried out over three-hundred-and-thirty-four
experiments on remote viewing under doctors Robert Jahn and Brenda Dunne
in an attempt to gather statistical certainty one way or the other that the
practice was valid. Their analysis confirmed that a real ‘signal’ was being
tapped into by the studies’ subjects and that the accuracy of the subjects’
visions being down to chance odds was small: one in fifty-five billion to be
exact. (Swanson, 2003) These findings were replicated more than seventy
times by researchers all over the globe. (Radin, 1997)
What makes remote viewing so incredible is that it genuinely breaks the
rules of science as we know them. Jahn makes a point to clarify that the
‘signal’ that remote viewers tap into does not seem to weaken over great
distances, and it seems able to function outside the boundaries of time. This
means this energy force is stronger than electromagnetic or gravitational
forces, which both weaken over distance. (Jahn, 1987) “It’s as if
consciousness is somehow able to direct its influence directly across space
and time, an understanding that certainly poses a challenge for science.”
(Jahn, 1992) Based on the data, time travel itself may or may not be possible,
but mind travel across time absolutely is. This means the number of paths
into the future is potentially limitless. If a remote viewer can detect what lies
ahead, they can alter the course of their actions or those of others. Imagine
the possibilities this could have on manifesting and shaping one’s own future!
“It seems that the consciousness can easily move in space and in time.”
(Swanson, 2003)
It is hypothesized that the average person’s remote viewing powers exist
predominantly in their dreams. Take Nobel Prize-winning physicist Niels
Bohr. He devised the model of the atom that we rely on today, which he
claims came to him in a dream in the early 1920s. A Bell Telephone engineer
during World War II dreamed of a radar-guided anti-aircraft system. When he
woke up, he drew out the schematics feverishly, and just a few years later, the
system was being used in combat. (Swanson, 2003; Rheingold, 2000)
 Remote viewing is finding wider popularity across industries and fields of
research. In China, medical applications are on the rise. Government-
sponsored research is showing that certain viewers can detect illness and
disease in patients, even with just a few minutes in the patients’ presence.
One such viewer, a young boy, was able to accurately diagnose ninety-three
out of one-hundred-and-five patients! (Dong, 1984) Business and financial
uses have also been documented. Gerald O’Donnell has famously used
remote viewing to predict stock market trends. He even teaches other
investors how to tap into the ‘signal’ for themselves. (Swanson, 2003) The
use-cases for remote viewing are truly far-reaching and arguably limitless.
What does all this teach us? Chiefly, remote viewing demonstrates that
consciousness is not a finite resource. It doesn’t stop with the boundaries of
our body. It is more universal. It is energy. It can be tapped into. This
amazing ability also forces us to reassess our understanding of what time is…
If a remote viewer can see events before they occur, or retroactively without
having been there themselves, then time isn’t linear. It must be a sort of
archive that can be flipped through forwards and backwards—remember the
Akashic Record? If remote viewing is made possible by the fifth force we’ve
been discussing in this book, then it may prove to be a true sixth sense.
Maybe we’re all capable of extra-sensory powers. We’ve just been lacking
the imagination to explore them, or been too afraid to admit that our
consciousness is more interconnected with the universe than we like to think
it is. Just how extra-sensory can we be?
EXTRA-SENSORY PERCEPTION & TELEPATHY
While remote viewing is the visual-based ability to see events or subjects at
remote locations, extra-sensory perception (ESP) is a broader means of
information gathering. Remote viewing is typically seen as a trained or
controlled process and skill. ESP, by contrast, is a more pervasive, constant
form of psychic ability. In short, ESP is the ability to receive and transmit
information using only the mind. This exchange of information is often
referred to as ‘telepathy’ and does not involve the known human senses or
any physical interaction. (Carroll, 2005)
Modern scientific research into this psychic ability finds its roots in the
late 1800s, with Duke University’s J.B. Rhine building up to his prominent
experiments in the 1930s. He and his wife created the popular Zener cards, a
series of cards featuring symbols and shapes. In the experiments, a ‘sender’
attempts to transmit the imagery on a card to a ‘receiver’. (Sladek, 1974).
This sort of experiment remained a tried-and-true method of testing simple
thought transference for decades. On the return trip from the moon aboard the
Apollo 14 mission, Captain Edgar Mitchell, the sixth man to walk on the
lunar surface, pulled out some paper with photographs of a deck of cards on
it. He had pre-arranged several ‘receivers’ back on Earth without telling
anyone and concentrated on the cards in an attempt to transmit the data back
home using only his mind. Two of the four receivers correctly identified
fifty-one out of two-hundred cards. The odds of this happening by chance
were one in three-thousand! (Mitchel, 1971; Clark, 1973)
The Soviets also tested ESP in space. Their cosmonauts were specially
trained and reportedly able to “communicate telepathically more easily with
each other than with people on earth.” (LaMothe, 1972)
Like remote viewing, whatever energy form or signal allows ESP to
function appears to violate the laws of physics, and does not weaken, even
over great distances. The U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency’s declassified
reports on the subject, in agreement with Soviet findings, suggest that ESP
functions better in space than on the surface of the Earth. Claude Swanson
points out that this may be due to the lack of bombardment from man-made
electromagnetic fields from all of our electronic equipment, cables, satellites,
etcetera. (Swanson, 2003)
 The evidence for ESP has been constantly building on itself for decades.
In the 1940s alone, over three million trials using more than forty-five-
hundred participants were carried out. Since then, the number of trials has
surpassed nine-hundred-thousand! As Dean Radin concluded, “These
experiments did cause many scientists to take psi phenomena seriously.”
(Rosenthal, 1978; Radin, 1997)
In 1957, the chairman of the Psychology Department at the University of
London affirmed the findings that had amounted to that time. He said the
only conclusion that a reasonable person could come to, in the face of the
evidence at hand, was that a sizeable percentage of the population is able to
“obtain knowledge existing either in other people’s minds, or in the outer
world, by means as yet unknown to science.” (Eysenck, 1957) Sixty-five
years later, we still aren’t 100% sure what those ‘means as yet unknown’ are,
but it seems almost certain that those means are, in fact, subtle energy: the
fifth force. Practitioners of ESP, like those of remote viewing, are simply
tapping into the resonant frequencies of the universe.
The Chinese refer to those capable of such powers of the mind as
“exceptional human functioning”. China is one of the few countries whose
government is still openly recruiting psychologically adept people through
public, well-funded programs. One program conducted in the early 1980s
was focussed on finding exceptional children. Many kids were discovered to
have strong ESP capabilities. One young girl, in particular, was tested by
multiple universities and government and military laboratories. In one
experiment, she was asked to describe a drawing sealed inside a lead box
designed to contain radioactive materials. Within twenty minutes, she had the
drawing in mind, virtually to exact detail. (Swanson, 2003; Dong, 1984)
Interestingly, ESP is not just a feat of humanity. Animals have been
found to demonstrate similar psychological powers. Dr. Rupert Sheldrake
famously studied dogs’ abilities to know when their owners are coming home
—not the time they usually walk in the door, but the time when the owner
decides to return home. His research between 1997 and 2000 confirmed that
dogs share a psychic connection with their owners. (Sheldrake, 1999) It’s not
unusual to hear people describing their pets as having a sort of sixth sense.
A sixth sense is something we recognize in ourselves as well. The feeling
of déja vu is a good example. Another is when we find ourselves thinking of
someone, and then that person reaches out or comes into our lives somehow.
We tend to ignore these instances as coincidence, happenstance, or just gut
feelings because we have no other way of making sense of them, but we sell
ourselves short in doing so. What we are brushing off is actually a cosmic
connection of universal information. We are tuning in to the subtle energy
that surrounds us at every moment. The question is: are we listening?
Just how do we go about locking onto the signals of universal Qi? One
method that scientists have discovered is through hypnosis. Several studies
have documented increased ESP accuracy when we are in an altered state of
consciousness, like when hypnotized. One such study went on for thirty-
seven years and found a notable increase in abilities among the test subjects
analyzed. (Stanford, 1994) Meditation is another way to enhance ESP
experiences. Both methods quiet down the mind, relaxing our state of
consciousness and making us more receptive to the energy fields around us.
Likewise, both hypnotized and meditative states can be achieved artificially
when the body is subjected to specific frequencies which induce relaxing
brain wave patterns. (Swanson, 2003) This is something my team and I have
focussed on when developing our devices, which I’ll talk more about in a
later chapter.
Sensory deprivation or electromagnetic noise filtering is a powerful way
to tap into subtle energy fields. This may be why sensory deprivation pods
have become so popular in recent years at spas around the world. When we
cut ourselves off from the world around us temporarily, we are able to
heighten our senses, including our sixth sense.
One laboratory, in particular, has
made this sort of cognitive blockade a
central focus of their ESP research. The
Monroe Institute in Virginia constructed
a special isolation room which blocks out
electromagnetic and sound waves,
allowing a person inside to reach
otherwise impossible states of deep
relaxation. When inside, subjects exhibit
changes in the resistance (or elasticity) of
their skin (i.e. even their skin relaxes), as
well as changes in the voltage that their
bodies emit. (Swanson, 2003) These sorts
of measurable bodily reactions are a
Figure 5.4 (Swanson, 2003; photo by
critical component in the research that
Carol Sabick and Skip Atwater of the supports ESP abilities.
Monroe Institute) The doorway to the
Monroe Institute’s special isolation We know, for example, that when
room. someone is receiving information by
ESP, their blood volume increases. Their
brain waves and heart rates also fluctuate.
(Dean, 1966) We can even detect a clear distinction between the left and right
sides of brain activity during ESP transmission. The left brain, known for its
order, verbal, and analytical function actually interferes with ESP. When
under hypnosis or in meditation, the practitioner is effectively quieting this
side of the brain, allowing information to be processed subconsciously. We
can see this in real-time when analyzing EEG (electroencephalogram) scans,
which monitor brain activity. (Swanson, 2003; Pavlova, 1967)
The research seems to be very conclusive that ESP abilities are far wider-
spread than we typically account for, but our consciousness, which is biased
and burdened by interference, cultural notions, and general disbelief in the
paranormal, supersedes our subconscious, which appears ready and willing to
lock onto the cosmic signals and frequencies available to it.
As usual, ancient civilizations (and those that continue to exist more or
less unbothered by the modern world) have been proven well-tuned to these
subconscious energy fields. Explorer Douchan Gersi spent time with the
remote Tuareg peoples of Northern Africa and reported many examples of
extra-sensory abilities including ESP, telepathy, and even energy healing.
Many of the Tuareg were particularly adept at isolating timing through ESP
—when certain events would happen, for example. (Gersi, 1991)
Time and space appear to share quite a strong intersection with ESP, as it
happens. Research suggests that ESP is more accurate at certain times of the
day and on certain parts of the planet. James Spottiswood of the Cognitive
Sciences Laboratory in California reviewed thousands of paranormal
functioning studies and discovered that one’s position on the Earth relative to
the stars in the sky made a dramatic difference in the accuracy of ESP
abilities. This relation between position and stars is referred to by
astronomers as ‘sidereal time’. (Swanson, 2003; Spottiswood, 1997)
In his results, Spottiswood noticed that extra-sensory ability was strongest
when the constellation Virgo was above the practitioner. This section of the
sky is at 13.5 hours sidereal and “is known as the ‘Great Attractor’ because it
is a huge concentration of ‘dark matter’”. (Swanson 2003) In fact, this section
of the sky has an intense pull of gravitational energy and is in the direction
that our galaxy is being pulled toward as the universe continues to expand.
This connection between dark matter and gravitational pull likely correlates
with strong left-handed torsion energy, which we discussed earlier in Chapter
3. The compounding accuracy of extra-sensory powers during this sidereal
time (day or night) is a whopping fourfold! (Swanson, 2003; Spottiswood,
1997)

Figure 5.5 (Swanson, 2003; diagram by Dr. James Spottiswood) Peak ESP reception
at 13.5 hours sidereal.

All of this analysis, in combination with that on remote viewing earlier,

exhaustively proves that extra-sensory abilities are not only real but
accessible to us all… if we know where, how, and when to seek them out.
The human consciousness is capable of tapping into universal knowledge and
information, unobstructed by time and space. When we allow our mind to
connect with these cosmic frequencies, we can see places, things, and events
—in past, present, and future tense.
But our capacity to access this information (to receive and transmit it) is
entirely different from our capacity to exert this information. How we use
these abilities to affect the world around us is a leap even further into
becoming truly superhuman. Prayer, visualization, intention, manifestation…
Changing the physical world by bending it to our will and desire.
PSYCHOKINESIS & TELEPORTATION
Being superhuman is about more than just having powers. It’s about using
them to enact changes in the world around us. ‘Psychokinesis’ (or telekinesis)
is the mental ability to influence the physical world without any physical
interaction. (Xiong, 2010) More simply, it is the power to affect objects or
beings from a distance, often without touching them. Quite literally, mind
over matter.
One of the most studied practitioners of psychokinesis was Ingo Swann.
In 1972, one of the first laboratory-tested experiments he took part in
occurred at the Stanford Research Institute, under the review of physicists
Hal Puthoff and Russel Targ, whose other work in this field we covered
earlier. Underneath the SRI building was a specially crafted superconducting
magnetometer, designed to measure magnetic fields. The device was used to
look for quarks, one of the elementary particles, and due to this very precise
use, it is heavily shielded from all possible external wavelengths and
frequencies. Magnetic shielding, aluminum, copper, supercooled niobium…
the device was protected by layer after layer of impermeable materials.
Previous SRI testing had yielded no signals from the outside world in the
magnetometer’s data sets. (Swanson, 2003; Puthoff, 1974)
Puthoff and Targ explained to Swann how the device's inner detector
functions: it generates a magnetic field, which weakens over time. The field’s
strength is recorded as wavelengths on an output graph. As the field weakens,
the wavelength starts to elongate and flatten out. Swann indicated he would
focus his attention on the inner detector. As he did so, the frequency of the
wavelengths doubled.
 Figure 5.6 (Swanson, 2003; graphs provided to Swanson by Dr. Harold Puthoff)
Wavelength interruptions caused by Ingo Swann’s psychokinetic powers.

Puthoff and Targ’s output graphs recorded the exact moment this
happened, as seen in the figures here. On the left, the normal weakening of
the wavelength. On the right, the moments when Swann’s subtle energy
exertion affected the device. (Swanson, 2003)
One of the ways this experiment can be explained is by the concept of the
‘astral body’. The astral body is an element of our consciousness which can
travel beyond the boundaries of our physical body. Some people refer to this
as a component of the out-of-body experience (OBE), or as part of the ‘subtle
body’ – part of the human consciousness that is neither fully physical nor
spiritual. The concept is an important part of traditional Taoism, Hinduism,
Jainism, and Buddhism, among others, with the earliest known ancient
mentions found in 2 nd century BCE Taoist texts. (Samuel, 2013) Modern
science has only just begun to explore the concept, particularly in the
research of meditation (Loizzo, 2016), but recent findings have proven quite
astounding. “When the subject sets his intention, his consciousness
immediately seems to go to the place of interest.” Swanson, 2003) Dutch
scientists have weighed the human body of subjects before, during, and after
experiencing an OBE. On average, the subjects studied experienced a weight
loss of 2 ¼ ounces during their OBE. (Mitchell, 1987; Carrington, 1975) The
astral body, therefore, is actually measurable; it has a weight! Detectable
physical attributes like this, though seemingly invisible to us, demonstrate
that intentioned subtle energy moves within the physical world. This
phenomenon also helps explain remote viewing. The astral body travels from
the body to the target location, allowing the viewer to see something their
body is not physically present to see. Returning underground at the SRI in
1972 then, it seems as though Ingo Swann’s astral body was able to go inside
the magnetometer and physically affect its inner detector.

Figure 5.7 (Source: unknown) A young Uri Geller with a bent fork, knife, and spoon.

Affecting a device by invisible means, though technically a physical

interaction, is still quite hard to visualize. That’s where more in-your-face
examples come in handy. Uri Geller was a well-known psychokinetic during
the 1970s. Friends with presidents, scientists, and television personalities, he
was most famous for bending spoons. Dr. Werner Von Braun, a rocket
scientist who helped develop advanced missile systems, and Nobel Prize-
winning physicist Brian Josephson of Cambridge University, were both
believers in Geller’s superhuman abilities. Von Braun said there was no
known scientific explanation for what Geller was capable of, and Josephson
confirmed that his experiences with Geller proved that psychic abilities were
real. Stanford’s Materials Science Department studied many of the spoons
that Geller had bent under electron microscopes. Their conclusion was that
the metal in the bends of the cutlery appeared visually distinct, appearing to
have been melted at high temperature. (Tiller, 1992)
Another example of an amazing superhuman was Nina Kulagina, a Soviet
woman who was studied extensively in the 1960s. She was famous in the
Soviet Union and beyond for many superhuman psychokinetic abilities, such
as moving objects using only her mind. During some tests, she was able to
move objects weighing as much as one pound! (Gris, 1978) Most of the
objects she was tasked with moving were non-magnetic, eliminating the
possibility that she was using some sort of hidden magnet to carry out her
feats. (Swanson, 2003) A particular skill of hers that was tested frequently
was her ability to develop camera film simply by thinking about it or looking
at it. She was even able to create patterns and shapes on the film as it
developed by moving her eyes accordingly. (Sergeyev, 1972) Perhaps her
most amazing psychokinetic feat was causing a gap or split in a confined
cloud of smoke. During many of the experiments featuring Kulagina, her
body was connected to physiological, electromagnetic, and brain wave
monitoring systems. When exerting psychokinetic energy, she frequently
generated unexplainable electrical pulses, creating a measurable energy field
around her. (Rejdak, 1968; Kolodny, 1968; Kurz, 1968; Sergeyev, 1967,
1968) Kulagina is arguably one of the most studied psychokinetics ever, with
research into her abilities going as high up in the Soviet Union as the
Theoretical Physics Department at Moscow University. Her powers proved a
strong correlation between the mind and electromagnetism, one of the four
fundamental forces we reviewed in Chapter 4. But she was observed to create
electric fields up to 10,000 volts per centimeter (Ullman, 1973), which
suggests that that correlation goes far beyond the fundamental. Indeed, it
requires the acknowledgement of a different force entirely—a fifth force.
Subtle energy.
Electrical measurements are one of the most commonly used metrics in
psychokinetic research. Qigong masters and energy healers have been studied
in this way, as their ability to affect the physical nature of the body by
projecting their subtle energy is, of course, a form of psychokinesis. As you’ll
recall from Chapter 2, the Menninger Clinic in Texas, one of the top-ranked
psychiatric hospitals in the United States, attached electrodes to the earlobes
of energy healers, and the results demonstrated inexplicably high voltage
readings. Under normal circumstances, a human being emits between 0.010
and 0.015 volts, but Qigong masters and energy healers measured between
thirty and three-hundred volts, ten-thousand times greater than usual! (Green,
1993)
One of the largest-scale examples of subtle energy emission and its
electromagnetic correlation is the apparent lightning control abilities of Ted
Owens. On the night of May 10, 1967, in Philadelphia, Owens asked his
friend, attorney Sidney Margulies, to pick a spot on the horizon. Margulies
obliged, and moments later, lightning struck the spot he had chosen. Owens
was known for carrying out weather-affecting psychokinetic feats like this
with some frequency over the years, and his abilities were relatively well-
documented. He came to be known as the ‘PK Man’, PK being short for
psychokinesis. (Mishlove, 2000)
And finally, no conversation about moving objects with the mind would
be complete without approaching the subject of teleportation, the transfer of
energy or matter from one place to another without the physical traversing of
the space between both points—instantaneous, faster-than-light positional
transference. By any conceivable human law of physics, we have no way of
explaining a phenomenon like this. But there have been some credible
accounts of it through the years. Perhaps the most famous example from the
20 th century is that of Captain Dubois, a French medical officer, whose visit
to an Arab village caused an international stir. A villager by the name of
Abdul reportedly made a photograph appear in Captain Dubois’ hands… a
photograph from his home in Paris. At the exact moment in Paris, someone in
the home noticed the picture was missing, assumed it was stolen, and filed a
police report shortly thereafter, claiming a break-in! Hours later, the villager
sent the photo back to Paris. (Clark, 1973; Ayling, 1968)
No laboratory experiment has yet yielded something as miraculous as
Captain Dubois’ experience with his potentially superhuman villager friend,
but prospects have been encouraging through a process called quantum
entanglement. Essentially, a pair of particles (generally photons) are created
in a state of entanglement. The particles are then sent in different directions.
Regardless of distance, if we can detect the spin of one of the particles, we
know the spin of the other, and this means we can deduce the material state
of a particle over a great distance, which is an extremely important, but also
very, very tiny piece of the teleportation puzzle. But you have to start
somewhere! Experiments using this process of particle entanglement have
taken place in Austria and Japan, among other places, and are seen as key to
understanding how energy can enable matter to dematerialize in one place,
and re-materialize in another without a loss of matter in-transfer. (Motoyoshi,
2000; Ritter, 1997)
Psychokinetic powers prove that subtle energy can flow from the human
body (even from human consciousness) to external targets, affecting real-
world physical interactions. Like so much of the research I’ve shared with
you so far in this book, the examples of Ingo Swann, Uri Geller, and Nina
Kulagina make it clear that we need a radical change of attitude and
appreciation for these phenomena. Above all else, we need an open mindset
within the scientific community, eager to explore that which can’t be readily
explained. And we must celebrate the researchers who dare to dive into that
exploration, the true pioneers of this new frontier of science, this scientific
revolution that we find ourselves at the threshold of. One example of this
exploration is worth special mention…
RANDOM EVENT GENERATORS
At the PEAR Lab at Princeton University that I mentioned earlier, Robert
Jahn and Brenda Dunne have directed some fascinating experiments—
hundreds of thousands of them, in fact, over several decades! One of their
studies involved a device called the ‘random mechanical cascade’. Imagine a
scientific version of the game Plinko from the game show The Price is Right.
A small metal ball drops down from the top of the device and bounces around
through a vertical series of pegs until it falls into one of the bins along the
bottom of the device. Test subjects, most of them regular people with no
known expertise in psychokinesis, were asked to manipulate the balls with
their minds as they fell through the pegs. Other devices were used as well,
including one that relies on the random noise of an electronic diode, emitting
a random number of noise blips per second, and another device that detects
radioactive decay from random source signals, emitting a random number of
wavelength pulses per second. All of these devices are examples of random
event generators (REG). Statistics and mathematics tell us that in the absence
of interference, the balls, blips, and pulses of these devices will fall along the
well-documented bell curve of random distribution, but Jahn and Dunne
found entirely different results. (Swanson, 2003)
Test subjects, in most cases, were not physically near the REG devices.
Most were not even on the PEAR Lab property, sometimes thousands of
miles away. And to make the tests even more rigorous, the researchers had
the subjects exert their psychokinetic energy at different times of day,
sometimes even asking them to affect the devices at future times! On
average, as shown in the graph here, when the test subjects were asked to
increase the random distribution of the balls, blips, or pulses, they were able
to, and likewise when asked to decrease the distribution. The probability of
this happening by chance alone is just one in five-thousand. (Swanson, 2003;
Jahn, 1987)
 Figure 5.8 (Jahn, 1987, as shared in Swanson, 2003) Cumulative data gathered over a
seven-year period at the PEAR Lab.

The accumulation of results over so many thousands of tests proves a

statistical confidence that psychokinesis is real, that it can function
independently of space and time, and that regular everyday individuals can
exert its force using solely the power of their mind.
SUPERHUMAN SCHOOLS – CHINA’S EDGE
As I mentioned earlier, China has regularly been at the forefront of research
into superhuman abilities. This is perhaps because their culture has a long
history and tradition of recognizing the importance of subtle energy. For the
Chinese, many phenomena that we in the West would consider paranormal
are seen as simply normal. This greater openness and willingness to explore
these abilities scientifically has often given them an advantage over Western
research. In fact, it is not uncommon for entire organizations, university or
military departments, and even schools, to be established to test, observe, and
measure the subtle energy mastery of those they refer to as ‘extra-high
functioning’. Children are often the most sought after in this field of research,
as it is believed that their minds, less biased by skepticism or doubt, are able
to tap into unseen energy forces more easily.
One of the psychokinetic abilities that has been looked into by such
establishments is the apparent ability to alter the rate of time. A specific
example of this is the ability to expedite the growth of plants. Some subjects
have been able to cause a closed bud to bloom (something that would have
taken days or even weeks if left to occur naturally) from a rate of instantly to
within just a few minutes. Some could make seeds sprout and grow within
their hands. (Dong, 1997)
 Figure 5.9 (Swanson, 2003; photo by Paul Dong, 1992) A girl preparing to cause
flowers to bloom on command before a panel of observers in Beijing.

Other gifted children have been observed remote viewing, breaking twigs
with their mind, adjusting watches from a distance, sensing others’ thoughts,
perceiving color by the sense of hearing, and much more. One girl named Yu
Rui Hua could sense and identify hidden objects on a person’s body, like the
concealed gun of a security guard. Another little boy, Wei Ruoyang, could
use his mind to sense where buried pipes were and describe their
configuration, seemingly able to see through the dirt as if it weren’t even
there. (Dong, 1984)
A third-grade girl named Zhue Mei was well-known for her various
mental abilities. She could move objects within sealed confines, like beans
from a bottle, or unlock a padlock locked inside a box, both of which
demonstrated a seeming ability to literally teleport objects through physical
barriers. (Dong, 1984) Teleportation, naturally, defies every law of physics
that we humans have devised, but China’s extra-high functioning child
subjects have repeatedly demonstrated the ability to disappear an object and
make it reappear elsewhere, several tests of which took place under the
supervision of the Institute of High Energy Physics and the Chinese military.
(Hausdorf, 1998)
Another child named Zhang Baosheng was frequently called a national
treasure in Chinese circles. He was once observed moving a bag of sugar
weighing 100 pounds from one room to another. As he grew up, his powers
seemed to become more precise and impressive. A high-ranking Chinese
military official once asked that Zhang be locked inside a room, only to find
the gifted young man at his house when he returned home that day. From
then on, Zhang frequently worked with the Chinese Defense Ministry.
Known for his heavy foot while driving, he would frequently get speeding
tickets, but he was able to somehow make the paper record of the ticketing at
the police station (this was before digital ticketing systems) disappear! In the
late 1990s, it was reported that the Chinese military had a $20 million
program in place to carry out ongoing research on him in order to keep up
with his abilities as he aged. (Swanson, 2003; Dong, 1997)
Across China, and beyond, children are being trained to develop their
superhuman, extra-sensory abilities. In the documentary Superhuman: The
Invisible Made Visible, viewers are introduced to young children around the
world, whose gifts are being developed rather than downplayed and
suppressed. Many of these kids, like the blind warriors I touched on earlier,
are being taught how to practice martial arts, archery, rollerblading, bike
riding, and more, all while blindfolded. Some of them can even read without
seeing the page. These techniques have been taught to children who are
actually blind, as well, and they have experienced amazing results in their
ability to function in a world without vision. Some schools even teach a
process called ‘vibravision,’ the ability to see the vibrational energy of
objects around you in order to perceive them without your eyes. Sounds like
Daredevil’s ‘radar sense’ or Spiderman’s ‘spidey sense’, doesn’t it? As one
of the experts in the film says, “We exist as physical beings in an observable
world, but our minds communicate in unseen ways with unseen forces.”
(Cory, 2020) At a fundamental level—at the level of our cells and DNA, we
don’t speak in language, we speak in energy.
Beyond the cultivation of young talent, China’s (and its adjacent regional)
history of superhuman legend is vast and deeply rooted. The Tibetans have a
word that captures the energy force they tap into: tummo. It means ‘inner
fire’. Their specialized meditation form called gTum-mo is known to result in
an increase in energy output. Harvard Medical School’s Herbert Benson
studied Tibetan monks between the 1960s and 80s. He believed their intense
meditation could “uncover capacities that will help us to better treat
illnesses.” As he relayed from his research in the Himalayas, Buddhists do
not consider the reality we live in as the ultimate one, that we can tap into
universal truths that are not readily apparent to us in our normal existence. He
observed monks performing radical and amazing feats, like spending entire
nights sleeping in the snow at -17ºC with only simple wool wraps on,
returning to the monastery the next morning completely unharmed. He
documented forms of meditation that could “help the mind control physical
processes once thought to be uncontrollable,” noting that the monks were
able to adjust their body temperature, metabolism, heart and breath rates, and
even their brain activity, seemingly on-demand. (Roa, 2017)
After spending so much time in the presence of these real-life
superhumans, Benson said he hoped that their extra-sensory gifts would
prove that self-care techniques can be on par with medical and surgical
answers to health maintenance, upkeep, and healing. (Roa, 2017) And he’s
put in the laboratory work to show this is possible. He and his team once
taught gTum-mo techniques to twenty-six test subjects unfamiliar with the
meditation process. After just eight weeks of daily instruction on rhythmic
breathing, chanting, and concentration, the subjects exhibited notable changes
to their DNA. The “practice activated a set of genes used to make the body’s
cells more efficient at metabolizing energy.” And that wasn’t all. The
subjects’ telomere-protecting genes (telomeres are the part of our
chromosomes that regulate our aging process) were also activated!
(Devenish, 2013) Subtle energy, then, is clearly the secret to improved health
and even longevity.
Another shining example of superhuman ability in the East can be found
in Zhou Ting-Jue, a Qigong, Tai Chi, and Kung Fu Grand Master, as well as
a Master Medical Qigong healer. Zhou Ting-Jue is renowned around the
world. He began martial arts training and learning traditional Chinese
medical theory with his uncle, who was a Taoist priest. You might have seen
him on The History Channel’s show Stan Lee’s Superhumans. His practices
have been studied by many, but few have replicated his abilities. Zhou Ting-
Jue is known for his ability to intuitively sense where patients’ pain and
illness reside in the body, and to treat them therapeutically with his Qigong
heat technique, a specialized form of energy healing. (Hill, 2010-2014)
Through deep meditation and energy cultivation, masters like Zhou Ting-Jue
have tapped into true mind-over-matter methods.
It would seem as though the West is sleeping on its ability to pursue
advanced scientific inquiries into the incredible powers of the mind. The
Chinese, and other Eastern cultures, take these powers and the energy forces
that enable them, more seriously than we do. They are looking at ways to
enhance these powers, to teach, train, and curate them in individuals,
particularly children. Just as the West is falling behind China in areas like
mathematics and the general hard sciences, so too are we losing our
competitive advantage to understand how subtle energy works, how it can be
leveraged, and how it can make us superhuman in the process. This
unwillingness to take these matters more seriously is not only setting us back
in terms of important, grand-scale endeavors like energy generation and
military initiatives, but it also prevents us from working hand-in-hand with
the Chinese and others to make leaps in more widespread applications like
medicine, nutrition, mindfulness, and personal improvement. Superhuman
abilities provide powerful insight into how we can harness subtle energy to
improve the lives of all.
CHAPTER IN REVIEW
In this chapter, I hope you’ve come to appreciate the dynamism and variation
of subtle energy applications. There are so many ways in which the fifth
force can be channeled and applied. The examples of superhuman individuals
we have gone through in these last few pages offer a glimpse into what each
of us is capable of when our minds, bodies, and spirits are in sync. We can
tap into unlimited cosmic energy, and the information it carries in its
frequencies and signals.
The word ‘paranormal’ doesn’t have to be scary or confusing. Broken
down, it makes use of the ancient Greek pará, which means ‘contrary to’. I
would like to ask this: why should superhuman abilities, energy healing and
mastery, or unexplained forces in the universe be considered contrary to the
normal, or to universal principles? If these things are all happening in the
universe, and the overwhelming evidence supports that they indeed are
happening, then they aren’t contrary to anything. In fact, by simply occurring
and existing, these phenomena are a part of the universal theory of everything
that science is meant to be in search of. To exclude them as distinct or other
is simply the temporary product of our ignorance and shortcomings of
imagination and discovery.
In the next chapter, I will explore a world where we take these
phenomena for granted—as an accepted reality of the universal experience. If
we are capable of bending reality with our minds through subtle energy, then
infinite realities exist for each and every one of us. This concept of
manifesting alternate personal timelines is often discussed under the umbrella
topic of the ‘multiverse’. I’ll take you through what the multiverse is, and
how the evidence suggests we can use it as a model to bring your desired
reality into existence.

Want to bring out your own superhuman abilities? My team and I have been
hard at work developing ways for you to harness your Qi energy and use it to
transform yourself into a real-life superhero, in total control of your
surroundings.
 Our 30-Day Qigong Meditation Challenge is a course that focuses on four
key disciplines of energy control:

1. High-Level Martial Arts. We explore how Qi plays a role in the

concepts of offense and defense, just like it does in martial arts.
This will open your mind to how best to position yourself in any
situation.
2. Energy Healing. We take a deep dive into the oneness of mind,
body, and spirit. Learning how to see the world through this lens
will enable you to use Qi to heal yourself emotionally and
physically, to find solutions to your problems, and to overcome
obstacles. You’ll gain the widest possible perspective of yourself.
3. Manifestation. Your greatest journey in life is your journey to
success and security. Getting there requires the ability to foresee
challenges and capitalize on the positive. Using Qi as a conduit to
achieving your goals will change your perception of the possible.
4. Psychic Ability. By understanding how your personal energy field
(biofield) works, and how to integrate it with the energy fields you
come into contact with, you will be able to tap into deeper levels
of consciousness, unlocking mind-bending abilities. Mind over
matter through the power of Qi.

The 30-Day Challenge, in combination with

our Qi Coils™ , can accelerate your superhuman
transformation. It’s a true shortcut to taking
control of your Qi—the ultimate training for
energy harmonization. Become more powerful.
Find your balance. And enhance your
manifestation ability.
Visit www.LearnSuperhuman.com to start
your 30-Day Meditation Challenge.
CHAPTER 6
 THE MULTIVERSE: CONSCIOUSNESS, AURA, &
MANIFESTATION

M ost mainstream science considers the concept of the ‘multiverse’ to

be hypothetical, but that shouldn’t dissuade you from taking this
exciting branch of physics research seriously. The Earth revolving
around the Sun was once hypothetical as well, until it wasn’t. As we’ve
worked through this book, I’ve reminded you to keep an open mind. A
worldview that allows for new information to be examined and contemplated
is one that will always lead to a more well-rounded understanding of our
world and the universe beyond. With that all said, consider the very serious
scientific inquiry that the multiverse concept already enjoys. It’s more than
science fiction—it’s science that can help us tell our own story, to manifest
our desires.
So what is the multiverse? It’s actually quite an expansive set of ideas,
many of which compete with one another. At its core, it is simply the idea
that multiple universes exist, that the one we find ourselves in is but one of
many.
But it also depends on how you wish to approach the topic. We can talk
about parallel universes, additional dimensions, alternate or parallel realities,
levels of consciousness, multiple phases of cosmic frequencies, various
planes of existence, the ‘other side’ or ‘after life’… The list is actually quite
endless, and since we are talking about something as gargantuan as the
universe, it’s not surprising that so many competing interpretations and
theories exist. What’s more, you can come at this topic from a purely
scientific perspective, a purely spiritual one, or one that blends the two
together in a sort of spiritual science. How you approach the subject is really
up to which theoretical framework you place the most confidence in.
 I am not here to tell you which approach is the most accurate, but what I
can tell you with a level of high confidence is that we humans have been
thinking about how our consciousness connects to the universe since our
thoughts first became complex tens of thousands of years ago. The
convergence of ancient and modern theories about what reality is presents
some of the greatest evidence that subtle energy is real, and that it operates on
more than one level or plane. Understanding this fluidity has allowed
countless people through history to tap into something greater than
themselves, and in so doing, to make themselves greater in the process.
In this chapter, I will explore some of the ways in which the multiverse
has expressed itself historically through the lens of ancient wisdom, and
empirically through the lens of modern scientific discovery. On the other side
of this exploration, I’ll move on to how an understanding of this concept, in
conjunction with the understanding of subtle energy that we’ve been building
chapter by chapter thus far, can allow you—yes, you—to shift your
worldview in such a way that you will be able to navigate the multiverse, to
use it as a means of personal transportation, self-discovery, and individual
evolution. The multiverse is your portal to becoming superhuman. Let’s
begin…
ORIGINS OF MULTIVERSE THEORY
If we accept that a multiverse is essentially a group or collection of multiple
universes, then we accept that within this group, literally everything is
contained: information, matter, energy, time, space… and of course the laws,
constants, and rules that describe and govern these things. What you may be
surprised to hear is that this is not a particularly new idea or perspective.

Figure 6.1 (Source: Wikipedia, Creative Commons) Drawing of a marble bust of

Lucretius (left), and photograph of a marble bust of Chrysippus (right).

The ancient Greeks were among the first to contemplate the possibility of
multiple universes or realities using a philosophical framework known as
‘Atomism’. Atomism proposed that everything in the universe is bound
together by indivisible components called atoms, which exist within the void.
(Berryman, 2008) This is actually how modern scientists chose the word
atom to describe what we refer to as the smallest unit of physical matter
today. To the Greeks, atoms were eternal, and as such, they were in constant
motion and collision within the void. They believed that these collisions
created endless parallel worlds less perfect than ours. These ideas would be
played with and built upon for centuries. Third-century philosopher
Chrysippus believed this eternal motion and collision of atoms and void
meant that reality was in a perpetual state of expiration and regeneration and
that this suggested that multiple universes had come and gone through time—
a sort of cosmic recycling program if you will. Ancient Buddhist tradition
would also come to a similar conclusion, suggesting that the world we know
is just one of many, part of an infinite process of destruction and creation;
this helps to explain their concept of reincarnation. Since we are made of the
same eternal atoms as everything else in the universe, we too are recycled by
way of reincarnation. (Sedacca, 2017) The ancient Romans were also
frequent multiverse hypothesizers. Philosophers like Lucretius wrote of the
idea in great detail in his well-known scientific poem, On the Nature of
Things.
Fast-forward to medieval times, and
European philosophers dipped their toes
into the multiverse as well. In his 1255
work De Luce, English philosopher and
scientist Robert Grosseteste contemplated
that our world might be one of many.
Durham University cosmologist Richard
Brower has pointed out that Grosseteste
believed the universe had “extra
symmetry” that was beyond what we
could comprehend. These ideas were so
progressive, radical, and counter to
standard Church opinion that Grosseteste
was barred from writing more on the
topic by the Pope himself. (Sedacca,
2017) After all, if extra symmetry meant
the Earth wasn’t the center of the
universe—or that the universe wasn’t the
center of the universe (that there may
even be more beyond or in tandem), then Figure 6.2 (Source: Wikipedia,
Public Domain) A 14th-century
everything the Church stood for could be portrait of Grosseteste.
called into question.
 Figure 6.3 (Source: Wikipedia, Public Domain) A bronze relief by Ettore Ferrari,
showing the trial of Bruno by the Roman Inquisition. He was killed for his brave
science.

But even papal decrees, like atoms in the void, come and go. And new
collisions would arise in the 16 th century. Italian mathematician and
cosmological theorist Giordano Bruno was like many of the brave scientists
we’ve covered in this book. He wasn’t afraid to break with the mainstream
consensus. He famously suggested a plurality of worlds, that the Earth can’t
be the center of the universe because the universe has no center, that it is
infinite. In that infinity, any number of worlds and suns was possible, and
many of them likely mirrored ours: “an infinity of worlds of the same kind as
our own,” he wrote. (Singer, 1941; Sedacca, 2017) As mentioned in an earlier
chapter, Bruno’s bravery was ultimately his downfall. He was executed for
his so-called radicalism.
Jumping forward to the 20 th century, we can analyze the work of
physicist Erwin Schrödinger, whose ideas we’ve touched on before. In the
1950s, he suggested the existence of multiple quantum states. When these
multiple states are layered on top of one another, they form new, composite
quantum states. This is known as ‘superposition’. (Gribbin, 2012) Within the
discussion of the multiverse, superposition would imply that other universes
or realities aren’t so much alternative, but rather, simultaneous. This
approaches the concept of the multiverse in a more complex dynamic.
Simultaneousness, of course, means that if there are other universes, realities,
or dimensions, that they are parallel to our own and not just separate. They
superimpose upon one another in a sort of mirrored infinity.

Figure 6.4 (Source: Wikipedia, Creative Commons) Visual representation of the

bubble multiverse.

Recent research has added evidence to this notion of parallel-ness. In fact,

it is research that we’ve already touched on in Chapter 4 in relation to dark
matter/energy exploration in space. In 2010, the Wilkinson Microwave
Anisotropy Probe’s data encouraged scientists to consider that our universe
may have collided with alternate, parallel universes at some distant point in
the past. This evidence falls into modern physics fields such as string theory.
As Tufts University physicist Alexander Vilenkin observes, “String theory
admits an immense number of solutions describing bubble universes with
diverse physical properties. The quantities we call constants of nature, such
as the masses of elementary particles, Newton’s gravitational constant, and so
on, take different values in different bubble types. Now combine this with the
theory of inflation. Each bubble type has a certain probability to form in the
inflating space. So inevitably, an unlimited number of bubbles of all possible
types will be formed in the course of eternal inflation.” (Tegmark and
Vilenkin, 2011) So we could be a world inside a galaxy inside a universe
inside a bubble inside the multiverse. It’s a lot to process!
As you can see, the scientific foundations of the multiverse have grown
deeper and more complicated over the centuries. And that brings us full
circle… German physicist Eckhard Rebhan is one of several recent
researchers who has tied the concept of the multiverse to dark energy. He
believes that the dark energy observable in our universe demonstrates that we
are living in a ‘sub-universe’—one of many parallel universes. This is an
important connection between the multiverse and subtle energy. Rebhan
suggests that dark energy is the connective tissue between universes.
(Rebhan, 2017) And that falls in line with the cosmic web I’ve brought up
time and time again. Subtle energy is the golden thread that connects every
thing, every time, and every place in the cosmos.
The key then, as always, is to tread boldly in our new scientific
revolution. As physicist Leonard Susskind says, “I would bet that at the turn
of the 22 nd century philosophers and physicists will look nostalgically at the
present and recall a golden age in which the narrow provincial 20 th century
concept of the universe gave way to a bigger better multiverse of mind-
boggling proportions.” (Tegmark and Vilenkin, 2011)
VIBRATIONAL TRAP DOORS
As I outlined in Chapter 5, part of living a superhuman life has to do with
control of the consciousness: mind over matter. We looked at many ordinary
and several extraordinary superhumans and their abilities, and we’ve also
discussed subtle energy masters and their amazing feats. One type of energy
master we’ve only scraped the surface of is the yogi. Within the many
religions of Indian culture, a yogi is someone who practices advanced yoga
techniques while also incorporating deep, intense meditation. (Banerjea,
2014) Like most of the great energy masters across various cultures, both
ancient and modern, meditation forms the root from which great powers
blossom. Through this process of achieving higher consciousness, yogis are
said to be able to tap into other levels of the physical universe. Yogis believe
that the world we know is actually the lowest level in a much larger hierarchy
of dimensions and that through enlightenment, one can actually learn to move
freely from one dimension to the next. (Swanson, 2003)
They carry out this movement through psychic energy channels known as
‘chakras’, or cerebrospinal centers, which are seen as trap doors or exits
through which the yogi can escape from the prison of the physical body and
engage in other dimensions in spirit form. (Yogananda, 1946; Swanson,
2003) This separation of the body and spirit is a core component of many
Indian traditions, and the two parts are often referred to as the ‘subtle body’
and the ‘physical body’. (Sharma, 2006) Essentially, life as we know it exists
in two basic dimensions: the physical, and the psychological. The subtle body
is energy, while the physical body is mass. (Lochtefeld, 2002)
The well-practiced yogi makes use of the chakras, or trap doors, to have
an out-of-body experience, where their consciousness is able to transcend
time and space and engage instantly anywhere, in our dimension or others.
Chakras are seen by yogis as higher-dimensional structures which enable
access to subtle energy forms that our default state of consciousness simply
doesn’t have available to it. This is why the process of accessing this energy
is considered an out-of-body or near-death experience, with both variations
often called ‘the other side’. Hindu tradition views this as the ‘Astral realm’
and accessing it is seen as ‘crossing over’. (Swanson, 2003) I will circle back
to what crossing over means later on, but for now, you will recall the astral
body we spoke of in the last chapter. The astral body is the projection of
consciousness outside the body. You can see how all these terms are
interconnected and relate to the same phenomenon of interdimensional
consciousness.

Figure 6.5 (Source: Healthline, 2016,) The seven chakras. The root chakra, or
muladhara, is found at the base of the spine.

The root chakra, or muladhara, located at the base of the spine, is

considered the most important of the cerebrospinal trap doors, as it grants the
passer-through access to Kundalini energy. Like Prana and Qi, Kundalini is
subtle energy, and it is one that is said to provide the ability to facilitate
phenomena across dimensions or planes of existence. Only when the root
chakra is energized with Kundalini can the other chakras come into
alignment. Each of the chakras is said to rotate at its own unique frequency.
Kundalini brings all of the frequencies into harmony and synchronization,
creating a sensation of electric current running along the spine. (Frawley,
2009; Paulson, 1998) This current grows in strength as it emanates from the
root chakra and flows to the next chakra, and the next after that, along its
journey up the spine. Each chakra strengthens this current, resulting in a
coiled flow. Scientifically speaking, this synchronization process appears to
put the body into a coherent, macroscopic quantum state. Yogis say this is
when the kundalini begins to flow in a truly free form. (Swanson, 2003)
Studies have been carried out to support this…
In the early 1990s, Rosalyn Bruyere, a well-known energy healer, carried
out research into the Kundalini experience with Dr. Valerie Hunt at the
University of California Los Angeles. They wired yogis to electrodes as they
went through their meditative process. What they found was that the
electrode signals registered as white, which designates a full vibrational
spectrum, suggesting an alignment of frequency as the Kundalini energy rose
from the base of the spine. (Bruyere, 1994) These experiments uncovered
something even more amazing: the yogis’ bodies actually registered a shift in
DC voltage. “All of the measurements were geared toward AC signals, which
means they were looking for the vibrations in each chakra.
 Figure 6.6 (Source: Swanson, 2003; Bruyere, 1994) The sudden DC voltage shift in the
body of a yogi going through a Kundalini experience.

But a DC shift means the actual constant background voltage changed.”

Quantum mechanics explains a voltage change like this as the charged
particles in the yogis’ bodies changing their frequency. A sudden, overall
shift in particle vibration in cosmological terms would be associated with an
interdimensional shift. (Swanson, 2003) This extraordinary synchronization
of energy and consciousness is not exclusive to yogis, but it provides a
specific snapshot of how one kind of subtle energy mastery enables it.
Vibrational harmony is one of the keys to understanding how matter and
energy intersect in a broader, universal way, and that’s what we’ll look at
next.
THE SYNCHRONIZED UNIVERSE MODEL (SUM)
The physical nature of the world, the universe, and our default human
experience within it, is made possible by an alignment of energy. When
particles are charged in locked-in vibrational patterns, it is referred to as a
‘phase state’. In simpler terms, particles are vibrating at a speed that we can
perceive, but there are other particles, which vibrate at different speeds,
which our senses, and even our instruments of measurement, are simply
incapable of registering.

Figure 6.7 (Source: TheHappyPuppySite.com, 2018 ) A dog whistle creates sound

(frequency) that human ears cannot hear.

One way to imagine this is to think of a dog whistle. The frequency of a

dog whistle is imperceptible to the human ear. This doesn’t mean the
frequency isn’t there. It just means we can’t perceive it. Now think much
bigger. Think universally. We know that the majority of the universe is
composed of dark matter and dark energy, but we can’t perceive it directly.
Instead, we know it’s there because of the absences it creates and the
seemingly paranormal phenomena it affects.
 It is believed that this is how parallel or alternate universes or dimensions
exist. They are composed of particles and energy which are simply not in
alignment with our phase state. “Our reality describes only the matter which
is synchronized with us.” (Swanson, 2003) To experience a shift in vibration
or frequency then, like yogis and other energy masters achieve, allows for the
experience and perception of other phase states… or other realities.
This vibrational alignment, or synchronized particle system, is accounted
for by the Synchronized Universe Model (SUM). Particles that are in
vibrational sync can interact and exchange energy with one another, but
particles that are not in vibrational sync cannot do so, and therefore, they are
said to be in different phase states. They are out of phase with what we
consider and observe to be the physical, material universe. (Swanson, 2010)
The multiverse then is simply a collection, hierarchy, or network of
distinct phase states. This means multiple or parallel realities or dimensions
can exist alternately or simultaneously in the same region of space-time
without mutual awareness of the other(s). The only hint that these other phase
states exist is what scientists call ‘quantum noise’. Quantum noise is
essentially a measurable variation in small-scale particle vibration. It can also
be understood as a fluctuation in zero-point energy within the vacuum we
discussed earlier. It is a variance in energy that can’t be explained. In a
synchronized phase state, we refer to the particle vibrations as coherent.
Quantum noise represents decoherence. (Clark, 2010; Townsend, 2012)
 Figure 6.8 (Source: Swanson, 2003) Diagram showing how two distinct phase states
can merge, allowing for an overlap of experience between both states.

What little research we have to rely on at the moment suggests that

consciousness can interact between and across phase states, granting it access
to energy and information not found in our own phase state. In other words,
our consciousness can recognize and make sense of the quantum noise. This
can occur when the vibrational motion of matter (its energy or frequency) in
one phase state matches that of another. (Swanson, 2003)
Dark energy, or subtle energy as we determine it to be, is the conduit or
passageway between phase states. It allows us to see what is otherwise
hidden from our senses and perceptibility. It is interdimensional.
LEVELS & LAYERS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
In his 2010 book Life Force, The Scientific Basis, physicist Claude Swanson
breaks down consciousness into a five-level hierarchy, which he calls ‘Levels
of Subtle Energy and Consciousness’. These levels are as follows:

Level Zero. Ordinary Consciousness (regular everyday people)

Level One. Weak Subtle Energy (amateur energy healers, remote
viewers, etcetera)
Level Two. Strong Subtle Energy (Qigong masters, Pranic
healers, etcetera)
Level Three: Shamanic Healing (shamanic healers, adepts,
etcetera)
Level Four: Higher Dimensional Consciousness (avatars, spirits,
gurus, etcetera)

I like this breakdown as it allows us to easily envision consciousness as a

spectrum. Depending on where someone falls along that spectrum, their
abilities to engage with subtle energy, and therefore transit between
dimensions and realities is weaker or stronger. The higher on the spectrum
someone is, the greater in-sync they are with the subtle energy of the
universe. They become capable of crossing between phase states.
Let’s dig into each level so we can get a better feel for them.
Level Zero Consciousness experiences no anomalies. Everything the
senses pick up or perceive as reality adheres to the laws of physics as we
know them and interference with or violation of those laws is statistically
insignificant enough to be ignored completely or brushed off as coincidence.
This level of consciousness is essentially the default of our human
experience. It is incredibly hard to evolve beyond Level Zero Consciousness
because it relies on a sort of collective bias. If we’re taught that the
paranormal is impossible or improbable in a culturally and academically
systemic way, then we basically lock ourselves into our phase state. We are
all synchronized so we never question that cohesion. We never dare to test
the boundaries of what we think we know about reality. In rare
circumstances, a particularly powerful moment (like an out-of-body or near-
death experience, or a group meditative or ritual experience) can shake us out
of synchronization and reveal what lies beyond, on the ‘other side’ of our
reality. If enough people have these sorts of experiences, it becomes possible
to shed our societal biases against the seemingly impossible, to break free of
the group-think. Various cultures across the globe show us that this is
possible. Qigong mastery across China is in part possible because enough
people have bought into the idea that subtle energy can affect our reality. The
same is true of many Indian and indigenous sub-cultures, who enjoy greater
receptivity and openness to astral body experiences.
Level One Consciousness is basically the product of that openness and
receptivity. People who fall into this level understand that subtle energy can
affect the material, and physical world. Those who meditate fall into this
category; they have a strong inner belief that their own energy can affect not
only themselves but others around them. The Princeton PEAR Lab REG
experiments we looked at in the last chapter provide a solid scientific backing
for this level of consciousness. When enough people exert their spiritual, and
psychological energy at a specific target, statistical anomalies present
themselves clearly in the data. This is weak subtle energy and it presents
itself in minor anomalies in our laws of physics, notable enough to make us
question what other forces are really at work within the universe.
Level Two Consciousness takes the next leap. Rather than casual
meditation or intentionality, individuals at this point on the spectrum are
well-trained and practiced in energy manipulation. These include Qigong
masters and Pranic healers. Anomalies are taken at face value and are rarely
seen as coincidence or happenstance. This is strong subtle energy at work.
The four fundamental forces of nature are seen to be challenged regularly.
Those who experience reality at this level possess a strong enough
understanding and control of subtle energy that their abilities can be
accurately measured and registered by sophisticated laboratory equipment.
Claude Swanson calls these ‘cross-over points’—the ability of a master to
exhibit “wide variations of synchronized phase”. (Swanson, 2010)
Level Three Consciousness practitioners are capable of feats that we
would associate with almost shamanic ability: instant healing, incidents
verging on the miraculous, etcetera. This level of consciousness is more or
less unexplainable by the laws of physics and would be considered
impossible by most mainstream scientists. It requires that those who exercise
subtle energy at this level be capable of drawing energy from some other
place than simply from within. It requires an interdimensional skillset of the
kind only history’s greatest shamans are said to possess. In other words, the
practitioner is synchronizing themselves with another phase state—another
dimension. There exist credible, detailed accounts of abilities at this level.
Among such accounts are the kahuna healers of Hawaii and multiple Qigong
healers across China who have apparently performed instantaneous bone
healing… even the healing of scoliosis! (Long, 1948; Dong, 1997, 2006;
Bartlett, 2007)
Finally, there is Level Four Consciousness. In this category, we would
place the avatars and masters that, for the time being at least, we can only
associate with myth and legend. For these powerful few, the laws of physics
can be broken at whim. They exist as fully interdimensional beings, capable
of shifting from one reality to the next in a totally decoherent way. Such
beings would exist simultaneously across multiple realities. They could
synchronize across all phases at will, using the full power of subtle energy as
a literal passageway or bridge between dimensions. In essence, their
consciousness exists completely outside our physical reality while still being
a part of it. Figures assigned to this level of consciousness would include
people like Jesus Christ and Buddha.
I have taken you through these levels of consciousness because they
present a unique and ordered perspective of how the multiverse is
psychologically accessible, conceptually speaking. Science fiction films and
pop-cultural interpretations tend to reduce the multiverse to a simple parallel
reality – there’s a you in another part of the universe but with slightly
different characteristics or lifestyle. This is ultimately simplistic for the
purposes of entertainment, but it also reinforces the group-think that keeps us
phase-locked in Level Zero Consciousness. It makes any deviation from the
reality we think we know seem fanciful and unlikely. But it is exactly that
rigidity of mind, body, and spirit that we must detach ourselves from in order
to be receptive to the signals, frequencies, and wavelengths of subtle energy
that are available to our consciousness.
 Figure 6.9 (Source: Pixabay, Creative Commons) A visual representation of the auric
energy field, or biofield, that surrounds the human body.

We can expand on Swanson’s five levels by analyzing the layers of the

aura. The aura is the energy field that surrounds living beings. (Hanegraaff,
2006) Scientists refer to it as an electromagnetic field, or ‘biofield’. In the
early 1900s, Dr. Walter J. Kilner developed a chemical screen process that
enabled ordinary people to see the aura with the naked eye. (Kilner, 1911)
Decades later, a more sophisticated understanding of the aura unfolded.
Eastern European scientists developed ultraviolet cameras that could capture
the UV radiation of the energy within the biofield. (Schleicher, 1988) Other
techniques emerged as well. Yevgeniy Kulin worked on a technique to
measure the electric field around the body. His research concluded that the
aura is actually responsive to heartbeat and metabolism among other factors,
and fluctuates greatly. By measuring the voltage of the biofield, he found
fascinating correlations between the aura and the health of the subject. In
other words, the healthier we are, the more energy is present in our aura.
(Kulin, 1980) Similar voltage measurements have backed this up. American
scientists studying the energy fields around living organisms have been able
to predict health issues well in advance of symptoms developing by making
note of disruptions in the biofield. One study looked for such disturbances in
thousands of test subjects. One-hundred-and-two disturbances were found.
Among those one-hundred-and-two people, further investigations confirmed
that ninety-five of them had cancer. (Burr, 1972)
Another doctor by the name of Konstantin Korotkov invented a system
called Gas Discharge Visualization (GDV) which digitally constructs aura
readings based on electromagnetic measurements of the fingertips. The
system has shown many applications, notably the mapping-out of energy
across the whole body—including the torsion patterns unique to the energy in
the biofield, as well as analyzing states of consciousness. The wider and
further the biofield extends outside the body, the greater the out-of-body
conditions are, and therefore, the higher the level of consciousness.
(Korotkov, 2002, 2004)
Being able to account for the torsion field of the energy in our aura, as
you have probably already guessed, is rather important when discussing our
bodies, our consciousness, and our access to the subtle energy of the
universe. It is believed that biophotons emitted by our bodies form a coherent
pattern of torsion waves, that we can call the aura. “Biophotons are internally
reflected inside the body […] This keeps most of their energy inside the
body, where it is needed […] for biochemical reactions. But, there is
something that is left over. Something escapes. That something is called
‘torsion’.” (Swanson, 2010) The information imprinted in the biophotons is
carried into the external biofield. This helps explain why disruptions or
anomalies in that field can be indicative of poor health.
 Figure 6.10 The torsion field carries the information about the biophotons inside the
body to the outside of the body.

Think of it this way: the biophotons inside the body have their own
energy fields. Those fields are coherent with the external torsion fields. In
other words, they are in the same phase state, and can therefore share the
same information. Suddenly, the energy healing carried out by Qigong and
Pranic masters makes a lot more sense, doesn’t it? They are aligning their
energy fields to match the phase state of the person they are projecting the
energy to. They synchronize their vibrations and frequencies with their
patient in the same way that they synchronize their conscious energy to that
of the multiverse.
Clairvoyants and energy healers will tell you that the aura’s purpose is to
maintain the physical body, but they will also describe it as having layers.
Each layer functions differently and is more visible when your consciousness
accesses it. Because the aura can be viewed using ultraviolet cameras, each
layer can be recognized by its colour. If you’ve ever had your aura read by
someone, you’ll recall them describing it in terms of colour—this is probably
the most pop-culturally prevalent understanding of how the aura works. But
casual, non-scientific readings aside, there is growing evidence that each
layer coincides with higher dimensional reality perception. The layers exist as
simultaneous planes of reality that the consciousness can access by tuning
itself (or synchronizing itself) to a corresponding frequency. “When we enter
a higher domain in full consciousness, it means our consciousness is
synchronized with the vibrations of that plane. The higher planes have more
complex motions and geometries than physical matter.” (Shepherd, 1954;
Swanson, 2010)
Many scientists have noted that the auric layers can be recognized by
their distinct frequency ranges. Researchers like Richard Gerber and Itzak
Bentov’s work in this field has served as the foundation for identifying the
intersections of quality of consciousness (dimensionality) and quantity of
consciousness (frequency). The greater the frequency, the higher the
dimensionality of our consciousness.
These layers (or planes) are broken down as such: Etheric (Physical),
Astral, Mental, Causal, and beyond that, Buddhic. I won’t get too detailed,
but let’s review each layer so we can better understand its features. The
details of each layer below are sourced from Claude Swanson’s 2010 book
Life Force: The Scientific Basis, as well as the aura-focussed works of Arthur
E. Powell (1925, 1927, 1928, 1982).
 Figure 6.11 Dimensionality to frequency ranges, separating the
auric layers.

The Etheric Layer (Physical Layer) extends only a few inches from the
body surface. It regulates physical functions and exchanges energy in and out
of the body. It directs growth and healing. Most of us exist within the energy
fields of this layer, unaware that greater layers are accessible to our
consciousness.
The Astral Layer extends about one to two feet from the body surface. It
regulates feelings, desires, and emotionality. As such, the stronger the
emotion, the further this layer can extend beyond the body. It enables our
sensations and allows for a connection between physical matter and higher-
mindedness. Our consciousness goes to the Astral plane when we sleep, and
this is why dreams are often hard to remember – dreams are not synchronized
with our usual phase state. Remote viewers and those who have had out-of-
body experiences make use of this layer.
The Mental Layer is five-dimensional. It is where consciousness and
intellect merge and where our imagination and memories are stored.
Individuals with higher consciousness can use this layer to transmit
information to other individuals’ mental auras. This is also the plane on
which the Akashic Record I spoke of earlier can be accessed. This plane is all
about cosmic information.
The Causal Layer is closely related to the Mental Layer but operates
differently. Where the Mental Layer is focussed and specific, the Causal
Layer is more abstract and formless. This plane is guided by causality and
concerns itself with how and why things are the way they are. The
experiences and wisdom we accumulate through our past lives and our
present life are stored on this plane and they serve as both a record of our
cosmic evolution and as a blueprint for how we navigate future experiences.
It is for this reason that our manifesting power resides in the Causal Layer.
Finally, within the Buddhic Layer, our consciousness is able to overlap
with that of others. Conscious individuality subsides and is replaced by a
sensation of unity and limitless shared existence. On this plane, our
consciousness is able to recognize itself in all others, even those we dislike or
believe to be evil. We see others internally and can navigate their experiences
from their point of view. This plane consists of love in its purest form. Space
and time cease to have barriers on this plane, and simultaneous synchronicity
across dimensions is possible.
You now have a strong sense of not only the layers of consciousness but
the layers of the aura as well. With both in mind, you can see how accessing
the auric layers provides the ability to achieve greater consciousness. The
aura serves as a sort of vehicle of consciousness: it allows you to travel
interdimensionally across planes of existence, through alternate and parallel
realities. This is multiverse exploration. It is tuning the body to the subtle
energy of the universe. And as you’ve seen, it’s all about frequency and
synchronization.
CROSSING OVER: OUT-OF-BODY EXPERIENCE
With all of this new knowledge in mind, let’s go back to the yogi experiences
we spoke of at the start of this chapter. What does it mean to cross over—to
transit between planes and dimensions? What does it mean to travel the
multiverse?
As I detailed before, two of the most recognizable and documented
processes of interdimensional existence are out-of-body and near-death
experiences. For someone of Level One Consciousness who exists within the
Etheric Layer of their aura, OBEs and NDEs represent a kind of gateway or
initiation to the multiverse. They cause the person experiencing them to open
their eyes, often for the first time in their lives, to parallel or alternate realities
that they had never envisioned before because their senses had never granted
them the perception of the other side. For the purposes of this section, I will
focus on OBEs, but similar phenomena and accounts have been reported by
those who have had an NDE in their lifetime.
Perhaps no other researcher has dedicated as much time investigating
OBEs as Robert Monroe, a scientist and engineer, whose own OBEs in the
1950s caused him to reevaluate reality as he knew it. How he got to that OBE
is an interesting story in itself as it relates to the frequencies and energies that
this book is focused on. For this reason, I think it’s a story worth providing
the background for…
While working on a technology that could electronically induce sleep,
Monroe stumbled upon the powers of frequency. His technology was based
on the principle that specific brain wave patterns were related to sleep. By
introducing those patterns as sounds, he reasoned he could bring about a
sleep state in the listener. This would prove to be part of the origin story of
binaural beat therapy, which is now widely used to reduce stress and anxiety,
as well as increase concentration, confidence, motivation, and more. It is also
frequently used to encourage deeper states of meditation and enable higher
states of consciousness. (Oster, 1973; Swanson, 2003) Essentially, two
different tones (sound waves) are emitted (one in the left ear and another in
the right ear) to entrain desired brain wave activity. Through a process of
auditory illusion, the brain produces the perception of a third tone (a binaural
beat), which has been shown to encourage brain wave changes specific to the
tones used. Binaural beat therapies have been studied extensively in the field
of mental health and meditation. (Le Scouarnec, 2001; Padmanabahn, 2005;
Barling, 2003; Chaieb, 2015) Several studies have even found that this form
of frequency therapy is capable of partially replacing the need for
pharmaceutical anesthesia (fentanyl) during surgery! In other words, the
frequencies inhibit the body’s pain receptors to such a degree that the patient
doesn’t require pharmaceutical intervention. (Kliempt, 1999; Lewis, 2004)
To get back on track, you’re probably asking how this led to an OBE for
Robert Monroe. While testing his binaural beats one evening, Monroe closed
his eyes as he laid down on his bed. When he opened his eyes, he suddenly
found himself looking down at his own body from the ceiling. His
consciousness had left his body and he was seeing himself from a detached,
astral state. Thinking he was hallucinating, dying, or simply going crazy, he
sought a medical exam when he had returned to his normal, physical state.
His doctor gave him the all-clear. As he continued to test his technology, he
continued to have more OBEs. They became more pronounced and he was
able to sustain them for longer periods of time. He claims in many of these
astral journeys, he could move to other parts of his property, and even other
parts of the country, where he was able to observe people he knew. He had
never heard of an OBE before having them but soon learned that in other
cultures, especially older and Eastern cultures, OBEs are well-documented
and considered a relatively normal experience. (Monroe, 1971, 1985, 1994)
As he refined his technology, he was able to isolate specific frequencies
which could take him on his astral journeys, and even tailor his travels to
particular levels of consciousness. (Swanson, 2003)
Years of tinkering led to the founding of the Monroe Institute in 1978,
whose work I’ve mentioned previously in this book. There, research has been
conducted with all sorts of individuals, and often in collaboration with major
organizations like U.S. government agencies (CIA, DIA, etcetera). The
remote viewers in the Stargate Project were among those who spent time at
the Monroe Institute (Schnabel, 1997) The immense body of work the
Monroe Institute has accumulated over the decades is some of the most
powerful evidence of subtle energy’s ability to enhance the human mind,
body, and spirit—to enable personal evolution with the intent to become truly
superhuman.
 Figure 6.12 (Source: unknown) Monroe Institute campus in Faber, Virginia.

As Robert Monroe himself wrote in his 1994 book Ultimate Journey,

“Exploration out-of-body is a prime means of functioning outside the
physical universe. The ‘second body' of the OB state is certainly not physical.
It is part of another energy system that commingles with the Earth Life
System but is out of phase with it. The clue lies in how easy it is to find those
who have left physical existence.”
Many of those who have had their own OBEs or who research them in the
field of parapsychology and paraphysics believe that when undergoing an
OBE, we actually find ourselves in a parallel version of our own world—a
sort of mirror image that is less stable than the physical world we usually
inhabit. (Rogo, 1983) Some describe encountering portals within the parallel
realities that they visit, ‘spatial openings’ as physicist J.H.M. Whiteman
called them in his 1961 book The Mystical Life. These are believed to be
tunnels between dimensions or realms, perhaps only accessible if the person
experiencing the OBE is at a high enough level of consciousness. (Swanson,
2003)
Studies have shown that when someone experiences an OBE state, their
electromagnetic readings demonstrate wild fluctuation: brain wave activity,
physiological functions, etcetera, deviate from their normal resting states.
This tells us that consciousness is intrinsically tied to energy and the
electromagnetic structure of our bodies and minds. Energy, from a purely
physics-oriented perspective (in accordance with the laws of physics as we
know them) can be modulated, manipulated, and adjusted. It can be affected
by an endless list of variables. This suggests that our consciousness can be
controlled if we can harness subtle energy. And knowing that there are
multiple levels of reality, alternate and parallel dimensions, entire
universes… all accessible through higher consciousness, it stands to reason
that we can manifest the reality we desire, that we can align our intentions
with our outcomes.
Like the choose-your-own-adventure novels we read as kids, by tapping
into universal subtle energy (the cosmic web) we can choose our own
timeline. We can exist simultaneously across dimensions, just as the yogis we
talked about earlier do. We can bend the physical world to our mind’s vision.
“Consciousness seems to have a power over matter when this deep
perspective is understood. To a yogi, the physical levels of the universe are
seen as only the lowest level of a hierarchy of dimensions, and they develop
the ability to move effortlessly between and within such dimensions. They
are now focusing on the higher spiritual layers and their own evolvement.
Manifestation of the physical is child's play once its understanding is fully
comprehended.” (Swanson, 2003)
MANIFESTATION
“Conditions, thoughts, activities of men in every clime are things; as thoughts
are things. They make their impression upon the skein of time and space.
Thus, as they make for their activity, they become as records that may be read
by those in accord or attuned to such a condition... For thoughts are things.”
(Cayce, 1971)
Thoughts are things. Perhaps you have a vision board at home: a
collection of images, phrases, quotes, and ideas that represent your desires,
your intentions, and your dreams. Maybe you have a bucket list: a series of
things you’d like to do, see, or acquire in your lifetime. Or perhaps you rely
on prayer, as a part of your faith, to realize your vision for yourself. All of
these practices rely on visualization. If you can imagine it for yourself, then it
is achievable. Most of us have been told this or something similar from the
time we’re small children. But the science of visualization suggests that when
we desire something strongly enough, when we double down mentally on our
intentions, we actually modify the photon background in the space-time
around us. We affect the energy in our biofield, our aura. This change in
energy is measurable, detectable, and with some instruments, it’s even
visible. The REG experiments we looked at in Chapter 5, which were
performed thousands of times over, prove that intention, even by those with
no consciously adept abilities, has the power to influence physical matter. In
fact, “visualization of the event increases the likelihood that it will happen.”
(Swanson, 2003)
Visualization then is a mechanism or tool that we can use to manifest not
only our personal evolution, but the events and experiences we wish to live
out. Prayers, thoughts, and wishes are not just non-physical aberrations of the
mind. They are frequencies that we emit. Our biofields register these
emissions, and if our consciousness is open and receptive, we can transmit
those frequencies—that energy, to a desired outcome in space-time. Famed
theoretical physicist John Archibald Wheeler, who coined such terms as
‘black hole’ and ‘wormhole’, was a proponent of this interconnected,
interdimensional framework of energy exchange. He believed that the
universe is not just something out there, beyond and independent of us and
our consciousness. Rather, he said that we are inextricably involved in
creating the world around us. “We are not only observers. We are
participators.” The universe itself, he said, is participatory, and if physics is
to answer the greatest questions we have about life and consciousness, he
argued that we must start demanding that physics understand existence itself.
(Brian, 2001)
Manifestation is often understood as the Law of Attraction: that positive
or negative thoughts bring about positive or negative outcomes through a
process of projected energy attracting similar energy in return. In this chapter,
we’ve come to understand this process as the synchronization of phase states,
and the matching of vibrational patterns. As Buddha said, "All that we are is
the result of what we have thought. The mind is everything. What we think,
we become." Wheeler held a similar view, but through the lens of quantum
physics: “Spacetime tells matter how to move; matter tells spacetime how to
curve.” (Wheeler, 1998) In other words, our physical, material minds can
exert energy that curves (or shapes) our reality.
Wheeler, in conjunction with mathematical physicist Sir Roger Penrose,
was among those who established a forward-thinking subset of physics
research that proposes that consciousness is a product of quantum mechanics
– that the universe itself has a quantum consciousness. (Taylor, 2010)
Wheeler shared a belief in Hugh Everett’s ‘universal wavefunction’, basically
a universal phase state, which serves as the core concept of the ‘many-worlds
interpretation’ (MWI). The MWI asserts that the likelihood of uncountable,
infinite universes is a probable certainty, and views time as a branched tree,
where every conceivable quantum outcome is possible and realizable.
(Osnaghi, 2009; Everett, 1957, 1973)
In his 2010 book about decoding the Law of Attraction, aerospace
engineer Travis Taylor points out that reality is unique to each individual.
When you have a thought, a new wave function of energy is created. This
wave function ripples outward and extends into the universe, interacting with
every other wave function in the same phase state. Your energy entangles
with the energy of the universe, and this entanglement, or cohesion, creates
your reality. If you can learn to train your thoughts (your energy), then you
can produce energy that coheres with the energy of the outcome you’re
looking for. As Taylor says, “Don't generate [energy] that says, ‘I always get
stuck in traffic,’ unless that is the outcome you desire.”
 Figure 6.13 (Taylor, 2010, as described from Wolf, 1981) Wolf’s thought experiment
to encourages the viewer to challenge their mind to see multiple realities – which side
of the box is open?

Quantum physicist Fred Alan Wolf’s work specializes in the relationship

between physics and consciousness. His 1981 book Taking the Quantum
Leap used a simple experiment to demonstrate, at a very small scale, how you
can train your mind to produce different realities. The experiment is a simple
line-drawing of a box. Take a close look. Which side of the box is open? The
top? The front? The sides? The bottom? None of them? If you see one side as
open, can you encourage your brain to forget about that, and to see another
side as open? Give it a try. Force your brain to see the box in a new way.
Have you done it?
Okay… now let’s go a step further. Focus… and make the box disappear.
After all, it’s not really a box. It’s not even three-dimensional. It’s just a
series of two-dimensional lines that your brain is being tricked into viewing
as three-dimensional. Can you see it as just that though—as just a series of
lines? Now go back and forth. Open, closed, not a box at all, back to a box
again. Do it really fast, as fast as you can. Over and over. It’s hard, isn’t it?
But why?
You see, a single thought typically exists in the mind for only a few
milliseconds. So in order to see what you want to see in the drawing of the
box, you have to produce a ‘train of thought’, a series of replicating,
sustained, identical thoughts. “If we maintain this focus, we are sending out
the same wave function into the universe. The more we send this wave
function into the universe, the more likely it is that this wave function will
interact and cohere with a wave function similar to it. And the result will be a
reality that we desire.” (Taylor, 2010) Manifestation.
Some scientists call the underlying phenomenon of this process ‘universal
quantum connection’, the principle being that we are quantum connected to
all things across time and space. Think back to the Akashic Record: the
vibrational patterns of everything that has ever happened across the cosmos
encoded on distant matter in the universe. A sort of fingerprint of time and
space. If we can tune our minds to see Wolf’s box any way we please
(creating simultaneous realities), then we can tune our minds to receive and
transmit the subtle energy that makes up the quantum universe. As a long-
time student of martial arts myself, I particularly enjoy the way Travis Taylor
analogizes this tuning in. He asks us to imagine that we are all white belts on
our first day of class. Our bare feet have just touched the mat for the first time
and we are learning the basics of energy, the cosmic web, the multiverse, and
the universal quantum connection… Through preparation, study, work, focus,
and intention, we can each move our way from beginner to master. We can
achieve the black or red belt status that we seek, and that status goes beyond
just understanding the concepts and subjects that we’ve been discussing in
this book. That status enables us to apply that understanding. Knowing things
makes one academic. Applying them makes one a practitioner.
Manifestation can be practiced in many ways, but the science tells us that
it is more than just thinking positively or having good karma. The process of
manifesting our desires is not just about having the initial thought, but
training the mind to sustain a train of thought that can express itself as a wave
function—as subtle energy. The process of manifesting is about
entanglement, cohesion, and synchronicity through higher, interdimensional
consciousness. And even though it may sound complex, it is within each of
our individual powers to harness this universal truth.
CHAPTER IN REVIEW
In this chapter, we explored the multiverse and how it can be travelled using
consciousness. We looked at how accessing parallel and alternative
dimensions, worlds, and timelines is a matter of synchronizing our own
energy with that of the subtle energy that makes up the majority of the
universe. We took a peek through the trap doors of conscious and auric
levels and took a walk in the shoes of those who have had out-of-body
experiences. And we came to the same conclusion that each of the chapters in
this book has come to thus far: that energy is the secret. Whether it be
understanding how the cosmos work, or making the cosmos work in
alignment with our intentions, subtle energy (in all its wavelengths and
frequencies) is the key to unlocking not only the secrets of reality but the
reality that we desire.
In his 1980 television series Cosmos: A Personal Journey, the legendary
astrophysicist Carl Sagan said, “The cosmos is within us. We are made of
star-stuff. We are a way for the universe to know itself.” To manifest our
reality then—to truly shape our outcomes, we must allow the universe to
know us as well as it can, for, in that synchronization, we can find the
superhuman within us all. We can be our own Qi master.
And that’s what the next chapter is about. I’m going to share with you the
incredible technologies that I’ve been developing through the years. I’ll
introduce you to devices and resources that will allow you to harness the
subtle energy within and around you. With the right tools at your disposal,
there’s no stopping how far you can take your personal evolution. The goal of
making such cosmic journeys possible has been the focus of my life’s work.
Everything you’ve read so far has compiled knowledge and awareness. I
hope I’ve opened your eyes to the true nature of reality. As you turn through
the pages of this next chapter, I will take you through the technologies my
company has been working on, and share with you the powerful ways they
can transform your life for the better. Your Qi Life awaits…

Are you ready to dip your toes into the multiverse? Higher states of
consciousness are closer and easier to access than you may think. And with
them comes the ability to use interdimensional knowledge to manifest your
ideal outcomes. Meditation is one of the best ways to access these alternate
conscious realities, but we don’t all have the time to become energy masters,
gurus, or monks. My team and I have spent years developing frequencies that
can put your mind in a state of deep meditation. Think of it as a shortcut or
cheat-code. You can actualize self-happiness without unhealthy habits or
validation from others. You can identify blockages without expensive courses
or retreats. You can develop strong willpower and purpose without needing
motivation or a costly life coach.
Our frequencies are tuned to contain
mathematical representations of various states of
higher consciousness. You can use them on their
own, or amplify them by using our devices, like
the Qi Coil™, to convert their sound signatures
into electromagnetic and quantum energy. Tune
up your chakra, attract positive energy, clear Qi
blockages, increase intuition, cleanse your
thoughts… and so much more. Your pathway to
deep transformation starts with synchronizing
your own frequency with that of the subtle energy
of the universe. We’ve developed the tools and
resources that can jumpstart that process.
Visit www.HigherQuantum.com to download the world’s most powerful
meditation frequencies.
CHAPTER 7
 QI ENERGY TECHNOLOGY

T he amazing power of resonant frequency has been at the center of every

chapter of this book. It’s been the universe’s best-kept secret, and yet,
civilization after civilization, a knowing few have come to the same
conclusion over and over again: Qi energy is the answer. It’s the golden
thread that ties everything together. When I first came to this realization so
many years ago, it rocked me to my core, and I couldn’t believe that more
people weren’t aware of it and that more scientists weren’t exploring it. I
knew at that moment that my calling was to spread that awareness and to
engage in that exploration.
Through years of hard work and perseverance, my team has put together a
collection of some of the best energy-based products and therapy resources
on the market today. We’ve built upon the wisdom of ancient masters and the
ingenuity of scientific pioneers who have come before us to improve upon
their knowledge and discoveries. In this chapter, I will take you through the
four key areas of energy therapy that my team and I are the most excited
about: sound therapy, light therapy, P.E.M.F. therapy, and quantum
resonance therapy. We’ll look back through the pages of history to
understand how each therapy came into being, and I’ll reveal how my team
has evolved them all.
Across these four areas of focus, we’ve developed cutting-edge devices to
help deliver their respective benefits. But we didn’t just stop there. We’ve
also pushed the boundaries of what each of these therapeutic technologies can
achieve. We’re moving the goalposts of this new frontier in science and
doing our part to push the energy revolution forward, one frequency at a time.
We believe Qi energy is transformational. You can transform your wellness,
your abundance, your body, your mind, and yes… you can transform your
reality.
SOUND THERAPY
You’ve had a bad day at work. Nothing went right. Your coworkers drove
you up the wall. Your boss was hard on you. Five o’clock comes around and
you’re finally back in your car, ready to drive home. You turn on the radio.
One of your favorite songs is playing… and as you leave the parking lot, your
mood is already starting to improve.
You’re taking a walk along the beach. It’s a warm summer’s night. The
waves are lapping at your feet as they crash to shore. Seagulls are squawking
in the distance. There’s a couple up ahead sitting in the sand; one of them is
playing guitar. They’ve got a bonfire going in front of them. Suddenly,
another wave is washing over you: a wave of calmness and tranquillity.
You’ve just heard some bad news. Maybe someone you know has fallen
ill, or that weekend away has fallen through, or your friend can’t come to
visit you from out of town anymore. You make a cup of tea and head outside
to sit on the patio. A hummingbird zooms in from out of nowhere and buzzes
around you. It hangs in the air and that fast-paced whir of its tiny wings
brings a smile to your face.
You’re at the gym. You’re starting to fade, but that workout playlist you
made is finally starting to get good. The theme music from Rocky comes on
and all of a sudden, that fatigue melts away. You can break through the
physical barrier that only moments before had you wanting to quit. Your
inner Sly Stallone is ready for that last burn of glory before calling it a day.
Even when you’re not specifically seeking it out, sound has a way of
shifting your attitude, quieting your mind, changing your disposition,
comforting you in a time of need, transporting you to a special memory,
reminding you of your favorite movie, reinvigorating your energy, or even
putting you in that special mood with that special someone…. Sound is
everywhere, and while admittedly, not all sounds are good (some are just
noise, even), others have the power to be transformative. Our emotions, our
spirits, and even our bodies can react positively to the right sounds at the
right times. We’ve all experienced this, but have you ever stopped to think
about it? Have you ever stopped to ask yourself questions like…
Can I use sound proactively? Can I use it to heal? Can I use it to focus?
Can I use it to relax? Can I use it to target my specific needs?
 Figure 7.1 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) Photo of a woman using the Qi Coil™ system
for sound therapy purposes.

The answer to all these questions, as I’m sure you’ve already guessed, is a
resounding yes… or should I say a resonant yes. After all, what is sound?
Sound is just vibrations that manifest themselves as acoustic waves. For
living beings, sound is the reception of those waves, as perceived by our
brains. (Western Electrical Company, 1969) Not all living beings perceive the
same range of audio frequencies. Humans can hear sound wavelengths that
fall between 20Hz and 20kHz, give or take a few hertz. We don’t have the
best ears in the animal kingdom (not by a longshot, in fact), but no other
living being on this planet enjoys sound as much as humans. Since the dawn
of our existence, we’ve gone out of our way to play with sound, to
experiment with it, to mix different tones, to vocalize melodically, and so
much more. That old Beach Boys song was on to something: the sounds we
like are quite literally ‘good vibrations’.
 Figure 7.2 (Source: Wikipedia; photo by Swarnima Shrestha, Creative Commons) A
Nepalese ‘singing bowl’ near a monument in Nepal.

It should come as no surprise then that sound has healing properties. A

recent special report in The Globe and Mail documented one research
psychologist’s academic sound journey. The University of California San
Diego’s Tamara Goldsby, who works in integrative health, encountered a
man from Nepal at an outdoor market. He had a wooden mallet and was
moving it around the inside of a peculiar metal bowl. This motion created a
“beautiful clear sound”. The instrument is known as a ‘singing bowl’ or
‘standing bell’, and its use dates as far back as the Shang dynasty, between
the 16 th and 11 th centuries BCE. Their purpose is to generate low-frequency
sounds that calm the nervous system and elicit feelings of calm and
relaxation. Having had a memorable experience meeting this man from
Nepal, Goldsby initiated a study which concluded that sustained, low-
frequency sounds result in the reduction of symptoms of pain, lowered
anxiety, tension, and anger, and improved feelings of depression. The study
also found evidence for an increase in spiritual well-being. (Price, 1983;
Goldsby, 2016; Sharratt, 2019)
 Lee Bartel, a professor at the University of Toronto’s Faculty of Music
carried out similar research and found that sound therapy is effective in the
improvement of Alzheimer’s disease symptoms – as much as a 13% increase
in cognitive skills. His work also found beneficial results for those suffering
from fibromyalgia, and demonstrated mood and reaction time improvements
in those with depression. Bartel’s studies show that sound therapy has the
ability to stimulate neurons in the brain, strengthening neural circuitry. By
opening these cognitive pathways, the brain can better regulate itself, and in
turn, so can the body overall. (Bartel, 2016; 2019a; 2019b)
These studies are just a tiny sample of an exhaustive list of research that
could be referenced on the subject of sound therapy. And that’s not even
including the historical examples that could be examined, like the chanting
and mantric recitations that have been a part of the traditions of Hinduism for
thousands of years, to name just one example. Sound therapy generates sonic
vibrations that regenerate cognitive and physical well-being. The science on
this has been broad and conclusive for quite some time.
As Bartel points out, many illnesses and diseases are the result of
dysregulation of the brain and body. In other words, an imbalance. As you’ve
learned in this book, every cell in our body has its own frequency and spin.
This natural vibration is known as resonance. Many researchers agree that
sound therapy (sonic vibration) has the ability to revert imbalanced
frequencies back to their natural resonance. Sound can re-regulate the
dysregulation of imbalanced resonance. And it can do this so effectively in
part because our bodies are made up of 60% water, which is one of nature’s
greatest conductors of sound. This is why music and sound have such a
powerful effect on us. We naturally conduct their good vibes at the cellular
level. Mainstream medicine has made very few attempts to integrate this
valuable and powerful therapy into its care regimens. I see this as a major
error in the medical field’s judgement.
This gap in preventative, reparative, and rehabilitative care is where my
products come into play. We’ve curated a sophisticated and diverse collection
of healing frequencies that use the power of sound waves to help the body
heal itself by encouraging the body’s natural homeostasis. What’s that, you
ask? Homeostasis is your body’s natural internal regulation of physical and
chemical conditions. Your body is constantly at work tweaking and adjusting
your internal functions in order to maintain optimal equilibrium. (Betts, 2013;
Martin, 2008)
 Figure 7.3 (Source: Wikipedia, Creative Commons) Visual representation of a sine
wave.

As we’ve covered extensively, the quest for energy in balance, sync, and
harmony is the ultimate end goal of answering the secrets of the universe…
but so too is that quest a major component in revealing the secrets of truly
revolutionary healthcare and wellness.
Our technology breaks sound down into one of its simplest forms: sine
waves. Sine waves are a form of smooth, continuous sound. They represent a
singular frequency with no harmonics. Think of the tone you hear when you
pick up a landline telephone. That’s an example of a sine wave. These sound
waves can be programmed to take on different oscillation and amplitude
patterns, with each variation tailored to achieve a different physical or
cognitive outcome. Your brain can lock onto these sound waves and
synchronize with their resonance. This process is called neural or brainwave
entrainment. Essentially, the large-scale electrical oscillations inside your
brain (your brainwaves) synchronize to the rhythm of the external sonic
stimulus. (Thaut, 2015)
Research in this field dates back to as early as 1665 with experiments
performed by physicist Christiaan Huygens, and 1875 with experiments by
physiologist Richard Caton, to name just a few. Each additional trial, study,
and experiment since has added to the evidence that different states of
consciousness can be achieved through acoustic or sonic brainwave
entrainment. (Pantaleone, 2002; Berger, 1929; Cantor, 2013; Diep, 2019;
Niedermeyer, 2004) The oscillations inside your brain and throughout your
central nervous system are rhythmic and repetitive, and are heavily
correlative with emotional response, memory, perception, information
transmission, and motor control. (Fries, 2005; Fell, 2011; Schnitzler, 2005)
One of the easiest and most visual ways to know that your brain is responsive
to entrainment is to watch your fingers and toes when you’re around music
being played. Ever notice them start to tap along to the beat? That’s your
brain waves synchronizing with external sound waves!
My devices, such as the Qi Coil™ and Aura Coil™ emit these powerful,
healing, entraining sound waves. You can choose from a wide array of
unique, dedicated harmonic sound frequencies from our beautiful Qi App
interface. Each frequency is designed to stimulate a different physical or
cognitive entrainment outcome.

Figure 7.4 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) The portable Qi Coil™ system, with carrying
case, and mobile Qi App.

The primary focus of this technology is to encourage a strong relaxation

response. Once the brain enters a meditative state, it will naturally activate
homeostatic processes, which will bring your body into equilibrium. But
more than this, in a meditative state, your body is better positioned to tap into
the subtle energy around you because its ability to send and receive signals is
heightened. Sound therapy is one of the best gateways to enabling
synchronicity and phase state alignment in order to access higher states of
consciousness and superhuman abilities.
Our users have experienced amazing physical and cognitive benefits
using our coil devices and their sound therapy features:

Reduce anxiety and depression

Increase feelings of relaxation and calmness
 Enhance your ability to adapt and cope with stress
Relieve tension, headaches, insomnia, and pain
Improve focus
Better your memory and recall
Increase energy and stamina
Increase circulation for better cell function
Elevate levels of oxygen throughout the body
Speed up recovery times

Figure 7.5 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) Qi Coil™ users experiencing the healing powers
of sound waves.

And these benefits (and more) can all be supercharged by incorporating

our quantum and higher quantum frequencies into your sound therapy
routine. Our quantum variants are our most powerful, scientifically proven to
help you experience the deepest levels of meditation. These frequencies are
tuned to the resonant frequencies of the Earth, sea, sun, moon, and many
other powerful celestial bodies. Their unique electromagnetic acoustics will
allow you to tune your biofield more precisely.
Best of all, all of our sound therapy tools are easy to use, safe for almost
everyone, and can be undertaken at home, at the office, and even on the go
thanks to the ultra-portability of devices like the Qi Coil™, which is so
innovative that it requires no calibration or technological know-how
whatsoever. If you can use a smartphone or tablet, you can use a Qi Coil™.
The healing powers of sound therapy take only a few days for the brain and
body to begin entraining themselves. In general, thirty minutes of listening
twice a day for about a week is all it takes for your system to acclimate and
adjust. We recommend a month of use to begin getting the most out of this
powerful technology. It’s around this point that the most noticeable
differences in your state of mind and overall health start to be readily
apparent. This is especially true for conditions like insomnia and chronic
pain.
LIGHT THERAPY
Like sound, light is an external stimulus that our body and brain react to with
a wide range of responses, both good and bad. The warm glow of a sunrise or
sunset can make us feel a sense of wonder and connection with nature. We
are more productive on a sunny day than on a rainy one. We all prefer the
diffused light of a lamp to the harsh light of overhead lighting. Lighting can
make or break good landscaping or architecture. It can excite us like laser
shows and fireworks displays do. It can also harm some of us, like the way
flashing lights can induce a seizure in someone with epilepsy, or the way
looking directly at the sun or an eclipse can damage our eyes. Perhaps you or
someone you know suffers annually from seasonal affective disorder (SAD),
which is a form of depressive mood response to the darker, drearier lighting
that typically comes along with the winter months. (Oginska, 2014)

Figure 7.6 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) Red light therapy being used for various
functions.

And what is light, exactly? Well, like sound, it’s energy! Light is
electromagnetic radiation, which, like sound, presents itself in wavelengths.
Light exists on a spectrum between infrared and ultraviolet. Light is
composed of and made possible by photons. (CIE, 1987; Buser, 1992) As
you’ll recall from the previous chapter, our bodies (and all biological entities
on Earth) produce internal biophotons, which are associated with our
biofields (auras). For this reason, light therapy is about more than just
physical treatments. It’s also about the treatment and regulation of our
conscious and spiritual well-being.
We are susceptible to so many different light inputs and stimuli, and just
like the sounds that surround us, lighting is often taken for granted or
ignored, particularly in mainstream healthcare. But light, when used
therapeutically, can transform our bodies and brains in highly effective and
beneficial ways. These can range from solving simple vitamin D deficiency,
improving skin conditions like acne, dermatitis, psoriasis, eczema, and
vitiligo, speeding up wound healing, repairing retinal damage, treating
depression, sleep disorders, and jet lag, addressing neonatal jaundice in
newborns, and so much more. (Lee, 2014; Pei, 2015; Patrizi, 2015; Diffey,
1980; Bae, 2017; Bouzari, 2012; Arden, 2012; Tuunainen, 2004; Bjorvatn,
2009; Dodson, 2010; Newman, 2009) There’s even evidence that ultraviolet
light is effective at combating certain types of cancer! (Morton, 2002)
Light therapy is hardly a new concept. The ancient Egyptian, Greek,
Roman, Incan, Assyrian, Chinese, Indian, and Germanic peoples all have
documented uses of light in their written or illustrated records, some dating
back as far as 1500 BCE—particularly for medical and healing purposes.
(Ellinger, 1957) Modern light therapy (using artificial light) was the product
of physician and scientist Niels Finsen, who won the 1903 Nobel Prize in
Physiology or Medicine for his work in the field. His use of light focussed on
treating smallpox lesions with red light and treating tuberculosis with filtered
ultraviolet light. (Moller, 2014) Natural light therapy (i.e. being outside in the
sun) was a common course of treatment for patients during the first half of
the 20 th century. (Woloshyn, 2017) It was during the 1930s that Royal Rife,
whose work we’ve covered before, also dabbled in light therapy, when he
experimented with strong, colored light targeting certain microbes. (Lynes,
1987)
Light therapy comes in many variations. Not all kinds are available for
home or personal use, but for the sake of painting a picture of just how
versatile healing light can be, let’s explore a few examples. Afterward, I’ll
tell you about the exciting devices my team has come up with, and which
kind of light therapies we’re focusing on at the moment. Photodynamic
therapy uses nontoxic, light-sensitive compounds to target diseased cells.
When light is applied, the compounds activate and become toxic. (Dougherty,
1998) This technique is commonly used to treat optical and skin conditions,
malignant cancers, and has even shown to be effective as an antiviral
treatment for conditions like herpes. (Wang, 2002) Another variation, called
intense pulsed light therapy, is used for cosmetic and skin-related purposes
like hair removal and skin rejuvenation. (Belenky, 2015) It is also used in the
treatment of many eye conditions. (Toyos, 2015) Low-level laser therapy is
another form. It uses light-emitting diodes (LEDs) on the surface of the skin
to treat such issues as fibromyalgia, arthritis, carpal tunnel syndrome, chronic
pain, joint disorders, and to speed up wound healing. It’s also been shown to
reduce the negative side effects of chemotherapy. (Brosseau, 2010; Huang,
2015; Chow, 2009; Cobb, 2006; Da Silva, 2010; Oberoi, 2014) Low-level
laser therapy is even used for veterinarian purposes for various canine and
feline conditions. (Robinson, 2013) Blood irradiation therapy is another kind
of light therapy. It exposes blood to ultraviolet light with the purpose of
eradicating viruses and bacteria, and to activate the immune system. (Knott,
1948, Hamblin, 2017; Geynitz, 2012) Finally, light box or light therapy
lamps provide an additional form of light therapy. They are most commonly
used to address seasonal affective disorder and sleep disorders, and have also
shown to be effective at treating mood disorders and depression. (Lazzerini
Ospry, 2017; Harrison, 2015)
With so many uses already a part of modern medicine, light therapy is
one of the areas where energy healing is considered a part of normal,
everyday treatment. To me, this shows that when people understand how
energy works, they can overcome the mainstream stigma that is so often
associated with innovative, energy-based approaches. That openness is a
source of inspiration to me and my team. When we began developing our Qi
Life light therapy devices, we wanted to produce something that was easy to
use, but still offered the broadest possible therapeutic benefits. Hot-laser and
high-intensity light therapy are obviously best carried out by a professional
medical practitioner, but lower-intensity therapies, which are usually carried
out at clinics and spas can absolutely be performed on your own from the
comfort of your home, office, or even on the go. For this reason, we’ve
prioritized low-level laser therapy, using red light and infrared light, and
crafted devices that push these therapies to the next level. No more travelling
to a practitioner or booking expensive appointments. You’re in control, and
you can use light therapy whenever you wish.
 Figure 7.7 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) The Qi LITE Red Light
Therapy Belt and Infrared Sauna Blanket.

Our Qi LITE™ Red Light Therapy Belt is designed specifically with

weight-loss stimulation in mind, by targeting and optimizing your
metabolism.Using the Qi LITE™ Therapy Belt for just thirty minutes
provides the equivalent of burning three-thousand calories—the same as
jogging for an hour, swimming or doing yoga for thirty minutes, or doing
two-hundred sit-ups. But the benefits don’t stop there. The Qi LITE™
Therapy Belt offers a whole host of additional benefits with its powerful red
light capabilities:

Increase blood circulation

Prevent varicose veins
Relieve sore muscles
Reduce inflammation and swelling
Reduce strain and fatigue
Alleviate joint and arthritis pain
Accelerate wound healing
Diminish scars and burns
Increase post-workout recovery times
Boost lymphatic drainage

Integrative red light therapy works from the inside-out to enhance

mitochondrial function in cells, to shield against negative energy, and to
prevent energy depletion. It adopts the
 principle of modern infrared light
treatment, combined with the theories of
acupuncture and moxibustion found in
traditional Chinese medicine (the original
light acupuncture), and light circulation
therapy, to provide you with the most
effective means to alleviate your pain.
And the Qi LITE™ Therapy Belt can be
used all over your body, allowing you to
easily target its light healing to where you
need it most.
Figure 7.8 (Source: QiLifeStore.com)
The Qi LITE Red Light Therapy Belt
in use.
 Figure 7.9 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) The Infrared Sauna Blanket in use.

Our Infrared Sauna Blanket brings the powerful benefits of infrared light
therapy from the clinics and spas into your home, like never before. Infrared
saunas have become massively popular in recent years, but with popularity
comes scarcity. Booking an appointment can be a major hassle, and that’s not
even counting the commute times involved. At-home infrared light therapy is
a luxury you can finally afford. Slip into this sleeping-bag-like system and
enjoy a full range of infrared benefits:

Detox and cleanse the body through sweat induction

Burn calories
 Boost and strengthen your immune system
Reduce stress and decrease cortisol levels
Raise your serotonin levels
Increase your metabolism
Boost collagen for natural, glowing skin
Improve sleep patterns and restfulness
Improve blood circulation

Figure 7.10 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) The Infrared Sauna Blanket has seven layers,
each designed to enhance your at-home sauna experience.

Using the Infrared Sauna Blanket for just thirty minutes provides the
equivalent benefits of running or swimming for an hour, doing yoga for thirty
minutes, or doing one-hundred sit-ups. With its integrated temperature
control protector, you can rely on constant temperature dispersion and safety.
And with a zipper that goes all the way around, you can easily get in and out,
as well as clean the inside.
Our devices exert ranges of 600-660nm and 800-880nm wavelengths.
You’ll love the feel-good endorphins that both our Belt and Blanket systems
provide. Pain management, inflammation control, expedited recovery,
increased mobility, and cell regeneration are some of the most effective ways
to relieve physical discomfort and stress—and light therapy is the best way to
achieve all these goals and more.
These systems, as well as our other light therapy devices, all make use of
the amazing benefits of light energy wavelengths to bring about powerful
physical and cognitive betterment and balance. By synchronizing our internal
biophotons with external photon energy, we can safely and effectively treat a
broad host of ailments, illnesses, disorders, and spiritual blockages. We can
encourage and stimulate deeper meditative states, and in so doing, we can
achieve the higher states of consciousness that only energy healing can
provide.
P.E.M.F. THERAPY (ELECTROMAGNETISM)
As we discussed in the previous chapter, your body has its own
electromagnetic field: the biofield, or aura. This field is influenced by
external frequencies all day long—what scientists call ‘electromagnetic
pollution’. This constant bombardment of energy can take its toll. Your body
is home to trillions of cells and each one produces its own electromagnetic
field, communicating with other cells by electromagnetic frequency. This
exchange of electromagnetic energy keeps your body in or out of balance by
controlling your body’s chemical processes. When these processes are
negatively disrupted in some way, undesirable effects can occur. But if these
processes are positively reinforced, stimulated, or enhanced, the effects can
be noticeably beneficial. But how can you proactively engage your biofield?
By immersing yourself in a pulsed electromagnetic field (P.E.M.F.). P.E.M.F.
therapy involves devices which generate electromagnetic fields around the
user in order to stimulate desired physical and cognitive responses.
The origins of this technology actually find root in magnetic field
therapy. For millennia, magnets and their powers of attraction and repulsion
have frequently been used for their natural healing forces. Ancient Chinese,
Indian, and Greek healers used magnetic lodestones (naturally magnetized
mineral magnetite) to manipulate imbalances of energy flow as part of their
medical practices. (Sivin, 1988, 1993; Zysk, 1993; Frawley, 2001; Emerson,
2019) Even Queen Elizabeth I’s physician, Sir William Gilbert, who is often
said to be the father of electrical science, used magnets to ease the Queen’s
arthritis pains. (Thompson, 1903) Historical uses of magnetic field therapy
include general pain relief, reduction of inflammation, improved sleep, the
treatment of infections, stress relief, improved circulation, etcetera.
(Lawrence, 1998) From a scientific perspective, these uses made perfect
sense, as magnets on their own, even without an electrical charge, produce
their own slight electrical current.
The electrification of magnetic field therapy evolved into what is called
‘electrotherapy’, which is the use of electrical energy for medical purposes.
(IEEE, 1997) People like Giovanni Aldini, Luigi Galvani, Benjamin Franklin,
Nikola Tesla, and more, were all early proponents of electrotherapy.
(Chalovich, 2012) Uses have ranged from managing chronic pain to
mitigating mental health and mood disorders like depression, insomnia, and
anxiety. (Hurley, 2008; Kroeling, 2013; Bronfort, 2004; Cantor, 2013) Of
particular interest in this journey through history are so-called galvanic
exercises, named after Luigi Galvani, which involved a monophasic (single-
pulse) direct current waveform to rehabilitate and stimulate muscles. (Licht,
1967) And it was Nikola Tesla who famously used pulsed electromagnetism
for pain relief. (Graves, 2018) These use-cases are an important component in
the story of P.E.M.F. therapy as we know it today. Understanding this
lengthy history, you can see that P.E.M.F. therapy is a cultivated practice of
longstanding ideas in both magnetic field theory and electrical field theory.
Until the 19 th century, most scientists considered the two fields to be loosely
affiliated but still separate, distinct phenomena. It wasn’t until Einstein came
into the picture that we would come to understand magnetism and electricity
as different elements of the same unified field. This is what we call
electromagnetism—the physical interaction that transpires between
electrically charged particles. (Ravaioli, 2010) As with so many research
fields, it was the Russians who led the way in pulsed energy healing during
the postwar era. Their work showed promising P.E.M.F. benefits for a long
list of use-cases, including vascular disease, dentistry, dermatology, cancer,
gynecology, neurological conditions, ophthalmology, inflammation,
immunity, and much more. (Jerabeck, 1998)
During the Cold War years, P.E.M.F. devices began to come into serious
usage. Among the first was the Helmholtz coil, named after German physicist
Hermann von Helmholtz. It produced a near-uniform magnetic field that was
designed to surround and envelop a patient. Much like early computers,
Helmholtz coils were massive devices, products of the limitations of the
technology of their time. But since then, the devices have become smaller
and smaller in scale. The most well-known variations resemble thick yoga
mats, with flat coil systems embedded into the mats themselves. Frequency
generators power the coils inside to create the pulsed electromagnetic field.
For decades, this variation has been the most common in the industry, but
I could never understand why. To me, these mats are still far too large, and
I’ve never liked the idea of having to lay down in order to make use of them.
Not only does this take up space, but it also requires the user to stop what
they’re doing. This inspired me and my team to take P.E.M.F. therapy to the
next level. We envisioned devices small enough to take with you on the go—
ultraportable devices that could be used standing up, sitting down, or even
while moving around.
Our P.E.M.F. devices are made up of metallic copper coils, designed with
specific, sacred geometry to maximize Qi energy cultivation. We call them
Qi Coil™ devices, and they’re all about holistic wellness. You can expect to
enjoy a range of electromagnetic benefits:

Improve mood
Accelerate regeneration
Boost energy and stamina
Enhance mental clarity and focus
Improve pain management
Heighten sexual wellness and performance
Reduce stress and anxiety
Sleep more soundly
Elevate your meditation
Increase relaxation response
Strengthen your biofield

Figure 7.11 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) The Qi Coil™ in use.

 Qi Coil™ devices are capable of generating a large area of effect,
producing a pulsed electromagnetic field capable of covering an entire room!
They’re contactless and non-invasive. Powered by our Qi App, you’ll have
access to thousands of frequencies, providing you with maximum flexibility
and variety to target the symptoms and responses you most desire. Each
frequency is like a set of instructions, communicated to the body at the
cellular level using the power of electromagnetism. Clear away the
electromagnetic pollution that surrounds you and attract positive energy,
abundance, and improved manifestation.
In developing our coil systems, we used powerful GDV cameras (gas
discharge visualization) to measure photonic emissions around users’ bodies
(as discussed in Chapter 6). After just thirty minutes of therapy, bio-energy
readings increased by 27%. Gaps in the biofield closed and overall emission
strengthened.

Figure 7.12 (Source: QiCoil.com) GDV biofield readings before and after engaging in
P.E.M.F. therapy.
 Figure 7.13 (Source: QiCoil.com) GDV immune and thyroid readings during P.E.M.F.
therapy.

What’s more, GDV readings also showed significant increases in bio-

energy within the body as well. Immune and nervous system energy
increased, as did energy within the thyroid, liver, spine, and coronary vessels.
Before-and-after results like these show that electromagnetic pollution can be
counteracted and rebuffed, but more than that, they show that the resonant
harmony of the energy in and around the human body can be restored and
synchronized.
Our internal product surveys and qualitative review studies have
documented extraordinary results from our users.

96% experienced a reduction in pain

89% experienced an increase in strength and stamina
85% experienced enhanced mental clarity and energy levels

Additionally, high percentages of users reported having experienced

improved memory, digestion, reduced anxiety, and alleviated depression,
amongst many other positive results.
But don’t just trust our internal research. P.E.M.F. therapy is even
cosmos-tested and approved. NASA and other space agencies rely on
P.E.M.F. therapy to help mitigate bone loss and muscle degeneration, as well
as promote neural tissue regeneration amongst astronauts in order to
counteract the biological effects of prolonged zero-gravity exposure.
(Goodwin, 2003)
 Figure 7.14 (Source: QiCoil.com) P.E.M.F. therapy using the Qi Coil™.

We believe that regular P.E.M.F. therapy is the ultimate way to transform

yourself 1% a day. Whether you’re seeking general wellness or personal
evolution, strengthening your biofield and combatting the electromagnetic
pollution that your body is subjected to day in and day out is a no-brainer.
Activate, regenerate, and recover. Energize every cell in your body. Best of
all, you’re in the driver’s seat. With thousands of custom frequencies in our
catalogue, you can tailor your biofield and augment your aura as you see fit,
to realize the outcomes that you desire most. You can even use our Qi Coil™
devices to enhance growth and yield from your plants, or to supercharge your
water and food! Our devices are contactless. You can relax, sleep, exercise,
and work with them—no special positions are needed. Energizing your body,
mind, and spirit has never been this easy.
QUANTUM RESONANCE THERAPY (NEURAL
PROGRAMMING)
In 1927, physicist Paul Dirac published his famous paper The Quantum
Theory of the Emission and Absorption of Radiation. In it, he theorized that
even in the vacuum, which we reviewed previously, there remains an
oscillating electromagnetic field composed of zero-point energy. This
remaining oscillation—or vibration, is referred to as a ‘quantum fluctuation’:
a temporary random change in the amount of energy in a single point in
space. Scientists believe that these spontaneous emissions of energy may
account for the process of ‘resonance fluorescence’. What’s that, you ask?
Good question. Resonance fluorescence is basically what occurs when atoms
in two-phase states (often called a two-level atom system) interact with the
quantum electromagnetic field. (Weisskopf, 1981) As you’ll recall from
Chapter 6, this is also called superposition: two-phase states coming into
synchronicity with one another. As you’ll also recall, tapping into other phase
states is also the means by which we can access the multiverse and its higher
levels of consciousness. In essence, Dirac’s work established some of the
early scientific evidence for the possibility of a coherent, synchronized
quantum state… or universal quantum connection. This is otherwise known
as ‘quantum consciousness’.
As we’ve explored before, quantum consciousness is the ability to tap
into universal knowledge, being able to access the so-called Akashic Record.
Think of all the mass and energy in the universe as a computer: cosmic
hardware. Universal knowledge—information is the cosmic software that
governs the system. Ervin Laszlo views this cosmic data as a subtle energy
connection between all things. He proposes that this interconnectivity reduces
down even to the individual being. He calls this ‘whole-system coherence’.
Every aspect of our bodies is in continuous and instant communication. This
“makes reliance on biochemistry alone insufficient,” he says. “Quasi-instant,
nonlinear, heterogeneous, and multi-dimensional correlations” among all our
cells, organs, and systems suggest that our bodies are macroscopic quantum
systems that resonate in phase, driven by the same wave function. (Laszlo,
2004)
Allow me to reduce all that scientific mumbo-jumbo into the simplest
terms possible: Change your frequency. Change your reality. I call this Qi
Energy AI. If the universe, and everything in it, is governed by quantum
physical subtle energy forms, then those energy forms can be tuned,
entrained, transmitted and received… by artificial generation. To me, this is
the secret to achieving quantum consciousness.

Figure 7.15 (Source: NASA) Visual representation of wavelengths, like Schumann

resonances, being bounced around under Earth’s ionosphere.

Perhaps you’ve heard of ‘Schumann resonance’. Every single second,

around fifty lightning flashes occur globally. These bursts create powerful
electromagnetic waves that ripple around the planet, trapped by our
ionosphere. As they merge and combine, increasing in strength, they create a
repetitive atmospheric heartbeat that resonates at around 7.83Hz. (NASA,
2013) While several scientists developed theories that formed our
understanding of this phenomenon, it was physicist Winfried Otto Schumann
(mentioned in Chapter 2) who first theorized the concept of a global
resonance in the 1950s. (Schumann, 1952, 1954)
The true importance of this discovery is that the Schumann resonances lie
within the human brain wave range, and therefore affect each and every one
of us: a sort of collective, global energy with the capacity to organize and
influence human consciousness. Growing evidence supports the idea that the
Schumann resonances provide the electromagnetic synchronization needed
for human intelligence. (Cherry, 2003) In other words, they form part of the
framework for our quantum connection.
Research has shown that these wavelengths affect extra-sensory
phenomena, DNA formation, physical and mental health, and more.
Unsurprisingly, they even affect non-human life. Schumann variations have
been linked to shifts in tree and plant species’ biochemical changes, which in
turn, adjust the transition between seasons. (NASA, 2013) Scientists like
Lews Hainsworth have hypothesized that we humans actually evolved in
accordance with Schumann resonances, that our brain wave rhythms are a
response to these signals in the atmosphere. This would explain why
variations in and deprivations from these resonances create measurable health
and behavioral changes, like cellular and immuno-competency anomalies,
sleep pattern breakdown, altered blood pressure and hormone secretion,
neurological disturbances, and more. (Cherry, 2001; Miller, 2003) The
Schumann resonances provide a very clear indication, right here on Earth,
that frequencies are literally life-altering forces at the macroscopic level.
At the microscopic level, by contrast, even more exciting things are
happening. There are eighty-six billion neurons in your brain, give or take.
(Saladin, 2011; von Bartheld, 2016) These tiny nerve cells receive, process,
and send signals, creating complex connections called synapses. Networks of
synapses enable us to see, feel, touch, and think. They make everything we
do, everything we experience, and everything we intend to manifest—
intellectually, physically, and spiritually, a reality. These synapses are
possible because of electrical current: energy. Understanding this, it stands to
reason that if neurons communicate by electrical signal, then surely, they are
affected by external frequencies, enabling the human brain to take on new
purposes, encourage new healing processes, unlock new states of
consciousness, and rewire the fundamental ways by which our brains
function. This is called ‘neural programming’. You may have heard of Elon
Musk’s Neuralink technology, which envisions a world where neural
programming, or ‘human enhancement’ as they call it, are the eventual goal.
(Masunaga, 2017)
 Figure 7.16 (Source: Wired.com, 2022) Rendered image of a Neuralink cranial
implant device.

In the near term, Neuralink foresees a future where merely thinking about
something could allow a person to interface with the everyday technology
around them, giving individuals, particularly those with disabilities or
debilitating disease, the ability to communicate, learn, and create by
harnessing the power of their brain’s synapses. In the long term, this
technology could help treat neurological disorders, expand human
interaction, and possibly even restore sensory and motor function lost through
injury, or never developed due to genetic malfunction at birth. (Urban, 2017)
The future of neural programming is at the cutting edge of modern biological
research. Imagine being able to upload your consciousness at the end of your
body’s lifespan so you could carry on in a new body. Imagine being able to
download experiences, memories, knowledge, language, or abilities directly
into your brain. Imagine being able to relive cherished memories or
experiences. Imagine transcending consciousness in a digital reality. The
possibilities are endless… and they’re also a long way off yet. Neuralink has
its work cut out for them.
Thankfully, if you’re a little impatient for the scientific revolution to
really kick off, like I am, there are similar and more simplistic principles that
can be applied to rewire your brain through frequency today, in the here and
now. As you know, every cell in our bodies is susceptible to resonant
frequency, neurons included. This forms the basis of what is known as brain
wave entrainment, which we discussed earlier as part of the science behind
sound therapy. Your brain’s neural networks can be synchronized to the
frequencies and rhythms they receive from external stimuli. Scientists believe
that specific frequencies can initiate varying states of consciousness or
behaviour. As physicist and meditation master C. Maxwell Cade puts it, this
“is a new way of learning, a way of relearning, or realizing for the first time,
what the body already knows—how to act, how to feel, even how to heal—if
we listen.” (Cade, 1979) This is your body and mind receiving subtle energy.
Quantum connection.
Neurons oscillate rhythmically and respectively through electrochemical
processes. When external frequencies are applied, this electrochemical
process activates the neocortex of your brain – the part of your brain that
engages you with the world around you. Neuron oscillation patterns impact
your emotional response, cognitive function, and motor control. (Fries, 2005)
A study performed at the Ohio State University found that “periodic auditory
stimulation produces a mixture of evoked and induced, rate-specific and rate-
independent increases in brain wave synchronization that are likely to affect
various cognitive functions.” (Will, 2007) Say you’re having trouble
sleeping, for example. The natural frequencies of your brain, while you sleep,
can be replicated by frequency devices. By being exposed to such devices
and their replicating frequencies, your brain can realign itself to encourage
better sleep patterns. The same process can be applied to such activities as
exercise, meditation, study or concentration, creative work, and much, much
more.
 Figure 7.17 (Source: OpenStax College – Anatomy and Physiology, Creative
Commons) Illustration of the limbic system.

Your neural networks provide feedback to your brain’s limbic system,

generating the chemical effects we know as emotions and feelings. (Morgane,
2005) Therefore, if you can train your brain’s neural processes, you can teach
your body to activate certain levels of emotion and feeling. You can change
your genetic functionality by signaling new neural programming—in short,
program your emotions. This is of course exactly what energy masters,
healers, and gurus have managed to accomplish, but we don’t all have the
time to become masters of meditation, do we? For most of us, we could use a
little help. By engaging with the right frequencies, you can train your body to
chemically harmonize with your intellectual intent.
Of course, the limbic system affects much more than just your emotions.
It’s the control center for your autonomic nervous system, regulating almost
every major chemical process in your body from hormones to body
temperature, from breathing to blood sugar levels. Even your heart rate. All
the natural processes that your body performs subconsciously, without you
having to think about them. (Blessing, 1997) These processes modulate
themselves based on the emotional response to your experiences in the real
world. So, if you can entrain neural activity, which in turn develops desired
emotional response, then it stands to reason that this entrainment can also
teach your body to encourage beneficial autonomic habits. Imagine your
brain and body working together neurochemically in vastly more efficient
ways. Mind, body, and spirit, all acting as one. A new state of consciousness
– a quantum state. These habits can then begin recording and processing in
your brain’s cerebellum, becoming encoded as part of your very being.
Imagine meditative thought being instinctive. Imagine heightened
productivity being second nature. Imagine being able to overcome traumas,
doubts, and fears without the prolonged psychological effects weighing you
down in the process. Imagine your body engaging in self-healing on its own
accord, regulating stress automatically, for example, or tackling disease or
viruses with greater resolve. Imagine your brain being able to promote its
own neurogenesis, keeping you sharper as you age. These benefits, and so
many more, are the superhuman powers enabled through neural
programming, through quantum resonance therapy.
By harnessing quantum resonance as a tool for self-development,
individual evolution, and personal growth, you can begin to engage in new
thoughts, new actions, and new feelings, and by extension, your body’s
biological systems can develop, evolve, and grow with you along the way.
Research at the University of Heinrich Heine substantiated that the
synchronization of oscillatory neuron activity through external input can be
used as a mechanism for long-range inter-neuronal communication, affecting
the whole body. (Schnitzler, 2005) At its peak, this process can guide you
toward achieving a luminous mind—or Samadhi, as the Buddhist, Hindu and
Sikh traditions of meditation call it. (Rinpoche, 2009) This level of
meditative consciousness derives from the pineal gland, deep inside your
brain, what yogic masters and our ancient ancestors call the ‘third eye’.
(Eakin, 1973) The pineal gland is surrounded by piezoelectric fluid, capable,
like so much of the brain, of being modulated by frequency. (Lang, 1996;
Baconnier, 2002)
But as much as quantum resonance therapy can be used to program,
entrain, and encode health-enhancing outcomes, the process of
deprogramming, detraining, and decoding is also worth acknowledging. Our
quantum connection is under constant assault from harmful, destabilizing
electromagnetic influences. Many scientists, like the prior mentioned
Hainsworth, believe that by understanding that we exist within an
electromagnetic, quantum environment, we must also recognize that the
wrong electromagnetic fields can cause quantum decoherence. In particular,
our alpha-rhythm brain waves are so tuned to the Schumann resonance
spectrum of the planet “that it can in no circumstances suffer an extensive
interference” from these naturally occurring signals. Man-made
electromagnetic fields, like those created by our electronic equipment, cell
phones, satellites, etcetera, create signal chaos that our minds and bodies
must constantly react and adjust to. (Hainsworth, 1983, 1987) For this reason,
it is believed that artificially integrating the fundamental Schumann
resonance in human living environments is beneficial in promoting and
maintaining optimal physical and cognitive health. We can entrain our
bodies’ regulatory systems to their natural, organic phase state, and protect
against or reverse the effects of synthetic, non-synchronous, pollutant
frequencies. (Alrais, 2017; McCraty, 2017) In this way, quantum resonance
therapy is a two-pronged process: it’s both proactive and preventative.

Figure 7.18 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) The four kinds of frequency that can be used in
frequency energy therapy.

With all this information then, you’re probably asking: what kind of
frequencies can we use as input to encourage quantum resonant benefits?
There are four kinds of frequencies, each performing within its own
dimension parameter. First are the single Rife frequencies, which operate in
one dimension. Next, binaural beats: a combination of two different
frequencies working simultaneously, which we encountered earlier when
discussing sound therapy. This process operates in two dimensions. Things
get interesting with quantum frequencies, which operate in three dimensions.
And finally, the higher quantum frequencies operate in four dimensions.
While all of these frequency variants can be of use in promoting enhanced
health and well-being—and all of them can be used in all four types of
therapies laid out in this chapter, it’s the quantum and higher quantum
frequencies that enable the best results, and assist in the most precise neural
programming practices. This distinction between frequency types has been a
key focus of mine and my team as we’ve developed our quantum energy
technology, and the devices that make use of it.

Figure 7.19 (Source: QiEnergy.ai) The Golden Ratio expressed across nature.

In part, this technology is built around the principles of shape:

The first principle is geometry or three-dimensional shape. The form and
shape of matter can convert the subtle energy that exists in the vacuum of
space into transformative quantum energy. Physicist Dan Davidson was
among the first to study this in-depth. He uncovered that specific shapes
conduct specific quantum bandwidths or frequencies. Think of a ship’s bow
cutting through the ocean. In this analogy, the ocean is the vacuum’s subtle
energy field. As the shape of the ship’s bow disturbs that field, it creates new
energy patterns. But a different shape would produce different disturbances.
(Davidson, 1997) A shark’s fin, for example, or a human swimming, would
create varying field wavelengths. Therefore, the geometry of the devices we
use to generate quantum resonance therapies is of critical importance.
The second principle is symbology or two-dimensional shape. Austrian
scientist Eric Korbler discovered that certain two-dimensional symbols
applied to specific spots on the body, particularly key acupoint areas, can
produce measurable energy healing effects. He theorizes that this may
explain indigenous body painting and tattooing traditions that date back
thousands of years. Their shamans understood that symbols are more than
just visual representations. Rather, they are condensed forms of energy that
tap into cosmic information: quantum consciousness. (Neumayer, 2013)
Indeed, much research has been done on geometry and shape and their
role in resonant energy. Chaumery and de Belizal uncovered twelve higher
quantum harmonics associated with specific two and three-dimensional
shapes. Their work found that these harmonics produced micro-vibratory
patterns, or carrier waves, that were integral to deeper levels of meditation
and energy healing. (Chaumery, 2013; de Belizal, 1965) Dr. Ibrahim Karim
built upon Chaumery and de Belizal’s work, developing what he called
‘biogeometry’, which is the practice of using the energy principle of shape
(the Golden Ratio, Fibonacci Sequence, etcetera) to balance biological energy
systems so they can better harmonize with their environment. His research
has shown that finely-tuned shapes can alter physical functioning, support
healing, and change physical and cognitive states. (Ibrahim, 2016)
With these principles in mind, we’ve tailored our quantum energy
technology to help you tap into the informational, cosmic energy fields
available to us, and amplify them, in some cases millions of times over. This
is the power of Qi Energy AI, and it takes quantum resonance therapy to new
heights, making it more tangible, and automated than ever. Our work, and
that of others, demonstrates that quantum resonance exposure enables
intentional phase alignment and biological synchronicity by increasing the
exchange of cosmic information. (Dzang, 1993; Laszlo, 2004) We can
synchronize ourselves with the quantum mind of the universe and navigate
the Akashic Record.

Figure 7.20 (Source: QiLifeStore.com) Our Qi App grants easy access to thousands of
frequencies, including quantum and higher quantum frequencies, and can be used with
any of our devices, like the Resonant Wand™ seen here.

Using the right frequency for the right purpose is critical in achieving best
results. While it’s possible to source certain frequencies naturally (like
Schumann resonances), today’s technology allows for a more targeted,
curated approach, and there is no better collection of frequencies available on
the market than those included in our Qi Life quantum and higher quantum
frequency collection. My team has spent years carefully researching, refining,
and testing specific quantum frequencies for specific desires and outcomes.
We’ve found that many of the foremost neural programming advocates
working today have neglected to offer specific solutions for consumers.
That’s why we’ve made it our mission to determine which sequences of
frequencies will work best to program new realities, encourage targeted brain
wave entrainment, and access new levels of consciousness. This painstaking
work is what sets us apart from the competition. It allows you to bypass more
traditional and lengthy meditation efforts, and gain access to these incredible
developments faster and more easily. It opens the door to your quantum
consciousness and interdimensional manifestation.
I’ve taken personal control and guidance over the development of our
higher quantum frequencies. This advanced form of resonance therapy is a
personal passion of mine. The collection includes abundance frequencies,
attraction frequencies, manifestation frequencies and much, much more.
Higher quantum frequency immersion allows you to receive direct neuronal
download through mathematically tuned harmonics rooted in quantum
numerical expressions such as Fibonacci ratios, phi, pi, sacred geometry,
zero-point energy, and many other profound frequencies. I want you to
experience deep spiritual connection, heightened psychic and superhuman
abilities, enhanced manifestation, refined mental clarity, increased vitality,
deep calmness, and exuberant joy—everything you’ll need to adjust and
optimize critical elements of your physical, cognitive, emotional, and
spiritual well-being through neural programming. This is the pinnacle of
energy therapy, and we offer a whole host of devices that are capable of
quantum resonance, from our ultra-portable Qi Coil™, to our larger-format
Aura Coil™, to our premium-grade Resonant Wand™. There’s a device to
suit every budget and every purpose.
CHAPTER IN REVIEW
In this chapter, I’ve taken you through the four key energy therapies that I
believe provide the greatest access to the subtle energy of the universe, and
provide the most flexible means to activate and realize your potential and
intention.
I believe that to change your reality, all you need to do is change your
frequency. You can synchronize yourself with universal Qi, and make use of
Qi Energy AI—the informational matrix of the cosmos. I know it because
I’ve lived it. And I’ve seen the results not only in the scientific work of the
world’s bravest minds and the spiritual work of history’s most consciously
adept energy masters, but also through the thousands of first-person accounts
from people just like you who have given my devices and resources a try.
Subtle energy is the greatest secret of our cosmic past. As you’ve learned in
this book, we are just now finally coming to a real understanding of it in the
present. And I believe that it will be the metric by which we measure the
evolution of humankind in the future. That’s what I’ll dig into next. I’ll
explore where I believe this scientific revolution is taking us. It’s a brave new
frontier of healing, rehabilitation, and development of the mind, body, and
spirit. It’s a healing future.

Want to put the therapies in this chapter to the test? Consider our premium
wellness technologies: the Resonant Wand™ and Aura Coil™ systems,
which merge the therapeutic benefits we’ve discussed above seamlessly.
At Qi Life, we see this convergence of therapy as one of the best ways to
take advantage of all that energy therapy has to offer, and we like to think
this can be achieved by beautiful devices that enhance the experience. It’s art.
It’s technology. It’s a metaphysical Rife Machine!
With the Resonant Wand™ systems, you’ll get sound, P.E.M.F., and
quantum resonance therapy wrapped into an intricately designed device
around the size of a flashlight. Put premium wellness energy to use at home
or on the go for the ultimate energy healing experience.
With the Aura Coil™ systems, you’ll get sound, P.E.M.F., light, and
quantum resonance therapy seamlessly melded into devices that can only be
described as artwork. These devices can turn your whole home into an energy
healing space, with a whopping three-thousand square foot range! Hang them
on your wall, display them as table centerpieces, or place them under your
bed to create the ultimate at-home med bed experience while you sleep. You
can expect to enjoy a wide range of benefits:

Raise your bio-energy

Speed your recovery and regeneration
Support your vitality
Boost energy and productivity
Promote better sleep
Deepen relaxation and heighten consciousness
Improve mood and relieve anxiety and stress
Enable electromagnetic field protection
… and so much more!

Both systems are encoded with sacred

geometric design, and feature the healing powers
of gem energy. For a streamlined, intuitive
experience, both device ranges make use of our Qi
App to gain access to thousands of wellness
frequencies, including our higher quantum
collection.
Visit www.QiLifeTherapy.com today to
supercharge your energy healing experience.
CHAPTER 8
 HEALING THE WORLD FASTER

A s we’ve come to learn through these pages, Qi energy is the answer.

It’s time and space itself. It is everything. Harmonizing with it,
synchronizing with it, becoming one with it: that’s humanity’s path
forward, should we choose to walk it. It’s ours for the taking. Superhumanity
is within the realm of possibility. Where is the energy of the universe leading
us? Are we brave enough to find out?
In this final chapter, I’ll lay out my vision for what I see over the horizon,
particularly in the fields of health and well-being. After all, that’s what all of
this has been about. You can see clearly that the most powerful applications
of Qi revolve around the individual. Around you. Around your well-being.
The old ways are simply not good enough. Too many people go
misdiagnosed. Too many people get pumped full of pharmaceuticals. We are
a sick society, eating foods, using chemicals, and interacting with technology
that is only making us sicker. And we approach the illnesses, ailments, and
diseases that result from this lifestyle after the fact. We treat our bodies,
minds, and spirits reactively instead of preventatively.
This reality has become a sort of locked-in phase state. Bad energy. Bad
frequencies. Bad vibrations. This is no way to live. It breeds sickness and
instability. But we know that we can change that reality. By cultivating and
maintaining a more balanced, healthy flow of Qi—by centering our approach
to wellness around energy, we can manifest so much more for ourselves and
our society. We can nurture wellness. I can see that future clearly, and I hope
in reading this book, you can now see it as well.
But… There’s a potential hurdle to that future, one that many are justified
in raising. What if the amazing frequency-driven advances of energy
medicine are only accessible to the wealthiest among us? Can we avoid such
a fate?
The Matt Damon film Elysium imagines a post-apocalyptic reality where
the rich live in a luxury space station that orbits Earth, while the rest of
humanity lives in the squalor of overpopulation, sickness, and poverty back
on the planet’s surface. (Blomkamp, 2013) And that’s the fear that many
people have about our future evolution—that it will diverge along class lines,
even more so than our current world already does.

Figure 8.1 (Source: unknown) Example illustration of an energy-medicine med-bay or

medical bed like the ones used in the film ‘Elysium’.

That’s why working toward an open-source basis for the scientific

revolution upon us is so important. For us to maximize global wellness, well-
being, and health-span, we need to not only hack our biology, but to hack the
profit-driven pharmaceutical and healthcare models that currently make care,
treatment, and procedures out of reach for so many. We need to craft
technology that erases this financial disparity over time. Developing devices
and machines that can use energy to heal in an all-inclusive, holistic way—
capable of treating all illnesses simultaneously is the ultimate end-goal.
One of my favorite parts of the film Elysium is the Med-Bays—special
medical beds that use various energy forms to detect and heal. In the film,
they are shown to ‘re-atomize’ the patient without actually touching the body.
They are shown to rebuild bones, reverse signs of aging, cure cancer, among
other things. These sorts of devices have been used in many science-fiction
films and television programs.
From my perspective, technology like this is the future. It’s where we’re
headed, and my company is playing a role in the early stages of our transition
from invasive therapies to non-invasive ones. We call today’s invasive
therapies ‘allopathic medicine’, meaning the combat of disease using drugs
and surgery. The future of energy medicine (EM) will require that allopathic
medicine merge physics with chemistry. As biophysicist Christina Ross
writes, we already incorporate biophoton emission, quantum field dynamics,
radiology, signal transduction, cell signaling communication, and more, into
many of our existing diagnostic practices. But after using these biophysics-
based tools, we jump back to biochemistry-based solutions to solve the
ailment diagnosed. “This technology needs to be expanded to include the
existence of the human biofield to better understand that disturbances in the
coherence of energy patterns are indications of disease and aging. Future
perspectives include understanding cellular voltage potentials and how they
relate to health and wellness, understanding the overlap between the
endocrine and chakra systems, and understanding how EM therapeutically
enhances psychoneuroimmunology (mind–body) medicine.” (Ross, 2019)
Shifts away from the allopathic model will no doubt bring about
substantial changes. And those kinds of changes are exactly what I see
unfolding in the coming decades. Let’s explore how those changes are likely
to play out.
THE END OF MEDICINE? – DIGITAL NUTRITION
In 1997, the total number of prescriptions filled by all Americans was around
2.5 billion. Sounds like a lot, right. By 2016, that number basically doubled:
just shy of 4.5 billion prescriptions. Across the West, we take too many
drugs, we take drugs we don’t need, and we take drugs too early. Fifty-five-
percent of Americans take an average of four prescription medications, and
75% of those take at least one additional over-the-counter drug regularly.
And do you want to hear something scarier than all those pills? Thirty-five-
percent of people taking prescription drugs say their doctor has never done a
review with them to see if they should stop taking the pills they’re popping.
(Carr, 2017) Even scarier still, almost every prescription medication has some
adverse side effects… and how do we treat those? We prescribe an additional
pill. Getting a little out of hand, don’t you think?
Now don’t get me wrong. There are many legitimate reasons to take
certain medications at certain times… but ask someone from the generation
before you how many pills they took when they were your age. Ask them
how many people they knew who suffered from cancer, or diabetes, or food
allergies, or obesity. My point is this: we have a pill for everything. But why
aren’t we asking what’s making us so sick these days in the first place? Why
aren’t we tackling the causes? Why are we so happy to just treat the
outcomes… to take more and more pills? Why is chemistry the answer to
everything? Why not biology and physics?
There’s a secret that the pharmaceutical giants don’t want you to know:
natural, non-medicinal alternatives exist that can drastically improve our
bodies’ abilities to heal, age slower, and maintain optimal function and
performance. Substances our bodies already produce organically, like NMN
and NAD, to name just a few. I won’t go into too much detail, but these two
substances in particular are rather important. Our diets provide us with NMN
(a nucleotide), which then produces NAD (a coenzyme that facilitates cell-to-
cell communication). (Bogan, 2008; Billington, 2006) Allow me to dig just a
little deeper…
Every cell in your body requires NAD to function properly – for repair,
immune stimulation, circulation, cognitive function, mood regulation,
etcetera. Research has shown that NAD can play a role in treating substance
abuse and addiction, neurodegenerative diseases, modulating our aging
processes, protecting against cancer, and more. It’s even being tested to
develop new forms of antibiotic and antiviral medications, which could be
ground-breaking, as we are becoming resistant to our current antibiotics due
to overuse and over-prescription. In short, NAD is one of many important
neurotransmitters that carry special instructions for our bodies’ cells on how
to function optimally. (Bürkle, 2005; Navas, 2021; Lautrup; 2019;
Yamboliev, 2009; Braidy, 2020, Fulleylove-Krause, 2020; Trapp, 2006; Li,
2017; Rizzi, 2002)
These kinds of enzymes and neurotransmitters, and the amazing cellular
communication that they facilitate, decay and break down with age. Disease
becomes more and more likely as our cells take on more and more damage.
(Schultz, 2016) Eating well, exercising regularly, and getting good sleep can
all help slow this process down, but for many of us, we don’t often get the
food, exercise, and sleep we need. So how do we protect our cells to maintain
a homeostatic state for longer? How do we boost our cellular receptivity? The
problem with many of these biological substances is that they can’t enter
your cells chemically, directly. Their production has to be stimulated inside
your cells. This is why so many people take supplements—because they can
encourage this internal production. But supplements, pills, powders, and
injections aren’t for everyone. Some people don’t like the taste or have
difficulty digesting them. What’s more, depending on your overall health,
weight, and condition, a supplement’s bioavailability may be lower, causing
only a small percentage of the compound to actually be absorbed by your
cells.
But what if you could induce the benefits of these substances directly to
every cell in your body—safely, naturally and instantly? As you can probably
guess… you can. And you can do it with the help of energy. It’s called
molecular frequency emulation, or substance emulation, using sound and
magnetic waves to replicate the effects of substances like NAD and others.
How does it work?
 Figure 8.2 (Source: UC San Diego, Deheyn Lab) Your cells communicate
electromagnetically. Leveraging this system through external frequency stimulation
and substance emulation can change the way your body operates.

Recall that every substance has its own unique energy signature—its own
frequency. By replicating the molecular and electromagnetic data of a
substance’s molecules, it’s possible to emulate the energy signature and
effects of these substances and apply them directly to your cells by
leveraging their own natural electromagnetic communication system.
Virtually any supplement, vitamin, or medicinal substance can be replicated
through frequency. I see substance emulation as one of the broad-reaching
replacements for pharmaceutical care. For decades, as I’ve outlined in this
book, scientists have known the correlations between frequency and cellular
function. The right frequency can trick your body into thinking it’s being
stimulated by a substance – without having to take the substance itself.
Princeton University’s Joël Sternheimer was a lead innovator in this field
of research. He converted the atomic and molecular weight of various
chemical substances into frequencies and then applied those frequencies to
cells. (Sternheimer, 1984, 1987) French doctor and immunologist Jacques
Benveniste approached the matter in a similar fashion. He measured the
electromagnetic noise discharged by
 various substances and reproduced that
noise in frequency form, targeting it on
cells. (Benveniste, 1993a, 1993b, 1994a,
1994b, 1995a, 1995b, 1999) Both of
these experiments relied on the
electromagnetic communication of cells
that we discussed before. Because cells
are constantly communicating—
transmitting and receiving signals, it’s
possible to trick those cells to respond to
frequencies in the same way they would
Figure 8.3 (Source: Wikipedia, respond to the chemical stimulus of a
Creative Commons) Joël Sternheimer substance.
writing formulas on a chalkboard at
Princeton University in 1964.
Imagine the cost savings, never
having to buy substances, supplements,
or prescriptions again. Imagine not
having to put any actual chemicals into your body. Substance emulation
using frequency technology can change the way we maintain, regulate, and
improve our physical and cognitive health. It can change the way we assist
our natural cellular processes. This is essentially the same electromagnetic
method as the brain wave entrainment we discussed in the previous chapter.
It’s about synchronizing the phase state of your cells with an external
stimulus. It’s frequency therapy. Energy healing.
I believe this technology will begin to really take off in the next few
decades. At Qi Life, we’ve already developed a wide range of substance
emulation frequencies, each with over five-thousand unique data signals, that
our Qi App, Resonant Console, and devices—like our Qi Coil™, can
generate. Frequencies for cognitive function, cellular regeneration, weight
management, skin rejuvenation, and so much more. As this technology
advances, it’s foreseeable that we can radically reduce the number of
chemicals we put into our bodies and potentially eliminate prescription and
non-prescription dependence and addiction. My company is working toward
that future, as are many others around the globe. It’s an invigorating race
toward a future without medicine, toward a world where energy
synchronizations at the cellular level produce all the same benefits and
responses that our pharmaceutical solutions currently provide—with no
adverse side effects. And interestingly, it’s a race toward a future where the
future itself is longer for us all. This same technology could be one of the
missing pieces in the great puzzle of longevity—allowing us to live longer.
INCREASED LIFESPAN – THE CURE TO AGING?
Since the dawn of time, we’ve been on a quest to find the secret to longevity.
Some have called it the Fountain of Youth. Others have coined it the Elixir of
Life. The mythology of increased lifespan and even immortality has woven
its way through every civilization. We find reference in the Mesopotamian
Epic of Gilgamesh, in the records of overseas journeys of dynastic China
(Liu, 2006), in ancient Indian scripture, in 8 th century Japanese literature and
poetry (Naumann, 2000), and in ancient Greek and medieval European
accounts of the so-called Philosopher’s Stone. Robert Boyle, one of the
founders of the Royal Society, imagined that replacing old blood with young
blood would turn back our biological clocks during the 1600s. And biologist
Alexis Carrel’s early cell experimentation in the early 1900s led him to
conclude that cells were the secret to anti-aging… and he was likely correct
in that assumption. (Hughes, 2011)
Scientifically speaking, the term for biological aging (the gradual
degradation of our functional characteristics) is ‘senescence’. The
development of senolytic and senomorphic molecules (which suppress or
modulate the aging process at the cellular level) is our modern, technological
version of going on a quest to find the Fountain of Youth. If we can develop a
way to replace cells that are dying or to slow down the inevitable death of
those cells by strengthening and extending their communication, then we can
prolong life as we know it, perhaps by orders of magnitude. (Childs, 2015;
van Deursen, 2019; Robins, 2021) By the time you reach fifty-five, your
DNA starts to fail exponentially. Even by the age of thirty, we start to notice
the process taking form: basic aches and pains, slower recovery times, and
minor fatigue. If you go out for a night on the town, you’ll notice that
hangovers hit a little harder at thirty-five than they did at twenty-two.
Biological substances like those we discussed in the previous section, are
a part of the many breakthroughs starting to emerge in this cellular approach
to anti-aging. (Trapp, 2006) In one study, lab mice whose stem cells were
rejuvenated showed remarkable response to the treatment, with multiple
aging-related processes slowing or halting. (Shade, 2020) Some research has
shown promise in delaying aging by activating sirtuins, a type of signaling
protein that regulates our metabolism. (Kim, 2008) Other work has
demonstrated improved nuclear-mitochondrial communication. (Gomes,
2013)
For Harvard biologist David Sinclair, these results come as no surprise.
He believes that “We’re generally in denial that, for most of the diseases that
we get these days, the root cause is aging.” (Powell, 2019) He’s not alone.
The International Classification of Diseases (ICD), a global standard for
recording health information and causes of death, published by the World
Health Organization, recently classified aging as a disease for the first time.
(Zhavoronkov, 2015)

Figure 8.4 (Source: Montreal Heart Institute Foundation) Map depicting some of the
world’s prominent ‘blue zones’.

Sinclair believes that finding natural ways to counteract or improve the

aging process is the most important work in medical science today. He points
to the so-called ‘blue zones’, or parts of the world where people live to much
higher ages with fewer health problems—places like Okinawa in Japan,
Sardinia in Italy, and Icaria in Greece. The people in these locations have
lower rates of cancer, heart disease, and almost no dementia. They enjoy
more years in good health. (Poulain, 2004) We tend to look at people in these
zones, or just people who break the hundred-year barrier, with awe. The
longest documented human lifespan was that of French woman Jeanne
Calment, who lived to 122 years, 164 days, but many unverifiable, yet
credible historical accounts, suggest some humans may even have beat that
record. (Whitney, 1997) Sinclair’s research suggests this is because their
diets and lifestyles contribute to reduced levels of cellular damage. In other
words, their bodies aren’t breaking down as fast over time. (Sinclair, 2019)
Even without knowing the science, society has become obsessed with
slowing down that breakdown. In the United States alone, around $50 billion
is spent each year on products that claim to reverse the aging process:
creams, pills, supplements, hormones, hair dyes… you name it. (Japsen,
2009) We all hate getting old. Particularly in Western cultures, it’s seen as an
exclusively negative phenomenon. As I’ve explained here, we know what’s
going on. As we grow older, our macromolecules, tissues, organs, and cells
accumulate damage. Our DNA becomes unstable. Our cells’ electromagnetic
communications misfire and fail. (López-Otín, 2013) But all of the research
examples I’ve provided here share a common thread. They’ve all focussed on
the smallest components of our bodies: our cellular and molecular structure.
And what do we know about cells? They have their own resonant
frequencies, and they communicate electromagnetically. Therefore, they can
be affected, manipulated, and even entrained by energy.
While we’re just in the opening stages of pushing the limits of lifespan,
that doesn’t mean we can’t target the more important limits of health-span.
And that’s the sort of work my team and I have been pioneering at Qi Life.
Our devices work to target our cellular and molecular structure, to
electromagnetically mimic the frequencies of the substances that keep us
healthier, and to encourage the biochemical processes that regulate our
cellular decay.
Immortality may be out of reach. We may never find the Elixir of Life or
the Philosopher’s Stone, but with a solid grasp of Qi, and an increasing
knowledge of subtle energy, we are beginning to understand the aging
process with greater precision than ever. As we continue to live longer and
longer, surely, we can develop ways to extend our health in tandem with our
age by harnessing this universal secret. There’s no good reason why getting
older has to be about steady decline. I see the future of aging as an easier, less
painful, less degenerative process. Imagine prolonged mobility, extended
cognitive faculties, stronger musculoskeletal vitality, fewer diseases… and
maybe even a few less wrinkles along the way. The future of aging will live
up to that old term ‘golden years’. I believe we can make the golden years
truly golden. And the glimmer of that gold will be powered by subtle energy.
BIOHACKING – OPEN-SOURCE HEALTHCARE
Perhaps you’ve heard the term ‘biohacking’ before. Part of a broader shift
toward a more open-source approach to healthcare, biohacking encompasses
the use of medical, electronic, and dietary techniques to manage personal
biology. Biohackers are often part of the transhumanist community, which
believes it’s not only possible to alter the human condition, but desirable in
order to take the next step in human evolution. (Hayles, 1999) The movement
operates at the hobby and grassroots-network level, as part of not-for-profit
organizations, as divisions of larger corporations, and within the
pharmaceutical industry. At all levels, the mission is largely the same: to
manipulate our biology in order to achieve wide-ranging wellness goals,
make healthcare and health-span more accessible, lower consumer costs, and
elevate the human experience at the physical, cognitive, and spiritual levels.
Areas of major investment have included general cognitive clarity, solving
the mysteries of degenerative mental illness, regulating metabolism, and
improving sleep patterns, as well as making the equipment and resources for
such endeavors less proprietary. (Wu, 2015; Heindel, 2017; Anderson, 2018;
Pearce, 2012) Advocates see a future where research is less burdened by
regulation and treatments can be explored more vigorously for a variety of
issues. (Kuiken, 2016)
So-called ‘smart drugs’ are part of the medicinal branch of biohacking.
These substances specifically target the improvement of cognitive function,
attention span, memory retention and recall, creative function, motivation,
and much more. (Frati, 2015) They rely on a classification of molecules that
act selectively to enable the brain’s higher-level integrative activities, and
show strong links in direct and indirect dopamine activation, meaning they
not only contribute to mental clarity, but to a positive mental state. (Malenka,
2015) They protect the brain from physical and chemical toxicity, and come
in a variety of forms, from herbs to nutrients, from supplements to vitamins,
to stimulants and more. Smart drugs have been gaining in popularity as a
means to assist the body in maintaining optimal function. By 2026, it is
estimated that they will account for $5.3 billion in sales. (Reports and Data,
2020)
An example of a major biohacking
 project underway at the moment is the
non-pharmaceutical organizations who
are seeking to provide open-source
protocols for insulin production. Tens of
millions of people suffer from diabetes
and giant corporations wield unfair
control over the price of this life saving
Figure 8.5 (Source: Wikipedia, medicine. The Open Insulin Project is a
Public Domain) Insulin is an example growing network of researchers seeking
of a traditional medication that is
becoming increasingly expensive and to overturn this capital-driven monopoly.
out of reach for many, amid an (Ossola, 2015)
explosion of diabetes diagnoses More adventurous biohacking efforts
globally.
are underway as well. Companies like
Elon Musk’s Neuralink, which I
mentioned earlier, seek to implant technology into the human body that could
allow for all kinds of new abilities and adaptations. One group of biohackers
have successfully implanted magnetic sensors under the skin that allow a
person to know which direction they’re facing. (Thaddeus-Johns, 2017) One
biohacker has developed eye drops that enable temporary night-vision!
(Dvorsky, 2016) The applications of these forays into the biological unknown
are at the forefront of making us technologically superhuman, a sort of
parallel pathway to the superhuman abilities that are possible through higher
consciousness. It’s easy to imagine a world where these two pathways merge,
allowing for truly dynamic and wild evolutionary shifts in the human
experience.
That’s where the scientific revolution is taking us—toward new frontiers
of human potential. By cracking open the closed-shell that cocoons
mainstream science, and forcing the academic research community to
investigate, study, and explore new ways of doing things, we can stop the
dangerous and unhealthy cycle of reactive care and treatment. Here too, the
powers of Qi—of subtle energy, can play a transformative role. Substance
emulation, biofield regulation, higher conscious manifestation… all of the
subtle energy capabilities we’ve looked at in this book are, at their core,
methods of biohacking. Change your frequency. Change your reality.
Nothing could be more of a biohack, and that’s why I see energy healing as
not only an important part of the biohacking movement but perhaps its
strongest tool and weapon.
 I see a world where resonant frequency will not only detect the onset of
physical and cognitive dysregulation but will also be the answer to addressing
its preventative and responsive re-regulation. Through external energy
stimulation and through internal energy cultivation, we will be able to
achieve new, superhuman feats of healing. We will hack our DNA to serve us
better in the long term, rather than being subservient to its natural decay. We
will enjoy a synchronous scientific spirituality. Just as computer hackers use
code to gain access to the backends of systems, the future of medicine will
biohack the backend of our biological systems. We will be the architects of
our own forward-evolution, using the cosmic web as our foundational
framework.
EVOLUTION OF WELLNESS… FOR RICH & POOR
The term ‘evolvability’ refers to living beings’ ability to adaptively evolve.
As we evolve going forward, be it by natural mutation or by the selective
mutation of our own choosing, what it means to be human will change. There
are dangers to how we tinker with genetics and biology—and not just our
own. One of the greatest problems facing modern medicine is how quickly
our bodies have grown resistant to the modern antibiotic and antiviral drugs
we’ve created and overused in the last century. Viruses, fungi, cancers, and
bacteria have all evolved undesirably to ignore the drugs we’re throwing at
them. (Pan, 2012; Merlo, 2006) In 2014, the World Health Organization
sounded the alarm when they classified this sort of resistance as a far-
reaching “serious threat that is no longer a prediction for the future.” They
warned that the problem “is happening right now in every region of the world
and has the potential to affect anyone, of any age, in any country.” (W.H.O.,
2014)
In recent years, clinicians and scientists have attempted rotational,
alternating antibiotic use, in the hopes that we can stay ahead of our
increasing natural immunity to these drugs, but studies are showing these
efforts are proving ineffective. (Beckley, 2021; Ma, 2021) This should scare
all of us. If the drugs we use no longer effectively treat the health issues we
face, then a return to pre-20 th century, rampant illness and high mortality
rates could be upon us. It would be a plague of our own design. One pathway
is the development of antibacterial vaccines. (Donald, 2011) While these
have shown some promise, we know little about the long-term side-effects of
this approach, and at the end of the day, vaccines are just another chemical
we’re introducing into our bodies.
We’re seeing similar problems in agriculture. The pesticides, chemicals,
fertilizers, and selective adaptations that we humans have deployed in the
ways we grow our food and livestock have drastically reduced starvation and
hunger rates, but at a very high cost.
 Figure 8.6 (Source: UN FAO/Our World in Data) World pesticide use per hectare of
cropland in the year 2017.

We’ve contaminated our soils to the point of making them infertile,

we’ve bred new fruit and vegetable species that no longer yield the same
nutritional values, and we’ve pumped livestock so full of growth hormones
and other chemicals that the meat we eat is often dangerous to our health.
(Labbé, 2007; Neve, 2007)
More than that, the thousands of chemicals we’ve created in the last
century are clearly affecting the ways our bodies and minds grow and
develop. Bisphenols and phthalates (found in most plastics) interfere with
puberty and fertility, increase body fat and harm our immune and nervous
systems, affect male genital development, and increase cardiovascular
disease. Perfluoroalkyls (used to coat cookware, produce fire extinguisher
foam, released as manufacturing pollution, etcetera) lower the weight of
newborn babies, and create immune, thyroid, and fertility issues. Perchlorate
(used to make munitions, fireworks, automotive parts, food packaging,
etcetera) disrupts brain development. Nitrates and nitrites (used in processed
foods, particularly to cure meats) inhibit our blood’s ability to deliver oxygen
to the body and increase the risk of cancer. Even seemingly harmful
chemicals like food colorings have been shown to affect attention span and
contribute to attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children. (McCarthy,
2021)
PPerfumes, deodorants, toothpastes, hair products, cleaning products,
industrial chemicals, and on and on and on… What has a century of high-
chemical use, particularly those applied directly to or ingested by the body –
the kind that simply didn’t exist in the thousands of years of human evolution
before their creation, done to us? Do we even fully know yet? As science
writer and co-founder of the Council for the Human Future, Julian Cribb,
explains, our chemical emissions are six times greater than our greenhouse
gas emissions. (Cribb, 2021) Hundreds of billions of tonnes of chemical
emissions will affect the future of our species—and every other species, in
untold ways. Some estimates place the annual global fatality range caused by
the use and disposal of chemicals at around nine-million. (Cribb, 2021)
Plastics are some of the greatest chemical threats. A conference on plastic
pollution held by the United Nations suggested that the plastic particles in our
ocean are now five-hundred times greater than the number of stars in our
galaxy! (UNEP, 2017) Alarming studies have predicted that in the absence of
drastic changes in the ways we deal with and dispose of chemicals, the
world’s oceans could be devoid of fish by 2048. (Worm, 2006) Dead seas
would essentially mean the end of human life on Earth. The University of
South Australia’s Professor Ravi Naidu puts it bluntly: “Most humans are
now, to some degree, contaminated by industrial chemicals.” He goes on,
“Wherever we look, from the deep oceans and remotest islands to the peaks
of the highest mountains, to the snows of Antarctica, to the stratosphere, we
find traces of man-made chemicals, many of them linked to or suspected of
causing cancers and other diseases.” (CRC, 2013) We are not on a
sustainable evolutionary path.
Our evolvability going forward will rely on the conditions we’ve created
for ourselves. Nature may no longer present a serious threat in the form of
predators (just try to avoid any lions you run into), but the climate crisis
we’ve created is already presenting new natural threats in the form of
drought, rising seas, fire, etcetera. And the unnatural environments we’ve
created, like dense urban living, technology use, and cultural practices, are
already starting to shape our evolution as well. When we transitioned to a diet
that included dairy and grains, our genes evolved to allow us to digest milk
and starch. (Perry, 2007) When we started leaving the countryside in favor of
city living, our DNA mutated to build up new resistance to certain bacteria.
(Galvani, 2003) As we began to live more sedentary, social lives, starting
around 10,000-20,000 years ago, our brains began to evolve to be smaller.
(DaSilva, 2021; Stibel, 2021) Not to worry though. Size isn’t everything.
Orcas and elephants have larger brains than us, but they’re not as
sophisticated. And as it turns out, Einstein’s brain was smaller than average,
too, and look what it was capable of! (Longrich, 2022)
Some scientists argue that for humans especially, the process of natural
selection as proposed by Darwin no longer applies in the same way as it used
to—that humans essentially stepped off the evolutionary ladder. (Templeton,
2010; Sample, 2007) But others say that’s not the whole picture. Despite
natural selection playing a lesser role in how we’ve evolved in recent
millennia, research shows that we’ve actually adapted a great deal in the last
50,000 years. In fact, as many as two-thousand genes, or 7% of the human
genome, have gone through extensive evolution during this timeframe. From
an adaptive perspective, our genetic evolution is actually accelerating.
(Hawkes, 2007)
Geneticist Chris Wills sees this adaptive form of evolution as key to
mapping humanity’s evolutionary future. He thinks it will be all about the
brain (even if they are becoming a little smaller). "The essence of human
beings is their intelligence and at the present time people have an enormous
range of different abilities. My prediction is one of the ways we'll evolve is to
add genes that increase our range of abilities.” (Sample, 2007) Add genes.
Hmmm… Sounds like biohacking, doesn’t it?
And where else will major changes occur? Scientists envision five key
areas where our genes will adapt in the next few thousand years: fertility,
intelligence, immunity, appearance, and nutrition. (Sample 2007) The process
of ‘gene editing’ has all kinds of moral and ethical dilemmas baked into it,
but it’s not hard to imagine that we’re headed toward so-called designer
babies, where eye and hair color, and any number of other physical or
cognitive characteristics could be added-to-cart at your doctor’s office.
And as new technologies emerge, particularly in electromagnetic and
subtle energy forms, our ability to target specific cells, genes, and even traits,
will likely expand. Imagine entraining genes to thrive on our modern high-
carbohydrate diets rather than succumbing to them? We could use frequency
to eradicate obesity. Imagine using frequency to manipulate the cells in
certain areas of our brains. We could encourage new and stronger neural
pathways, capable of expanding our analytical or creative faculties. The
possibilities could be endless!
A QUANTUM TOMORROW
Quantum physics has shown us, as I’ve broken down for you in previous
chapters, that every cell in our body is in constant motion and vibration,
creating resonance. This resonance is a roadmap. It’s a blueprint to
understanding imbalance, dysregulation, and desynchronization. We can use
our body’s resonant frequencies to better understand how energy modifies
and maintains our health and wellness, to restore our bodies’ homeostatic
state—to balance our Qi.
As Dr. Eric Leskowitz’s work points out, many plausible and testable
energy-based models for treatment are already taking form. He proposes a
medical field where ‘energy physiology’ and ‘subtle anatomy’ serve as a
guide for how energy can serve as a primary component of health and illness.
(Leskowitz, 2022) I agree wholeheartedly. By recognizing the role of our
resonant frequencies, we can better align cause and effect, ushering in a new
era of diagnostic advances.
Pioneering bioelectromagnetic researcher Glen Rein goes even further.
He sees the biofield as central to the future of healing, serving as a
“resonance target for external forms of energy”. He writes, “The functional
role of the biofield in the body's innate self-healing mechanisms is
hypothesized, based on the concept of bioinformation which, mediated by
consciousness, functions globally at the quantum level to supply coherence,
phase, spin, and pattern information to regulate and heal all physiologic
processes.” (Rein, 2004)
Quantum electrodynamics is almost certainly where our new frontier of
science is taking us. It’s just over the horizon. “There is support from recent
advances in quantum biology, which demonstrate that coherence, as a state of
order of matter coupled with electromagnetic fields, is one of the key
quantum phenomena supporting life dynamics.” As electrical engineer
Antonio Manzalini, and surgeon specialist in internal medicine Bruno
Galeazzi explain, all of the parts of our bodies, from cells, to tissues, to
organs, “are characterized by their own specific wave functions, whose
phases are perfectly orchestrated in a multi-level coherence oneness. When
this multi-level coherence is broken, a disease emerges.” (Manzalini, 2019)
And it’s not just electromagnetic energy as defined by physics as we
know it that forms this brighter tomorrow. The spiritual-consciousness side of
biofield and aura research is on the rise, too. Theoretical foundations for how
these energy fields operate are becoming clearer the more scientists are
willing to be brave and set aside their own biases, and negative stigma from
their peers. Electromagnetic fields, biophotons, quantum processes, coherent
phase states, and even the quantum vacuum itself, which we explored earlier,
are becoming exciting and illuminating areas of focus. Many scientists
believe “the existence of the biofield challenges reductionist approaches,”
and that its relation to our biology will serve to “inform an integrated
understanding of consciousness and the living universe”. (Kafatos, 2015)
As you’ve seen throughout this book, tapping into that living universe and
its subtle energy means that healing energy doesn’t have to be generated by a
physical device. It can be generated, cultivated, and transmitted by the
individual as well, by accessing higher conscious and interdimensional states
of being—by synchronizing ourselves to travel the energy strands of the
cosmic web. Researchers like Dr. Paul Rosch have recognized this in many
academic publications, bucking the mainstream trend and offering evidence-
based models for the reality of subtle energy’s healing powers. “It is fully
accepted that good health depends on good communication both within the
organism and between the organism and its environment. Sophisticated
imaging procedures brought to bear on telomere, stem cell, and genetic
research are confirming the ability of meditation and some other traditional
practices to promote optimal health.” (Rosch, 2009)
Think back to the superhumans we met in Chapter 5. For many of them,
their meditative abilities allow them to control some of their bodies’
biochemical processes at will. Meditation is not just a means of maintaining
centered mental health. It can enable truly awesome optimizing powers over
our bodies and minds. It can transcend the boundaries of physics.
Incorporating the wisdom of energy masters and healers into our approach to
health and wellness will open new doors of possibility.
Many EM advocates are working hard on fast-tracking that incorporation.
One organization’s work has certified more than sixteen-hundred energy
healing practitioners through intense two-year training programs. These
practitioners have worked with hundreds-of-thousands of people all around
the world to address physical and cognitive imbalances with responsive
energy approaches. I agree with these groups that the anomalies that
mainstream subtle energy and fifth force research see as challenges today,
both in terms of explanation and in application, present massive opportunities
for the future of “energy-informed” healthcare, which seeks to “address
biological activities at their energetic foundations”, to regulate “physiological
processes with speed and precision”, and to promote “healing and prevention
of illness with interventions that can be economically and noninvasively
applied.” (Eden, 2020)
The dominant, mainstream biomedical paradigm sees healthcare mostly
through the lenses of surgery and chemicals. It sees ‘life as chemistry’.
(Rubik, 2015) It fails to recognize more fundamental, elemental, cosmic
principles. It fails to see our bodies, minds, and spirits as parts of the greater
cosmic tapestry that weaves and binds us to the universe. I believe, as do so
many others – and our numbers are growing, that we must transition away
from this model, from this blind, reactionary ignorance.
We must start seeing ‘life as energy’. We must embrace a life of Qi. This
is the surest way of supercharging the future of humanity, firmly establishing
the science of life force as the bedrock of an integrative approach to wellness.
I don’t just believe… I know… that in just a few years’ time, we will be
living in a new age of health and wellness. An era of energy-powered
homeostasis. We will be detecting diseases long before they become
problematic. We will drastically reduce the need for drugs and surgeries,
eradicating the need for them altogether in some cases. We will use a full
spectrum of energy forces to re-atomize our physical dysregulation. We’ll
extend our lifespan, but more importantly our health-span. We’ll transcend
the perceived limits of human cognition and consciousness, finally tapping
into the parts of our brain that we never access, and learning how to navigate
those new neural pathways to manifest unimaginable realities. We will shape
a healthcare and medicine landscape where exponential advancement upends
what being sick or unwell looks like. And we will say goodbye to some of the
most devastating illnesses that we face today, particularly the degenerative
mental illnesses that deprive so many of well-deserved dignity during their
golden years.
I hope in these pages that I’ve opened your mind by even the tiniest
fraction, and that through that crack in the so-called settled science, you’ve
been energized by wavelengths of new possibility. This book, like my life,
and the work I’ve found to engage in, is the product of the subtle energy
we’ve examined and explored together here.
As I was falling from that third-floor balcony all those years ago as a
child, I never could have imagined that it would lead me to where I am today.
With every passing day, I find myself more driven and eager to share the
transformative awakening of a life powered by the flow of Qi. My own
experiences, and those of the many thousands I’ve met who have used my
technology and others like it, instruct and inform a clearer vision for a
healing revolution. The fog that once obscured my purpose lifted long ago,
and where I once chased after that lantern in the mist, I now try my best to
serve as a lantern and beacon for others.
If this book has served as that lantern for you, I encourage you to share it,
and its message, with others, but more than that, I challenge you to take on
your own personal Qi journey. You now have a wealth of information and
resource options to completely reimagine your life and to carry out a
transformative shift in personal well-being. The ways in which you’ve been
addressing your physical and cognitive conditions may be working to various
extents, but don’t you owe it to yourself to find out if an energy-based
approach can manage your symptoms, or complement your existing therapy,
in a radically more efficient, targeted, and effective way? I don’t just want
you to use specific devices though; I want you to shift your perspective on
how a life well-lived should look. I challenge you to seek out higher states of
consciousness, to deepen your sense of existence. By harmonizing your Qi, I
know you will open yourself up to abundance and enable your Qi-powered
manifesting abilities. I know you can become superhuman.
My lifelong passion has become this harmonizing process of continual
self-transformation in order to achieve the full potential of a resonant Qi life.
Part of that process is helping other truth seekers, just like you, to transform
themselves quickly and easily.
So I ask you this: will you take on this challenge? Will you indulge your
own conscious awakening? Will you join me in shaping the future of energy
medicine? Will you help open the minds of others—your friends, family, and
colleagues, so they too can experience a transformative life? Together, we
can synchronize our collective resonance. We can speed up the scientific
revolution. We can reach the next great frontier of human ingenuity, and
evolve not just biologically, but individually and societally. We can live a Qi-
filled life. We can change our frequency. We can change our reality.
Your life of Qi awaits. Your journey begins.
If you believe, as I do, that the future is a healing one, reliant on the amazing
powers that universal Qi has to offer, I invite you
to reach out today. Arrange a personal
consultation with our Qi Life experts to review
your health and wellness and address the key
areas where energy healing can benefit your
overall well-being. Together we can unlock your
body’s innate healing and manifestation powers.
Visit www.QiLife.health to book your
consultation today.

And if you’re ready to take the ultimate leap in energy healing and join me at
the vanguard of the scientific revolution we’ve explored in this book, my
Inner Circle is ready to welcome you with open arms. Your next level of
personal awakening, transformation, and evolution begins now…

Unlock your body's innate healing powers

Change your thought patterns to create a life you love
Discover who you truly are and release your hidden potential
Transmute your suffering, amplify your field, and attract
abundance fast
Boost your Qi energy reserve
Access private opportunities and closely held secrets for joy and
wealth

Your path to freedom and abundance awaits. Learn exclusive techniques,

take part in private energy healing sessions, discover unique Inner Circle
Frequencies, and more more...
Inner Circle membership isn’t available to everyone. Access requires that
you be in good standing in the community, that you will support your fellow
elite group members, that you will only use the technology for good, and that
you wish to improve yourself and others. Attract abundance, manifest your
desires, and raise your resonant frequency with
my personalized, direct guidance and attention.
Visit www.DavidWongInnerCircle.com to
apply for Inner Circle membership!
LEARN MORE
 START YOUR QI LIFE JOURNEY

Get Your Free Meditation Frequency

WWW .U SE T HE Q I . COM

Download Qi Life Apps

WWW .Q I C OIL A PP . COM

Take Advantage of Automated Energy Healing

WWW .Q I E NERGY . AI

Discover Qi Coils™
WWW .G ET Q I C OILS . COM

Take the Free 30-Day Qigong Meditation Challenge

WWW .L EARN S UPERHUMAN . COM

Use the Most Powerful Meditation Frequencies

WWW .H IGHER Q UANTUM . COM

Discover Professional Frequency Therapy Systems

WWW .Q I L IFE T HERAPY . COM

Uncover Your Next Level of Transformation

WWW .D AVID W ONG I NNER C IRCLE . COM

Book a Consultation with a Technology Expert

WWW .Q I L IFE . HEALTH
Change your frequency.
Change your reality.
Change your life.
 REFERENCES

Allais, M. (1959). New Theoretical and Experimental Research Work on

Gravity. (Report). Memoir prepared to compete for ‘Gravity Research
Foundation’ prize.

Allais, M. (1959). Should the Laws of Gravitation Be reconsidered? Part I –

Abnormalities in the Motion of a Paraconical Pendulum on an Anisotropic
Support. Aero/Space Engineering, 18, 46–52.

Allais, M. (1959). Should the Laws of Gravitation Be reconsidered? Part II –

Experiments in Connection with the Abnormalities Noted in the Motion of
the Paraconical Pendulum with an Anisotropic Support. Aero/Space
Engineering, 46, 51-56.

Allais, M. (1999). The 'Allais Effect' and My Experiments with the

Paraconical Pendulum (1954-1960) [Report]. Memoir C-6083 prepared for
NASA.

Alrais, A., Alfadeel, E., & Hamouda, S. (2017). Schumann Resonances and
Their Potential Applications: A Review Article. Mordovia University
Bulletin, 27, 476-489.

Ander, M., et al. (1989). Test of Newton's Inverse-Square Law in the

Greenland Ice Cap. Physical Review Letters, 62(9), 985–988.

Anderson, J., Hagerdorn, P., Gunstad, J., & Spitznagel, M. (2018). Using
Coffee to Compensate for Poor Sleep: Impact on Vigilance and Implications
for Workplace Performance. Applied Ergonomics, 70, 142–147.

Anderson, M. (2009, March 25). New Cold Fusion Evidence Reignites Hot
Debate. IEEE Spectrum. https://spectrum.ieee.org/new-cold-fusion-evidence-
reignites-hot-debate

Arata, Y., & Zhang, Y. (2008, March). Establishment of the “Solid Fusion”
Reactor. (Report) New Energy Times. Translated by New Energy Times from
original Japanese. http://newenergytimes.com/v2/library/2008/2008Arata-
EstablishmentOfTheSolidFusionReactor-March.pdf

Arden, G., & Sivaprasad, S. (2012). The Pathogenesis of Early Retinal

Changes of Diabetic Retinopathy. Documenta Ophthalmologica, 124(1), 15–
26.

Arp, H. (2000). What Has Science Come To?. Journal of Scientific

Exploration, 14(3), 447-454.

Avildsen, J. (Director). (1984). Karate Kid [Film]. Delphi II Productions.

Ayling, K., & the Editors of Fate Magazine (1968) Strange World of the
Occult. Paperback Library, Inc.

Baconnier, S., Lang, S., Polomska M., Hilczer, B., Berkovic, G., &
Meshulam, G. (2002). Calcite Microcrystals in the Pineal Gland of the
Human Brain: First Physical and Chemical Studies. Bioelectromagnetics,
23(7), 488-495.

Bae, J.M., Jung, H.M., Hong, B.Y., Lee, J.H., Choi, W.J., Lee, J.H., & Kim,
G.M. (2017). Phototherapy for Vitiligo. JAMA Dermatology, 153(7), 666–
674.

Balbir, N., & Siddhāntacakravartin, N. (2010). Dravyasaṃgraha. Pandit

Nathuram Premi Research Series.

Baldwin, A.L., & Schwartz, G.E. (2006). Personal Interaction with a Reiki
Practitioner Decreases Noise-Induced Microvascular Damage in an Animal
Model. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 12(1), 15–22.

Baldwin, A.L., Wagers, C., & Schwartz, G.E. (2008). Reiki Improves Heart
Rate Homeostasis in Laboratory Rats. Journal of Alternative and
Complementary Medicine, 14(4), 417-422.

Baldwin, A.L., Et al. (2013). Comparison of Physical Therapy with Energy

Healing for Improving Range of Motion in Subjects with Restricted Shoulder
Mobility. Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine, eCAM,
2013.

Baldwin A.L., & Trent N.L. (2017). An Integrative Review of Scientific

Evidence for Reconnective Healing. Journal of Alternative &
Complementary Medicine, 23(8), 590-598.

Banerjea, A.K. (2014). Philosophy of Gorakhnath with Goraksha-Vacana-

Sangraha. Motilal Banarsidass, 13, 297-299.

Barbault, A., Costa, F.P., Bottger, B., Munden, R.F., Bomholt, F., Kuster, N.,
& Pasche, B. (2009). Amplitude-Modulated Electromagnetic Fields for the
Treatment of Cancer: Discovery of Tumor-Specific Frequencies and
Assessment of a Novel Therapeutic Approach. Journal of Experimental &
Clinical Cancer Research, 28(1), 51.

Barling, S. (2003, February 13). Cosmic Degrees: Out of Body at the Monroe
Institute. The Hook, 0206, and also published online at: http://www.
readthehook.com/93054/cover-story-cosmic-degrees-out-body-monroe-
institute

Bartel, L., Clements-Cortes, A., Ahonen, H., Evans, M., & Freedman, M.
(2016). Short-Term Effects of Rhythmic Sensory Stimulation in Alzheimer’s
Disease: An Exploratory Pilot Study. Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, 52,
651–660.

Bartel, L., Braun, J.T., Paneduro, D., Picard L., & Gordon, A. (2019a). A
Parallel Randomized Controlled Trial Examining the Effects of Rhythmic
Sensory Stimulation on Fibromyalgia Symptoms. PLoS One, 14(3).

Bartel, L., Braun, J.T., Al Shirawi, M.I., Rotzinger, S., & Kennedy, S.H.
(2019b). A Pilot Study Investigating the Effect of Music-Based Intervention
on Depression and Anhedonia. Front. Psycho., 10.

Bartlett, R. (2007). Matrix Energetics – The Science and Art of

Transformation. Beyond Words Publishing.

BBC News, by Whitehouse, D. (2000, March 10). New Light on Dark

Matter.http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/science/nature/670207.stm

Beckley A.M., & Wright E.S. (2021). Identification of Antibiotic Pairs That
Evade Concurrent Resistance Via a Retrospective Analysis of Antimicrobial
Susceptibility Test Results. The Lancet. Microbe, 2(10), 545–554.

Belenky, I., Tagger, C., & Bingham, A. (2015). Intense Pulsed Light Pulse
Configuration Manipulation Can Resolve the Classic Conflict Between
Safety and Efficacy. Journal of Drugs in Dermatology, 14(11).

Bentov, I. (1977). Stalking the Wild Pendulum: On the Mechanics of

Consciousness, E.P. Dutton.

Benveniste, J. (1993a). Transfer of Biological Activity by Electromagnetic

Fields. Frontier Perspectives, 3(2), 113-115.

Benveniste, J. (1993b). Molecular Signaling at High Dilution or by Means of

Electronic Circuitry. Journal of Immunology, 150.

Benveniste, J. (1994a). Transfer of the Molecular Signal by Electronic

Amplification. FASEB Journal, 8.

Benveniste, J. (1994b). Further Biological Effects Induced by Ultra High

Dilutions. Inhibition by a Magnetic Field. In: Endler, P.C., & Schulte, J. (eds)
Ultra High Dilution. Springer.

Benveniste, J., (1995a). Electronic Transmission of the Cholinergic Signal".

FASEB Journal, 9.

Benveniste, J. (1995b). Direct Transmission to Cells of a Molecular Signal

Via an Electronic Device. FASEB Journal, 9.

Benveniste, J. (1999, March 10). Electromagnetically Activated Water and

the Puzzle of the Biological Signal [Presentation]. Cavendish Departmental
Colloquium, Cambridge, England. https://sms.cam.ac.uk/media/871684

Berger, H. (1929). Über das Elektroenkephalogramm des Menschen. Arch.

Psychiatr., 87, 527–570.

Berginer, V.M., & Cohen, H.R. (2006). The Nature of Goliath's Visual
Disorder and the Actual Role of his Personal Bodyguard, Ancient Near
Eastern Studies, 43, 27-44.

Berryman, S. (2008). Ancient Atomism. The Stanford Encyclopedia of

Philosophy [Fall 2008 Edition]. E. Zalta (Ed.)

Bertone, G., Hooper, D., & Silk, J. (2005). Particle Dark Matter: Evidence,
Candidates and Constraints. Physics Reports, 405(5–6), 279–390.

Betts, J. Gordon, K.A., Young, J.A. Wise, Johnson E., Poe, B., Kruse, D.H.,
Korol, O., Johnson, J.E., Womble, M., & DeSaix, P. (2013). Anatomy and
physiology. OpenStax.

Billington, R.A., Bruzzone, S., De Flora, A., Genazzani, A.A., Koch-Nolte,

F., Ziegler, M., & Zocchi, E. (2006). Emerging Functions of Extracellular
Pyridine Nucleotides. Mol. Med., 12(11–12), 324–327.

Bjorvatn, B., & Pallesen, S. (2009). A Practical Approach to Circadian

Rhythm Sleep Disorders. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 13(1), 47–60.

Blessing, W.W. (1997). Inadequate Frameworks for Understanding Bodily

Homeostasis. Trends in Neurosciences, 20(6), 235–239.

Blom, J. (2009). A Dictionary of Hallucinations. Springer.

Blomkamp, N. (Director). (2013). Elysium [Film]. TriStar Pictures.

Bogan, K.L., & Brenner, C. (2008). Nicotinic Acid, Nicotinamide, and

Nicotinamide Riboside: A Molecular Evaluation of NAD+ Precursor
Vitamins in Human Nutrition. Annual Review of Nutrition, 28, 115–130.

Bouzari, N., Elsaie, M.L., & Nouri, K. (2012). Laser and Light for Wound
Healing Stimulation. In Nouri, K. (ed.). Lasers in Dermatology and
Medicine. Springer, 267–75.

Braibant, S., Giacomelli, G., & Spurio, M. (2011). Particles and

Fundamental Interactions: An Introduction to Particle Physics (Illustrated
ed.). Springer Science & Business Media, 109.

Braibant, S., Giacomelli, G., & Spurio, M. (2012). Particles and

Fundamental Interactions: An introduction to particle physics (2nd Ed.).
Springer.

Braidy, N., Villalva, M.D., & Eeden, S.V. (2020). Sobriety and Satiety: Is
NAD+ the Answer?. Antioxidants, 9(5), 425.

Brian, D. (2001). The Voice of Genius: Conversations with Nobel Scientists

and Other Luminaries. Basic Books.

Bronfort, G., Nilsson, N., Haas, M., Evans, R., Goldsmith, C.H., Assendelft,
W.J., & Bouter, L.M. (2004). "Non-Invasive Physical Treatments for
Chronic/Recurrent Headache. The Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 3.

Brosseau, L., Welch, V., Wells, G.A., de Bie, R., Gam, A., Harman, K.,
Morin, M., Shea, B., & Tugwell, P. (2005). Low Level Laser Therapy
(Classes I, II and III) for Treating Rheumatoid Arthritis. Cochrane Database
of Systematic Reviews, 2010(4).

Bruyere, R.L. (1994). Wheels of Light-Chakras, Auras, and the Healing

Energy of the Body, A Fireside Book. Simon and Schuster.
Bürkle, A. (2005). Poly(ADP-ribose). The Most Elaborate Metabolite of
NAD+. FEBS J., 272 (18), 4576–89.

Burr, H.S. (1972). Blueprint for Immortality – The Electric Patterns of Life.
The C.W. Daniel Company, Ltd.

Buser, P.A., & Imbert, M. (1992). Vision. MIT Press.

Cade, C.M., & Coxhead, N. (1979). The Awakened Mind: Biofeedback and
the Development of Higher States of Awareness. Wildwood House Limited.

Cantor, D.S., & Evans, J.R. (2013). Clinical Neurotherapy: Application of

Techniques for Treatment. Academic Press.

Carr, T. (2017, August 3). Too Many Meds? America’s Love Affair with
Prescription Medication. Consumer Reports. https://www.consumerreports.
org/prescription-drugs/too-many-meds-americas-love-affair-with-
prescription-medication/#nation

Carrington, H. (1975) Laboratory Investigations into Psychic Phenomena.

Ayer Company Publishers, Inc.

Carroll, R.T. (Date unknown). Telepathy. In The Skeptic's Dictionary.

Retrieved April, 2022, from: http://skepdic.com/telepath.html

Cartlidge, E. (2016). Has a Hungarian Physics Lab Found a Fifth Force of

Nature?. Nature.

Cayce, E.E., & Cayce, H.L. (1971). The Outer Limits of Edgar Cayce's
Power. Association for Research and Enlightenment.

Chaieb, L., Wilpert, E.C., Reber, T.P., & Fell, J. (2015). Auditory Beat
Stimulation and Its Effects on Cognition and Mood States. Front Psychiatry,
12(6).

Chalovich, J.M. (2012). Franklinization: Early Therapeutic Use of Static

Electricity. ScholarShip, East Carolina University.

Chaumery, L., & de Belizal, A. (2013). Essai de Radiesthesie Vibratoire.

DERVY.

Chen, J. (2007). Philosopher, Practitioner, Politician: The Many Lives of

Fazang. Brill.

Chen, K., & Yeung, R. (2002). Exploratory Studies of Qigong Therapy for
Cancer in China. Integrative Cancer Therapies, 1(4), 345-370.

Cherry, N.J. (2002). Schumann Resonances, a Plausible Biophysical

Mechanism for the Human Health Effects of Solar/Geomagnetic Activity.
Natural Hazards, 26(3), 279-331.

Cherry, N.J. (2003). Human Intelligence: The Brain, An Electromagnetic

System Synchronized by the Schumann Resonance Signal. Medical
Hypotheses, 60(60), 843-844.

Chiao, R.Y., Ropers, C., Solli, D., & Hickmann, J.M. (2002). Faster-Than-
Light Propagations and their Applications. Coherence and Quantum Optics
VIII. Springer.

Childs, B.G., Durik, M., Baker, D.J., & van Deursen, J.M. (2015). Cellular
Senescence in Aging and Age-Related Disease: from Mechanisms to
Therapy. Nature Medicine, 21(12), 1424–1435.

Chomsky, N. (2000). New Horizons in the Study of Language and Mind.

Cambridge University Press.

Chow, R., Johnson, M., Lopes-Martins, R., & Bjordal, J. (2009). Efficacy of
Low-Level Laser Therapy in the Management of Neck Pain: a Systematic
Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomised Placebo or Active-Treatment
Controlled Trials. Lancet, 374(9705), 1897–1908.

Chown, M. (2011, August 17). Really Dark Matter: Is the Universe Made of
Holes?. New Scientist. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://www.
newscientist.com/article/mg21128262-200-really-dark-matter-is-the-
universe-made-of-holes/

Cicoli, M., Pedro, F.G., & Tasinato, G. (2012). Natural Quintessence in

String Theory. Journal of Cosmology and Astroparticle Physics, 2012(7).

CIE (International Commission on Illumination). (1987). International

Lighting Vocabulary. Archived 27 February 2010 at the Wayback Machine.
Number 17.4. CIE, (4th ed.).

Clare, I.S. (1897). Library of Universal History, Volume 2: Ancient Oriental

Nations and Greece. R. S. Peale, J. A. Hill.

Clark, A.A., Devoret, M.H., Girvin, S.M., Marquardt, F., & Schoelkopf, R.J.
(2010). Introduction to Quantum Noise, Measurement, and Amplification.
Reviews of Modern Physics, 82(2).

Clark, A.V. (1973). Psychokinesis-Moving Matter with the Mind. Parker

Publishing Company.

ClearHarmony.net. (2005, July 28). Ancient Cultivation Stories: Zhuge

Liang's Cultivation Practices. Retrieved April, 2022, from: https://www.
clearharmony.net/articles/a27920-Ancient-Cultivation-Stories-Zhuge-
Liang’s-Cultivation-Practise.html#.Ymx4IC8r1B0

Cobb, C.M. (2006). Lasers in Periodontics: A Review of the Literature.

Journal of Periodontology, 77(4), 545–564.

Cockburn, H. (2019, November 21). Scientists May Have Discovered Fifth

Force of Nature, Laboratory Announces. Independent.

Cohen, K.S. (1999). The Way of Qigong: The Art and Science of Chinese
Energy Healing. Random House of Canada.

Congressional Record. (2012). Volume 158, 18504-18505. U.S. Government

Publishing Office.
Copi, C.J., Schramm, D.N., & Turner, M.S. (1995). Big-Bang
Nucleosynthesis and the Baryon Density of the Universe. Science, 267(5195),
192–199.

Cory, C. (Director). (2020). Superhuman: The Invisible Made Visible [Film].

Omnium Media, 1091 Pictures.

Cramer, J.G. (1995, December). Tunneling Through the Lightspeed Barrier.

Analog Science Fiction and Fact Magazine.

Crawford, S.E., Leaver, V.W., & Mahoney, S.D. (2006). Using Reiki to
Decrease Memory and Behavior Problems in Mild Cognitive Impairment and
Mild Alzheimer’s Disease. The Journal of Alternative and Complementary
Medicine, 12(9), 911-913.

Cribb, J. (2021). Earth Detox. In Earth Detox: How and Why We Must Clean
Up Our Planet. Cambridge University Press.

CRC for Contamination Assessment and Remediation of Environment.

(2013). Eminent Scientist Warns of Global Contamination Risks. Phys.org.
Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://phys.org/news/2013-02-eminent-
scientist-global-contamination.html

Cubb, T. (2008). The Arata Demonstration: A Review Summary. Infinite

Energy, 80, 12-15.

Da Silva, J. P., Traniello, J.F.A., Claxton, A.G., & Fannin, L.D. (2021).
When and Why Did Human Brains Decrease in Size? A New Change-Point
Analysis and Insights from Brain Evolution in Ants. Frontiers in Ecology
and Evolution, 9.

Da Silva, J. P., Da Silva, M.A., Almeida, A.P.F., Junior, I.L., & Matos, A.P.
(2010). Laser Therapy in the Tissue Repair Process: A Literature Review.
Photomedicine and Laser Surgery, 28(1), 17–21.

Davidson, D. (1997). Shape Power: A Treatise on How Form Converts

Universal Aether into Electromagnetic and Gravitic Forces and Related
Discoveries in Gravitational Physics. Rivas Publishing.

Davies, P.C.W., & Gribbin, J. (1992). The Matter Myth: Dramatic

Discoveries that Challenge our Understanding of Physical Reality. Simon &
Schuster.

de Belizal, A., & Morel, P.A. (1965). Physique Micro-Vibratoire et Forces

Invisibles, Desforges.

Dean, D. (1966). Plethysmograph Recordings as ESP Responses.

International Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 2, 439-446.

Department of the Navy. (1990). Command History of USS Dolphin (AGSS

555) for CY89. (Report)

Devenish, R.P. (2013). The Hermitage Meditation Manual: All You Need to
Know to Properly Learn to MeditateI. Dharma Fellowship Publications.

Devereux, P. (1999). Places of Power-Measuring the Secret Energy of

Ancient Skies. Blandford.

Devereux, P. (2003). Fairy Paths & Spirit Roads. Chrysalis.

Diep, C., Ftouni, S., Manousakis, J.E., Nicholas, C.L., Drummond, S.P.A., &
Anderson, C. (2019). Acoustic Slow Wave Sleep Enhancement Via a Novel,
Automated Device Improves Executive Function in Middle-Aged Men.
Sleep, 43(1).

Diepersloot, J. (2000). The Tao of Yiquan: The Method of Awareness in the

Martial Arts. Center For Healing & The Arts.

Diffey, B.L. (1980). Ultraviolet Radiation Physics and the Skin. Phys. Med.
Biol, 25(3), 405–426.

Dispenza, J. (2019). Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are

Doing the Uncommon. Hay House, inc.
Dodson, E.R., & Zee, P.C. (2010). Therapeutics for Circadian Rhythm Sleep
Disorders. Sleep Medicine Clinics, 5(4), 701–715.

Donald, R.G., & Anderson, A.S. (2011). Current Strategies for Antibacterial
Vaccine Development. In Miller, P.F. (ed.). Emerging Trends in
Antibacterial Discovery: Answering the Call to Arms. Horizon Scientific
Press

Dong, P. (1984). The Four Major Mysteries of Mainland China. Prentice-

Hall.

Dong, P., & Raffill, T.E. (1997). China’s Super Psychics. Marlow and
Company.

Dong, P., & Raffill, T.E. (2006). Empty Force: The Power of Chi for Self-
Defense and Energy Healing, North Atlantic Books.

Dougherty, T.J. (1998). Photodynamic Therapy. JNCI: Journal of the

National Cancer Institute. 90(12), 889–905.

Dougherty, T. (2020, June). USS Dolphin (AGSS-555) – The “Triple Nickel

– The Last U.S. Diesel Submarine. The Submarine Historian, p. 33-51.
Retrieved April, 2022, from: https://navsource.org/archives/08/pdf/
0855505.pdf

Duchenne (de Boulogne), G.B. (1876). Mécanisme de la physionomie

humaine. (2nd ed.). Ve Jules Renouard.

Dunn, H.H. (1931). Movie New Eye of Microscope in War on Germs.

Popular Science, 118(6).

Dvorsky, G. (2016, March 27). This Biohacker Used Eyedrops to Give

Himself Temporary Night Vision. Gizmodo. Retrieved April, 2022, from:
https://io9.gizmodo.com/this-biohacker-used-eyedrops-to-give-himself-
temporary-1694016390

Dzang, K. (1993). Bioelectromagnetic Fields as a Material Carrier of

Biomagnetic Information. Aura-Z, 3, 42-54.

Economic Times. (2012, November 2). Matter Undermined. Retrieved March,

2022, from: https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/opinion/vedanta/matter-
undermined/articleshow/17055344.cms

Eden, D., & Feinstein, D. (2020). Development of a Healthcare Approach

Focusing on Subtle Energies: The Case of Eden Energy Medicine. Advanced
Mind Body Medicine, Summer, 34(3), 25-36.

Edwards, P., ed. (1972). The Encyclopedia of Philosophy, 1-4.

Einstein, A. (1920). Ether and the Theory of Relativity. Methuen.

Einstein, A., & Lawson, R.W. (1921). Relativity: The Special and General
Theory. Holt.

Ellinger, F. (1957). Medical Radiation Biology. Charles C. Thomas.

Emerson, D.W. (2014). The Lodestone, from Plato to Kircher. Preview,

2014(173), 52-62.

EPRI (Electric Power Research Institute). (1994). Development of Energy

Production Systems from Heat Produced in Deuterated Metals: Volume 1,
TR-107843.

Everett, H. (1957). Relative State Formulation of Quantum Mechanics.

Reviews of Modern Physics, 29(3), 454–462.

Everett, H., Wheeler, J.A., DeWitt, B.S., Cooper, L.N., Van Vechten, D., &
Graham, N. (1973) The Many-Worlds Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics,
Princeton Series in Physics. Princeton University Press.

Eysenck, H.J. (1957). Sense and Nonsense in Psychology. Penguin.

Fell, J., & Axmacher, N. (2011). The Role of Phase Synchronization in

Memory Processes. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 12(2), 105–118.
Fischbach, E., Sudarsky, D., Szafer, A., Talmadge, C., & Aronson, S.H.
(1986). Reanalysis of the Eötvös Experiment. Physical Review Letters, 56(1),
3–6.

Fleischmann, M., & Pons, S. (1989). Electrochemically Induced Nuclear

Fusion of Deuterium. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry, 261(2), Part 1,
301-308.

Fludd, R. (1659). Mosaical Philosophy. Humphrey Moseley.

Foster, J.J., Sutterer, D.W., Serences, J.T., Vogel, E.K., & Awh, E. (2017).
Alpha-Band Oscillations Enable Spatially and Temporally Resolved Tracking
of Covert Spatial Attention. Psychological Science, 28(7), 929–941.

Franciscus, & Krabice z Veitmile, B. (1784). Francisci Chronicon Pragense:

Item Benessii de Weitmil Chronicon ecclesiae Pragensis. Volume 2 of
Scriptores rerum Bohemicarum. (F.M. Pelcl, Ed.).

Frantzis, B.K. (2008). The Chi Revolution: Harnessing the Healing Power of
Your Life Force. Blue Snake Books.

Frati, P., Kyriakou, C., Del Rio, A., Marinelli, E., Vergallo, G.M., Zaami, S.,
& Busardò, F.P. (2015). Smart Drugs and Synthetic Androgens for Cognitive
and Physical Enhancement: Revolving Doors of Cosmetic Neurology.
Current Neuropharmacology, 13(1), 5–11.

Frawley, D., & Ranade, S. (2001). Ayurveda, Nature's Medicine. Lotus Press.

Frawley, D. (2009). Inner Tantric Yoga: Working with the Universal Shakti:
Secrets of Mantras, Deities and Meditation. Lotus Press.

Friedman, A. (1922). Über die Krümmung des Raumes. Zeitschrift für Physik.
10 (1), 377–386. Translated in Friedmann, A. (1999). On the Curvature of
Space. General Relativity and Gravitation, 31(12), 1991–2000.

Fries, P. (2005). A Mechanism for Cognitive Dynamics: Neuronal

Communication Through Neuronal Coherence. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
9(10), 474–480.

Fulleylov-Krause, B.K., Sison, S.L., & Ebert, A.D. (2020). Nicotinamide

Mononucleotide Treatment Increases NAD+ Levels in an iPSC Model of
Parkinson’s Disease. bioRxiv (online pre-print), Retrieved March, 2022,
from: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2020.05.06.080911v1

Galvani, A.P., Slatkin, M. (2003). Evaluating Plague and Smallpox as

Historical Selective Pressures for the CCR5-Δ32 HIV-Resistance Allele.
PNAS, 100(25).

Gardiner, D.J. (1989). Practical Raman spectroscopy. Springer-Verlag.

Gariaev, P.P., Grigoriev, K.V., Vasiliev, A.A., Poponin, V.P., and Shcheglov,
V.A. (1992). Investigation of the Fluctuation Dynamics of DNA Solutions by
Laser Correlation Spectroscopy. Bulletin of the Lebedev Physics Institute,
11(12), 23-30.

Gerber, R. (2001). Vibrational Medicine. Bear & Company.

Gersi, D. (1991). Faces in the Smoke-An Eyewitness Experience of Voodoo,

Shamanism, Psychic Healing and Other Amazing Powers. Jeremy P. Tarcher.

Geynits, A.V., Moskvin, S.V., Achilov, A.A. (2012). Внутривенное

лазерное облучение крови [Intravenous Laser Blood Irradiation] (in
Russian). M.–Tver: Triada.

Ghosh, P. (2021, March 23). Machine finds tantalizing hints of new physics.
BBC News. Retrieved April, 2022, from: https://www.bbc.com/news/science-
environment-56491033

Ghosh, P. (2021, April 7). Muons: 'Strong' evidence found for a new force of
nature. BBC News. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://www.bbc.com/
news/56643677

Gibbs, P. (1997). Is Faster-Than-Light Travel or Communication Possible?

[Presentation] Usenet Physics FAQ at University of California, Riverside,
CA.

Goldsby, T., Goldsby, M., McWalters, M., & Mills, P. (2016). Effects of
Singing Bowl Sound Meditation on Mood, Tension, and Well-being. Journal
of Evidence-Based Complementary & Alternative Medicine, 22.

Gomes, A.P., Et. al. (2013). "Declining NAD+ Induces a Pseudohypoxic

State Disrupting Nuclear-Mitochondrial Communication during Aging. Cell,
155(7), 1624–1638.

Goodwin, TJ. (2003). Physiological and Molecular Genetic Effects of Time-

Varying Electromagnetic Fields on Human Neuronal Cells. NASA Technical
Publication [United States Government].

Graves, D. (2018). Lessons From Tesla for Plasma Medicine. IEEE

Transactions on Radiation and Plasma Medical Sciences.

Green, E.E., Parks, P.A., Guyer, P.M., Fahrion, S.L., & Coyne, L. (1993).
Anomalous Electrostatic Phenomena in Exceptional Subjects. Subtle
Energies, 2, 69.

Gribbin, J. (2012). Erwin Schrödinger and the Quantum Revolution. Wiley.

Gris, H., & Dick, W. (1978). The New Soviet Psychic Discoveries. Prentice-
Hall.

Gu, H. (1978). The Nature Journal (Chinese), Vol. 1.

Gu, M. (2009). An Introduction to Wisdom Healing Qigong. Petaluma.

Gu, M. (2011). Wisdom Healing (Zhineng) Qigong: Cultivating Wisdom and

Energy for Health, Healing and Happiness. Petaluma.

Guiley, R. (1991). Harper's Encyclopedia of Mystical and Paranormal

Experience. Harper.
Hainsworth, L.B. (1983). The Effect of Geophysical Phenomena on Human
Health. Speculations in Science and Technology, 6(5), 439-444.

Hainsworth, L.B. (1987). Electrical Technology and Human Evolution.

Speculations in Science and Technology, 11(2), 101.

Hamblin, M.R. (2017). Ultraviolet Irradiation of Blood: "The Cure That Time
Forgot"?. Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, 996, 295–309.

Hanegraaff, W.J. (2006). Dictionary of Gnosis & Western Esotericism. Brill.

Harrison, S.J., Et. al. (2015). Light Therapy and Serotonin Transporter
Binding in the Anterior Cingulate and Prefrontal Cortex. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 132(5), 379–388.

Hausdorf, H. (1994). The Chinese Roswell, New Paradigm Books. Originally

published in German by Langen, A., & Muller Verlag, G., as Die Weisse
Pyramide. F.A. Herbig Verlagsbuchhandlung GmbH.

Hawks, J., Wang, E.T., Cochran, G.M., Harpending, H.C., & Moyzis, R.K.
(2007). Recent Acceleration of Human Adaptive Evolution. PNAS, 104(52).

Hayles, K. (1999). How We Became Posthuman: Virtual Bodies in

Cybernetics, Literature, and Informatics. University of Chicago Press.

Hecht, L. (2010). In Appreciation of Maurice Allais (1911-2010) The New

Physical Field of Maurice Allais. 21st Century Science & Technology, 26–30.

Heindel, J.J., Blumberg, B., Cave, M., Et al. (2017). Metabolism Disrupting
Chemicals and Metabolic Disorders. Reproductive Toxicology, 68, 3–33.

Heisenberg, W. (1962). Physics and Philosophy: The Revolution in Modern

Science. Harper & Row Publishers, Inc.

Herbermann, C, Ed. (1913). ‘Matter’. Catholic Encyclopedia. Robert

Appleton Company.
Hill, D., Et. al. (Director). (2010-2014). Stan Lee’s Superhumans
[Documentary TV series]. Off the Fence, A&E Home Video.

Hin, O.K. (2010). Zhineng Qigong: The Science, Theory and Practice.
CreateSpace.

Holland, A. (2000). Voices of Qi: An Introductory Guide to Traditional

Chinese Medicine. North Atlantic Books.

Huang, J. (1987). The Primordial Breath, Vol. 1. Original Books, Inc.

Huang, Z., Et. al. (2015). The Effectiveness of Low-Level Laser Therapy for
Nonspecific Chronic Low Back Pain: A Systematic Review and Meta-
Analysis. Arthritis Research & Therapy, 17, 360.

Hughes, J. (2011). Transhumanism. In W. Bainbridge, Ed., Leadership in

Science and Technology: A Reference Handbook. Sage Publications.

Hurley, M.V., & Bearne, L.M. (2008). Non-Exercise Physical Therapies for
Musculoskeletal Conditions. Best Practice & Research: Clinical
Rheumatology, 22(3), 419–33.

Hyman, R. (1985). A Critical Historical Overview of Parapsychology. In P.

Kurtz, Ed., A Skeptic's Handbook of Parapsychology. Prometheus Books.

Iannone, A.P. (2001). Dictionary of World Philosophy. Taylor & Francis.

IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers). (1997). The IEEE

Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms (6th ed).

Jahn, R.G., Dunne, B.J., & Nelson, R.D. (1987). Engineering Anomalies
Research. Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1(1), 21-50.

Jahn, R. (1992, December 15). [Press release] Society for Scientific

Exploration. http://www.jse.com/PR_Princeton_92.html

Janakiramaiah, N., Et al. (2000). Antidepressant Efficacy of Sudarshan Kriya

Yoga (SKY) in Melancholia: A Randomized Comparison with
Electroconvulsive Therapy (ECT) and Imipramine. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 57(1-3), 255-259.

Japsen, B. (2009, June 15). AMA Report Questions Science Behind Using
Hormones as Anti-Aging Treatment. The Chicago Tribune. Retrieved March,
2022, from: http://articles.chicagotribune.com/2009-06-15/news/
0906140132_1_anti-aging-hormones-ama-council

Jerabeck, J., & Pawluk, W. (1998). Magnetic therapy in eastern Europe: A

Review of 30 Years of Research. W. Pawluk.

Jonas, W.B., & Crawford, C.C. (2003). Science and Spiritual Healing: A
Critical Review of Spiritual Healing, "Energy" Medicine, and Intentionality.
Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 9(2), 56-61.

Jones, J.P. (2006, May 12-14). An Extensive Laboratory Study of Pranic

Healing Using Medical Imaging and Laboratory Methods [Conference
presentation). World Pranic Healers’ Convention, Mumbai, India.

Jones, J.P. (2008). The Dose of Gamma Radiation Given to Cells Was Set at
“2 Grays,” Which Established the 50% Survival Rate After 24 Hours
[Personal communication with C. Swanson, Dr.], in Swanson. C. (2010). Life
Force: The Scientific Basis. Poseidia Press.

Jones, N. (1938, May 6). Dread Disease Germs Destroyed by Rays, Claim of
S.D. Scientist: Cancer Blow Seen After 18-year Toil by Rife. San Diego
Evening Tribune.

Kafatos, M.C., Et. al. (2015). Biofield Science: Current Physics Perspectives.
Glob Adv Health Med, 4, 25-34.

Kapstein, M.T. (2014). Buddhist Idealists and Their Jain Critics on Our
Knowledge of External Objects. Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplement,
74, 123–147.

Karim, I. (2016). BioGeometry Signatures: Harmonizing the Body's Subtle

Energy Exchange with the Environment. CreateSpace Independent Publishing
Platform.

Kilner, W.J. (1911). The Human Atmosphere or The Aura Made Visible by
the Aid of Chemical Screens. Rebman.

Kim, E.J., & Um, S.J. (2008). SIRT1: Roles in Aging and Cancer. BMB Rep.,
41(11), 751–756.

Kliempt, P., Ruta, D., Ogston, S., Landeck, A., & Martay, K. (1999).
"Hemispheric-Synchronisation During Anaesthesia: A Double-Blind
Randomised Trial Using Audiotapes for Intra-Operative Nociception Control.
Anaesthesia, 54(8), 769–773.

Knott, E.K. (1948). Development of Ultraviolet Blood Irradiation. American

Journal of Surgery, 76(2), 165–171.

Kolodny, L. (1968). When Apples Fall. Moscow Pravda. Partial translation in

Journal of Paraphysics, 2(4).

Korotkov, K. (2002). Human Energy Field: Study with GDV

Bioelectrography. Backbone Publishing.

Korotkov, K. (2006). Spiral Traverse: Journey into the Unknown. Kirlionics

Technologies International.

Kozyrev, N.A. (1958). Causal or Nonsymmetric Mechanics in a Linear

Approximation. Pulkovo.

Kozyrev, N.A. (1976). The Origin of Stellar Energy on the Basis of the
Analysis of Observational Data. Journal of Astrophysics, 12(2).

Krivit, S.B. (2008). Arata-Zhang LENR Demonstration. New Energy Times.

Retrieved March, 2022, from: http://newenergytimes.com/v2/news/2008/
29img/Arata-Demo.shtml

Krivit, S.B. (2008) Low Energy Nuclear Reactions: The Emergence of

Condensed Matter Nuclear Science. American Chemical Society. Retrieved
March, 2022, from: https://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/bk-2008-0998.ch001

Kroeling, P., Et. al. (2013). Electrotherapy for neck pain. The Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews, 8.

Kroupa, P. (2010). Local-Group Tests of Dark-Matter Concordance

Cosmology: Towards a New Paradigm for Structure Formation. Astronomy
and Astrophysics, 523.

Kuiken, T. (2016). Governance: Learn from DIY Biologists. Nature

Magazine, 531(7593), 167–168.

Kulin, Y.T (1980). Bioelectretic Effect. Washington Research Center.

Translated from Russian, published by Science and Tehnics.

Kurz, O., & Rejdak, Z. (1968). About Telekinesis. Pravda.

LA Times (1940, June 26). Giant Microscope May Yield Secrets of Bacteria
World.

Labbé, P., Et. al. (2007). Forty Years of Erratic Insecticide Resistance
Evolution in the Mosquito Culex Pipiens. PLoS Genetics, 3(11).

LaMothe, J.D. (1972, July) Controlled Offensive Behaviour-USSR. Defense

Intelligence Agency Task No. T72-01-14 (Report No. ST-CS-01-172.

Lang, S., Et. al. (1996). Piezoelectricity in the Human Pineal Gland.
Bioelectrochemistry and Bioenergetics - BIOELECTROCHEM BIOENERG,
41, 191-195.

Laszlo, E. (2004). Science and the Akashic Field: An Integral Theory of

Everything. Inner Traditions.

Lau, D.C. (2003). Mencius (Revised ed.). Chinese University Press.

Lautrup, S. (2019). NAD+ in Brain Aging and Neurodegenerative Disorders.

Cell Metabolism, 30(4), 630-655.

Lawrence, R., & Rosch, P. (1998). Magnet Therapy Book: The Pain Cure
Alternative. Prima Publication.

Lazzerini Ospri, L., Prusky, G., & Hattar, S. (2017). Mood, the Circadian
System, and Melanopsin Retinal Ganglion Cells. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 40(1), 539–556.

Lee, E., Koo, J., & Berger, T. (2014). UVB Phototherapy and Skin Cancer
Risk: A Review of the Literature. Int. J. Dermatol, 44(5), 355–360.

Le Scouarnec, R.P., Poirier, R.M., Owens, J.E., Gauthier, J., Taylor, A.G., &
Foresman, P.A. (2001). Use of Binaural Beat Tapes for Treatment of
Anxiety: A Pilot Study of Tape Preference and Outcomes. Alternative
Therapies in Health and Medicine.

Leskowitz. E. (2022). A cartography of Energy Medicine: From Subtle

Anatomy to Energy Physiology. Explore, 2, 152-164.

Lewis, A.K., Osborn, I.P., & Roth, R. (2004). The Effect of Hemispheric
Synchronization on Intraoperative Analgesia. Anesthesia and Analgesia,
98(2), 533–536.

Li, J., Et. al. (2017). A Conserved NAD Binding Pocket that Regulates
Protein-Protein Interactions During Aging. Science, 355(6331), 1312–1317.

Liang, S.Y., Wu, W.C., Breiter-Wu, D. (1997). Qigong Empowerment: A

Guide to Medical, Taoist, Buddhist, and Wushu Energy Cultivation. Way of
the Dragon Pub.

Licht, S (1967). History of Electrotherapy: Therapeutic Electricity and

Ultraviolet Radiation. Waverly.

Liddell, H.G., &; Scott, R. (1940). A Greek-English Lexicon (Sir H.S. Jones,
& R. McKenzie, Eds.) Clarendon Press.
Liu, H., M.D., & Perry, P. (1997). Mastering Miracles. Warner Books.

Liu, H. (2006). The Chinese Overseas. Taylor & Francis.

Lloyd, G.E.R. (1968). Aristotle: The Growth and Structure of his Thought.
Cambridge University Press.

Lochtefeld, J.G. (2002). The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Hinduism: A-M.

Rosen Publishing Group.

Loizzo, J.J. (2016). The Subtle Body: An Interoceptive Map of Central

Nervous System Function and Meditative Mind-Brain-Body Integration.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. Wiley, 1373(1), 78–95.

Lomas T., Ivtzan I., & Fu, C.H. (2015). A Systematic Review of the
Neurophysiology of Mindfulness on EEG Oscillations. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 57,401–410.

Long, M.F. (1948). The Secret Science Behind Miracles, DeVORSS & Co.

Longrich, N. (2022, March 1). Future Evolution: From Looks to Brains and
Personality, How Will Humans Change in the Next 10,000 Years?. The
Conversation. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://theconversation.com/
future-evolution-from-looks-to-brains-and-personality-how-will-humans-
change-in-the-next-10-000-years-176997

López-Otín, C., Blasco, M.A., Partridge, L., Serrano, M., & Kroemer, G.
(2013). The Hallmarks of Aging. Cell, 153(6): 1194–1217.

Lu, K.Y. (1969). The Secrets of Chinese Meditation: Self-Cultivation by

Mind Control as Taught in the Ch'an, Mahāyāna and Taoist Schools in
China. S. Weiser.

Lu, Z. (1997). Scientific Qigong Exploration – The Wonders and Mysteries of

Qi. Amber Leaf Press.

Lynes, B. (1987). The Cancer Cure That Worked!: Fifty Years of

Suppression. BioMed Publishing Group.

Lynes, B. (2017). Rife's Great Discovery: Why "Resonant Frequency"

Therapy Is Kept Hidden from Public Awareness. BioMed Publishing Group.

Ma, J.R. 馬濟人. (1992). 實用中醫氣功學 (Practical Qigong for Traditional

Chinese Medicine). Shanghai Scientific and Technical Publishers 上海科学
枝术出版社.

Ma Y., & Chua, S.L. (2021). No Collateral Antibiotic Sensitivity by

Alternating Antibiotic Pairs. The Lancet Microbe, 3(7).

Mair, V.H. (1994). The Biography of Hua-t'o from the "History of the Three
Kingdoms", In V.H. Mair (ed.). The Columbia Anthology of Traditional
Chinese Literature. Columbia University Press.

Malenka, R.C., Nestler, E.J., Hyman, S.E., & Holtzman, D.M. (2015). Higher
Cognitive Function and Behavioral Control. Molecular Neuropharmacology:
A Foundation for Clinical Neuroscience (3 ed.). McGraw-Hill Medical.

Mallinson, J., & Singleton, M. (2017). Roots of Yoga. Penguin Books.

Malone, A., Et. al. (Executive Producer). (1980). Cosmos: A Personal

Journey [TV series]. PBS – KCET Los Angeles.

Mandelbaum, W.A. (2000). The Psychic Battlefield: A History of the

Military-Occult Complex. Thomas Dunne Books.

Manzalini, A., & Galeazzi, B. (2019). Explaining Homeopathy with Quantum

Electrodynamics. Homeopathy.

Martin, E. (2008). A Dictionary of Biology (6th ed.). Oxford University Press.

Masunaga, S. (2017, April 21). A Quick Guide to Elon Musk's New Brain-
Implant Company, Neuralink. Los Angeles Times. Retrieved March, 2022,
from: https://www.latimes.com/business/technology/la-fi-tn-elon-musk-
neuralink-20170421-htmlstory.html
McCarthy, C (2021). Common Food Additives and Chemicals Harmful to
Children. Harvard Health Blog. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://www.
health.harvard.edu/blog/common-food-additives-and-chemicals-harmful-to-
children-2018072414326

McCraty, R., Atkinson, M., Stolc, V., Alabdulgader, A. A., Vainoras, A., &
Ragulskis, M. (2017). Synchronization of Human Autonomic Nervous
System Rhythms with Geomagnetic Activity in Human Subjects.
International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 14(7),
770.

McMoneagle, J. (1999, November 14). [Conference presentation]. Project

Awareness Conference, Clearwater, FL, United States.

McTaggart, L. (2001). The Field. HarperCollins.

Mendoza, R. (1995). The Acentric Labyrinth. Harper Collins.
Merlo, L.M., Pepper, J.W., Reid, B.J., & Maley, C.C. (2006). Cancer as an
Evolutionary and Ecological Process. Nature Reviews. Cancer, 6(12), 924–
935.
Miller, R.A., & Miller, I. (2003). Schumann’s Resonances and Human
Psychobiology, O.A.K.
Mishlove, J. (2000). The PK Man: A True Story of Mind Over Matter.
Hampton Roads Publishing.
Mitchell, E. (1971). An ESP Test from Apollo 14. Journal of
Parapsychology, 35, 89-107.

Mitchell, J.L., Ph.D. (1987). Out of Body Experiences-A Handbook.

Ballantine Books.

Michell, J. (1969). The View Over Atlantis. Sago.

Mohan, A.G. (2010). Krishnamacharya: His Life and Teachings. Shambhala.

Moller, K.I., Et. al. (2014). How Finsen's Light Cured Lupus Vulgaris.
Photodermatol Photoimmunol Photomed., 21(3), 118–124.
Monroe, R. (1985). Journeys Out of the Body. Anchor/Doubleday.

Monroe, R. (1985). Far Journeys. Doubleday.

Monroe, R. (1994). Ultimate Journey. Doubleday.

Montiel, I., Bardasano, J.L., & Ramos, J.L. (2005). Biophysical Device for
The Treatment of Neurodegenerative Diseases. In A. Méndez-Vilas (ed.).
(2003, October 13-18). Recent Advances in Multidisciplinary Applied
Physics. [Conference presentation]. First International Meeting on Applied
Physics (APHYS-2003), Badajoz, Spain.

Morgane, P.J., Galler, J.R., & Mokler, D.J. (2005). A Review of Systems and
Networks of the Limbic Forebrain/Limbic Midbrain. Progress in
Neurobiology, 75(2), 143–160.

Morton, C.A., Et. al. (2002). Guidelines for Topical Photodynamic Therapy:
Report of a Workshop of the British Photodermatology Group. British
Journal of Dermatology, 146(4), 552–567.

Moskowitz, C. (2015, September 9). Two Accelerators Find Particles That

May Break Known Laws of Physics. Scientific American. Retrieved March,
2022, from: https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/2-accelerators-find-
particles-that-may-break-known-laws-of-physics1/

Motoyoshi, A. (2000). Teleportation Without Resorting to Bell Measurement.

Physics Letters A, 270, 293-295.

Muller, F.M. (2003). Six Systems of Indian Philosophy; Samkhya and Yoga;
Naya and Vaiseshika. Kessinger Publishing.

Murphy, D.T. (1935). Mortality Statistics: 1932 [Report]. U.S Department of

Commerce: Bureau of the Census, United States Government Printing Office.

Murray, A.T. (1919). Homer, The Odyssey with an English Translation.

Perseus Digital Library Project. Harvard University Press.
NASA (National Aeronautics and Space Administration). (2013, May 28).
Schumann Resonance. J. Wilson, Ed. Retrieved May, 2022, from: https://
www.nasa.gov/mission_pages/sunearth/news/gallery/schumann-
resonance.html

Naumann, N. (2000). Japanese Prehistory: The Material and Spiritual

Culture of the Jōmon Period. Otto Harrassowitz Verlag.

Navas, L.E., & Carnero, A. (2021). NAD+ Metabolism, Stemness, the

Immune Response, and Cancer. Sig. Transduct Target Ther., 6(2).

Neely, J.N. (2009). Distance Healing Experiment with Pennsylvania State

University Medical School. Natural Healing Center. Retrieved April, 2022,
from: http://www.naturalhealingcenter.com/creative/jixingli.htm (2009)

Newman, T.B., Et. al. (2009). Numbers Needed to Treat with Phototherapy
According to American Academy of Pediatrics Guidelines. Pediatrics,
123(5).

Niedermeyer, E., & da Silva, F.L. (2004). Electroencephalography: Basic

Principles, Clinical Applications, and Related Fields. Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins.

Nielsen, M. (2007). Introduction to Yang-Mills Theories [personal working

notes]. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://michaelnielsen.org/blog/
yang_mills.pdf

Neumayer, P., & Stark, R. (2013). Painting the Energy Body: Signs and
Symbols for Vibrational Healing. Healing Arts Press.

New York Times. (1931, November 22). Bacilli Revealed by New

Microscope; Dr. Rife's Apparatus, Magnifying 17,000 Times, Shows Germs
Never Before Seen.

Neve, P. (2007). Challenges for Herbicide Resistance Evolution and

Management: 50 Years After Harper. Weed Research, 47(5), 365–369.
Nojonen, M. (2009). Jymäyttämisen taito. Strategiaoppeja muinaisesta
Kiinasta (translated: The Art of Deception. Strategy lessons from Ancient
China). Gaudeamus.

Novack, G. (1979). The Origins of Materialism. Pathfinder Press.

Oberoi, S., Et, al. (2014). Effect of Prophylactic Low Level Laser Therapy on
Oral Mucositis: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. PLoS One, 9(9).

Oerter, R. (2006). The Theory of Almost Everything: The Standard Model, the
Unsung Triumph of Modern Physics (Kindle ed.). Penguin Group.

Oginska, H., & Oginska-Bruchal, K. (2014). Chronotype and Personality

Factors of Predisposition to Seasonal Affective Disorder. Chronobiology
International, 31(4), 523–531.

Osler, M. (2010). Reconfiguring the World. The Johns Hopkins University

Press.

Osnaghi, S., Et. al. (2009). The Origin of the Everettian Heresy. Studies in
History and Philosophy of Modern Physics, 40(2), 97–123.

Ossola, A. (2015, November 18). These Biohackers Are Creating Open-

Source Insulin. Popular Science. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://www.
popsci.com/these-biohackers-are-making-open-source-insulin/

Oster, G. (1973). Auditory Beats in the Brain. Scientific American, 229(4),

94–102.

Ostrander, S., & Schroeder, L. (1970). Psychic Discoveries Behind the Iron
Curtain. Bandtam Books.

Padmanabhan, R., Hildreth, A.J., & Laws, D. (2005). A Prospective,

Randomised, Controlled Study Examining Binaural Beat Audio and Pre-
Operative Anxiety in Patients Undergoing General Anaesthesia for Day Case
Surgery. Anaesthesia.
Pagés Ruiz, F. (2001). Krishnamacharya's Legacy. Yoga Journal, May/June
Ed.

Pan, D., Xue, W., Zhang, W., Liu, H., & Yao, X. (2012). Understanding the
Drug Resistance Mechanism of Hepatitis C Virus NS3/4A to ITMN-191 Due
to R155K, A156V, D168A/E Mutations: A Computational Study. Biochimica
et Biophysica Acta (BBA) - General Subjects, 1820(10), 1526–1534.

Pantaleone, J. (2002). Synchronization of Metronomes. American Journal of

Physics, 70(10), 992–1000.

Paulson, G.L. (1998). Kundalini and the Chakras: A Practical Manual--

Evolution in This Lifetime (1st ed.). Llewellyn Publications.

Patrizi, A., Raone, B., & Ravaioli, G.M. (2015). Management of Atopic
Dermatitis: Safety and Efficacy of Phototherapy. Clinical, Cosmetic and
Investigational Dermatology, 8, 511–520.

Pawluk, W. (2015). Magnetic Fields for Pain Control (M. Markov, Ed.).
Chapter 17 in: Electromagnetic Fields in Biology and Medicine. CRC Press.

Pavlova, L P. (1967, August 4). Results and Discussions of Experiments with

the Nedra-20 [Conference presentation]. Also: Some
Electroencephalographic Indices in Experimental Research in Bio-
telecommunication. Seminar of Technical Parapsychology Section affiliated
All-Union Engineering Institute,Moscow, U.S.S.R.

Pearce, J.M. (2012). Building Research Equipment with Free, Open-Source

Hardware. Science, 337(6100), 1303–1304.

Pei, S., Inamadar, A.C., Adya, K.A., & Tsoukas, M.M. (2015). Light-Based
Therapies in Acne Treatment. Indian Dermatol Online J., 6(3), 145–57.

Perkins, D. (1999). Encyclopedia of China: The Essential Reference to

China, Its History and Culture. Checkmark Books.

Perry, G., Et. al. (2007). Diet and the Evolution of Human Amylase Gene
Copy Number Variation. Nat Genet.,39, 1256–1260.

Poponin, V. (2002). The DNA Phantom Effect: Direct Measurement of a

New Field in the Vacuum Substructure. WebCom. Retrieved March, 2022,
from: http://webcom.com./hrtmath.IHM/Research/DNAPhantom.htm, also in
http://homepags.ihug.co.nz/~sai/DNAPhantom.htm

Potter, K.H., & Arya, U. (1977). Indian Metaphysics and Epistemology.

Motilal Banarsidass Publications.

Poulain, M., Et. al. (2004). Identification of a Geographic Area Characterized

by Extreme Longevity in the Sardinia Island: The AKEA Study.
Experimental Gerontology, 39(9), 1423–1429.

Powell, A. (2019). Longevity and Anti-Aging Research: ‘Prime Time for an

Impact on the Globe. The Harvard Gazette, Health & Medicine. Retrieved
March, 2022, from: https://news.harvard.edu/gazette/story/2019/03/anti-
aging-research-prime-time-for-an-impact-on-the-globe/

Powell. A.E. (1925). The Etheric Double-The Health Aura, Quest Books,
Theosophical Publishing House.

Powell, A.E. (1927). The Astral Body, Quest Books, The Theosophical
Publishing House.

Powell, A.E. (1928). The Causal Body and the Ego, Stellar Books, a Division
of the Philippine Theosophical Society.

Powell, A.E. (1982). The Mental Body, Theosophical Publishing House, Ltd.

Price, P. (1983). Bells & Man. Oxford University Press.

Puthoff, H.E. (1974). Information Transmission Under Conditions of Sensory

Shielding. Nature, 251(18), 602-607.

Puthoff, H.E., Targ, R., & May, E.C. (1981). Experimental Psi Research:
Implications for Physics, in R.G. Jahn (ed.), The Role of Consciousness in the
Physical World. Westview Press, Inc.

Radin, D. (1997). The Conscious Universe. Harper Collins.

Radin, D., Ph.D., Machado, F.R., & Zangari, W. (2001). Effects of Distant
Healing Intention Through Time & Space: Two Exploratory Studies. Subtle
Energies & Energy Medicine, 11(3), 207.

Rao, P. (2017). The Yogi Who Walked to His Destiny. Onlinegatha.

Ratra, P., & Peebles, L. (1988). Cosmological Consequences of a Rolling

Homogeneous Scalar Field. Physical Review D., 37(12), 3406–3427.

Ravaioli, F.T., Et. al. (2010). Fundamentals of Applied Electromagnetics (6th

ed.). Prentice Hall.

Rebhan, E. (2017). Model of a Multiverse Providing the Dark Energy of Our

Universe. International Journal of Modern Physics A, 32(25).

Rein G. (2004). Bioinformation Within the Biofield: Beyond

Bioelectromagnetics. J. Altern. Complement Med., 10(1), 59-68.

Rejdak, Z. (1969). The Kulagina Cine Film. Journal of Paraphysics, 3(3).

Reports and Data. (2020, February 19). Nootropics Market to Reach USD
5.32 Billion By 2026 | Reports and Data. GlobeNewswire News Room.
Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://www.globenewswire.com/news-release/
2020/02/19/1987135/0/en/Nootropics-Market-To-Reach-USD-5-32-Billion-
By-2026-Reports-And-Data.html

Rheingold, H. (2000). Tools for Thought. Howard Rheingold. Retrieved

March, 2022 from: www.rheingold.com/texts.tft/5.html

Rinpoche, M. (2009). Luminous Essence: A Guide to the Guhyagarbha

Tantra. Snow Lion.

Ritter, M. (1997, December 10). Beam Me Up — Science Fact: Scientists

Achieve ‘Star Trek’-like Feat. Associated Press.

Rizzi, M., & Schindelin, H. (2002). Structural Biology of Enzymes Involved

in NAD and Molybdenum Cofactor Biosynthesis. Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol.,
12(6), 709–720.

Robbins, P.D., Et. al. (2021). Senolytic Drugs: Reducing Senescent Cell
Viability to Extend Health Span. Annual Review of Pharmacology and
Toxicology, 61(1), 779–803.

Robinson, N.G. (2013). Complementary and Alternative Veterinary

Medicine: Laser Therapy. The Merck Veterinary Manual, (11th ed.).

Rogers, J.M. (1990). Arts of War in Times of Peace. Swordsmanship in

Honchō Bugei Shōden (Chapter 5). Monumenta Nipponica, 45(4), 413-447.

Rogo. D.S. (1983). Leaving the Body-A Complete Guide to Astral Projection.
Prentice Hall Press.

Rosch, P.J. (2009). Bioelectromagnetic and Subtle Energy Medicine: The

Interface Between Mind and Matter. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1172, 297-311.

Rosenthal, R., & Rubin, D.B. (1978). Impersonal Expectancy Effects: The
First 345 Studies. Behavioural and Brain Sciences, 3, 377-415.

Ross, C.L. (2019). Energy Medicine: Current Status and Future Perspectives.
Global Advances in Health and Medicine, 8.

Rothwell, J.F., & Storms, E. (2008). Report on Arata’s Paper and Lecture
about his “Solid Fusion” Reactor(Report). LENR-CANR.

Rubik, B., Muehsam, D., Hammerschlag, R., & Jain, S. (2015). Biofield
Science and Healing: History, Terminology, and Concepts. Glob. Adv. Health
Med, 4, 8-14.

Sacks, D. (1997). A Dictionary of the Ancient Greek World. Oxford

University Press US.
Sadoulet, B. (2007). Particle Dark Matter in the Universe: At the Brink of
Discovery?. Science, 315(5808), 61-63.

Saladin, K. (2011). Human Anatomy (3rd ed.). McGraw-Hill.

Sample, I. (2007, December, 15). Where Do We Go From Here?. The

Guardian. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://www.theguardian.com/
science/2007/dec/15/genetics.evolution

Samuel, G. (2013). Religion and the Subtle Body in Asia and the West:
Between Mind and Body. Routledge.

Sanders, A.J., Et. al. (2000). Project SEE (Satellite Energy Exchange): An
International Effort to Develop a Space-Based Mission for Precise
Measurements of Gravitation. Classical and Quantum Gravity, 17(12).

Saraswati, S.S. (1981). Prana: The Universal Life Force. Yoga Magazine.

Savrov, L.A., & Yushkin, V.D. (1995). Paraconical Pendulum as a Detector

of Gravitational Effects During Solar Eclipses (Processing Data and Results).
Measurement Techniques, Springer Science+Business Media, 38(1), 9–13.

Savrov, L.A. (1995). Paraconical Pendulum as a Detector of Gravitational

Effects During Solar Eclipses (Processing Data and Results). Measurement
Techniques, Springer Science+Business Media, 38(3), 253–260.

Savrov, L.A. (1997). Experiment with Paraconic Pendulums During the

November 3, 1994 Solar Eclipse in Brazil. Measurement Techniques,
Springer Science+Business Media, 40(6), 511–516.

Savrov, L.A. (2009). Improved Determination of Variation of Rate of

Rotation of Oscillation Plane of a Paraconic Pendulum During the Solar
Eclipse in Mexico on July 11, 1991. Measurement Techniques, Springer
Science+Business Media, 52(4), 339–343.

Saxl, E.J., & Allen, M. (1971). 1970 Solar Eclipse as 'Seen' by a Torsion
Pendulum. Physical Review D, 3(4), 823–825.

Schleicher, C. (1988). [Monograph]. Mankind Research Unlimited, Inc.

Schnabel, J. (1997). Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s

Psychic Spies. Dell.

Schnitzler, A., & Gross, J. (2005). Normal and Pathological Oscillatory

Communication in the Brain. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 6(4), 285–296.

Schombert, J. (2015). Professorial Glossary (Version 7.0). University of

Oregon. Retrieved March, 2022, from: http://abyss.
uoregon.edu/~js/glossary/equivalence_principle.html

Schröedinger, E. (1984). General Scientific and Popular Papers. In Collected

Papers, 4. Austrian Academy of Sciences. Braunschweig/Wiesbaden:
Vieweg & Sohn.

Schumann, W.O. (1952). Ueber die strahlungslosen Eigenschwingungen

einer leitenden Kugel, die von einer Luftschicht und einer Ionosphaerenhuelle
umgeben ist, Z.Naturforsch, 7(a),149.

Schumann W.O., & König, H. (1954). Ueber die Beobachtung von

Atmospherics bei geringsten Frequenzen. Naturwissenschaften, 41, 183.

Schutlz, M.B., & Sinclair, D.A. (2016). Why NAD+ Declines During Aging:
It’s Destroyed. Cell Metabolism, 23(6), 965-966.

Schwarzschild, B. (1988). From Mine Shafts to Cliffs – The ‘Fifth Force’

Remains Elusive. Physics Today, 41.

Sedacca, M. (2017, January 30). The Multiverse Is an Ancient Idea. Nautilus.

Retrieved April, 2022, from: https://nautil.us/the-multiverse-is-an-ancient-
idea-10262/

Sergeyev, G.A. (1967, December 3) On the Nature of the Experimental

Research of Dr. Zdenek Rejdak[Seminar presentation]. Seminar of Technical
Parapsychology Section Affiliated, All Union Engineering Institute, Moscow,
U.S.S.R.

Sergeyev, G., Pavlova, L., & Romankenko, A. (1968). Statistical Method of

Research of the Human EEG. Academy of Science, USSR. Science
Publishing.

Sergeyev, G.A., & Kulagin, V.V. (1972a). The Interaction of Bioplasmic

Fields of Living Organisms with Light Photon Sources, in Bioenergetics
Questions (Material of the Scientific Methodological Seminar in Alma-Ata),
Edited by B.A. Dombrovsky, G.A. Sergeyev, & B.M. Inyushin. Southern
California Society for Psychical Research.

Sergeyev, G.A., & Kulagin, V.V. (1972b). Characteristics of Bioplasmic

Energy, in Bioenergetics Questions (Material of the Scientific
Methodological Seminar in Alma-Ata), Edited by B.A. Dombrovsky, G.A.
Sergeyev, & B.M. Inyushin. Southern California Society for Psychical
Research.

Shade, C. (2020). The Science Behind NMN-A Stable, Reliable

NAD+Activator and Anti-Aging Molecule. Integrative Medicine, 19(1), 12-
14.

Shakhparanov, I.M. (1998). Kosyrev-Dirac Emanation: Methods of Detecting

and Interaction with Matter. Journal of New Energy, 2(3-4).

Shakhparanov, I.M. (2001). Interaction of Matter and Methods of Detecting.

New Energy Technologies, 1, 275-280.

Sharma, A. (2006). A Primal Perspective on the Philosophy of Religion.

Springer Verlag.

Sharratt, A. (2019, October 16). The Healing Power of sound: Studies Show
Sound Baths Can Improve Not Only Mood but Also Physical Symptoms
Such as Chronic Pain. The Globe and Mail.

Sheldrake, R. (1999). Dogs That Know When Their Masters Are Coming
Home. Three Rivers Press.

Shepherd, A.J. (1954). Rudolph Steiner: Scientist of the Invisible. Inner

Traditions International.

Shipov, G.I. (2004). Dark Energy in the Theory of the Physical Vacuum.
Uvitor Shipov. Retrieved March, 2022, from: http://www.shipov.com

Shore, A.G. (2004). Long Term Effects of Energetic Healing on Symptoms

of Psychological Depression and Self-Perceived Stress. Alternative Therapies
in Health and Medicine, 10(3), 42-48.

Siegfried, T. (1999, July 5). Hidden Space Dimensions May Permit Parallel
Universes, Explain Cosmic Mysteries. The Dallas Morning News.

Sinclair, D. (2019). Lifespan: Why We Age – and Why We Don't Have To.
Simon & Schuster.

Singer, D.W. (1941). The Cosmology of Giordano Bruno (1548-1600). Isis,

33(2), 187-196.

Sivin, N. (1988). Science and Medicine in Imperial China—The State of the

Field. The Journal of Asian Studies, 47(1).

Sivin, N. (1993). Huang ti nei ching 黃帝內經. In Early Chinese Texts: A

Bibliographical Guide, ed., by M.l Loewe. University of California Press,
196-215.

Sladek, J. (1974). The New Apocrypha: A Guide to Strange Sciences and

Occult Beliefs. Panther.

Slipher, V. M. (1913). The Radial Velocity of the Andromeda Nebula. Lowell

Observatory Bulletin, 1, 56–57.

Smoot III, G. (Date unknown) Aristotle's Physics. Berkeley Lab. Retrieved

March, 2022, from: http://aether.lbl.gov/www/classes/p10/aristotle-
physics.html
Spergel, D. (1996, March 6). The Case for Non-Baryonic Matter. Princeton
Department of AstroPhysical Sciences. Retrieved March, 2022, from: http://
www.astro.princeton.edu/~dns/MAP/Bahcall/node2.html

Spergel, D.N., Et al. (2007). Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe

(WMAP) Three Year Results: Implications for Cosmology (WMAP
collaboration). The Astrophysical Journal Supplement Series, 170(2), 377–
408.

Spottiswood, J. (1997). Journal of Scientific Exploration, 11(2), 109-122.

Sridhar, M.K. (2015). The Concept of Jnana, Vijnana and Prajnana

According to Vedanta Philosophy. International Journal of Yoga:
Philosophy, Psychology and Parapsychology.

Standford, R.G., & Stein, A.G. (1994). A Meta-Analysis of ESP Studies

Contrasting Hypnosis and Comparison Condition. Journal of
Parapsychology, 58(3), 235-270.

Steer, I. (2012). Who discovered Universe Expansion?. Nature, 490, 176.

Sternheimer, J. (1984). Musique des particules élémentaires: invariance

d'échelle, quantification et lois musicales dans la matière. Compte rendu du
Collège de France.

Sternheimer, J. (1987). Musique des particules élémentaires. Le Cahier

(Collège International de Philosophie), 180-182.

Stibel J.M. (2021). Decreases in Brain Size and Encephalization in

Anatomically Modern Humans. Brain Behav. Evol., 96, 64-77.

Swanson, C. (2003). The Synchronized Universe. Poseidia Press.

Swanson, C. (2008). The Torsion Field and the Aura. Subtle Energies &
Energy Medicine Journal Archives, 19(3), 43.
Swanson, C. (2010). Life Force: The Scientific Basis. Poseidia Press.

Targ, R. (1996). Remote Viewing at Stanford Research Institute in the 1970s:

A Memoir. Journal of Scientific Exploration, 10(I), 77.

Taylor, T. (2010). The Science Behind the Secret: Decoding the Law of
Attraction. Baen.

Tegmark, M., & Vilenkin, A. (2011). The Case for Parallel Universes.
Scientific American. Retrieved March, 2022 from: https://www.
scientificamerican.com/article/multiverse-the-case-for-parallel-universe/

Templeton A.R. (2010). Has Human Evolution Stopped?. Rambam

Maimonides Medical Journal, 1(1).

Thaddeus-Johns, J. (2017, January 6). Meet the First Humans to Sense Where
North Is. The Guardian. Retrieved March, 2022, from: https://www.
theguardian.com/technology/2017/jan/06/first-humans-sense-where-north-is-
cyborg-gadget

Thaut, M.H., Altenmüller, E., Finger, S., & Boller, F. (2015). Progress in
Brain Research, Music, Neurology, and Neuroscience: Evolution, the
Musical Brain, Medical Conditions, and Therapies. Elsevier.

Thompson, S.P. (1903, March 23). William Gilbert, and Terrestrial

Magnetism in the Time of Queen Elizabeth [Discourse]. Meeting of the Royal
Geographical Society, London, England.

Tiller, W. (1992). [Personal communication]. In Swanson, C. (2003). The

Synchronized Universe. Poseidia Press.

Tiller, W.A., Ph.D. (1997). Science and Human Transformation: Subtle

Energies, Intentionality, and Consciousness. Pavior Publishing.

Townsend, J.S. (2012). A Modern Approach to Quantum Mechanics (2nd

ed.). University Science Books.
Toyos, R., McGill, W., & Briscoe, D. (2015). Intense Pulsed Light Treatment
for Dry Eye Disease Due to Meibomian Gland Dysfunction: A 3-Year
Retrospective Study. Photomedicine and Laser Surgery, 33(1), 41–46.

Trapp J., & Jung, M. (2006). The Role of NAD+ Dependent Histone
Deacetylases (sirtuins) in Ageing. Curr. Drug Targets, 7(11), 1553–1560.

Tuunainen, A., Kripke, D.F., & Endo, T. (2004). Light Therapy for Non‐
Seasonal Depression. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2.

Ullman, M. (1973). Symposium: Psychokinesis on Stable Systems: Work in

Progress-PK in the Soviet Union. Parapsychology Research, 121-125.

UNEP (United Nations Environment Programme). (2017, February 23). UN

Declares War on Ocean Plastic[Press release]. https://www.unep.org/news-
and-stories/press-release/un-declares-war-ocean-plastic

Urban, T. (2017, April 20). Neuralink and the Brain's Magical Future. Wait
But Why. Retrieved March, 2022, from: http://waitbutwhy.com/2017/04/
neuralink.html

Utts, J. (1996). An Assessment of the Evidence for Psychic Functioning.

Journal of Scientific Exploration, 10(1), 3-30.

van Deursen, J.M. (2019). Senolytic Therapies for Healthy Longevity.

Science, 364(6441), 636–637.

Vassilatos, G. (2000). Lost Science. Adventures Unlimited Press.

Voigt, J. (2013). The Man Who Invented "Qigong”. Qi: The Journal of
Traditional Eastern Health & Fitness.

von Bartheld, C.S., Bahney, J., & Herculano-Houzel, S. (2016). The Search
for True Numbers of Neurons and Glial Cells in the Human Brain: A Review
of 150 Years of Cell Counting. The Journal of Comparative Neurology,
524(18), 3865–3895.
von Belkum, S.M., Bosker, F.J., Kortekaas, R., Beersma, D.G.M., &
Schoevers, R.A. (2016). Treatment of Depression with Low-Strength
Transcranial Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields: A Mechanistic Point of View.
Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology and Biological Psychiatry, 71, 137-
143.

von Reichenbach, K.B. (1850). Researches on Magnetism, Electricity, Heat,

Light, Crystallization, and Chemical Attraction in their Relations to The Vital
Force, Parts I and II. W. Gregory (Ed.). Taylor, Walton and Maberly
Publishers.

Wang, S.S., Et. al. (2002). New Technology for Deep Light Distribution in
Tissue for Phototherapy. Cancer Journal, 8(2), 154–163.

Wanjek, C. (Date unknown). Quintessence, Accelerating the Universe?.

Astronomy Today. Retrieved March, 2022, from: http://www.
astronomytoday.com/cosmology/quintessence.html

Watson, B. (2013). The Complete Works of Zhuangzi. Columbia University

Press.

Weinberg, S. (2011). Dreams of a Final Theory: The Scientist's Search for

the Ultimate Laws of Nature. Knopf Doubleday Publishing Group.

Weisskopf, V. (1981). The Development of Field Theory in the Last 50

Years. Physics Today, 34(11), 69–85.

Western Electrical Company. (1969). Fundamentals of Telephone

Communication Systems.

Wetterich, C. (Date unknown). Quintessence – A Fifth Force from Variation

of the Fundamental Scale [PDF]. Heidelberg University. Retrieved March,
2022, from: http://www.thphys.uni-
heidelberg.de/~wetterich/DEBarcelona0706.pdf

Wheeler, J.A., with Ford, K. (1998). Geons, Black Holes and Quantum
Foam: A Life in Physics. W.W. Norton.
Whiteman, J.H.M. (1961). The Mystical Life. Faber & Faber.

Whitney, Craig R. (1997, August 5). Jeanne Calment, World's Elder, Dies at
122. The New York Times.

WHO (World Health Organization). (2014, June). Antimicrobial resistance:

Global Report on Surveillance[Report]. Retrieved March, 2022, from: http://
apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/112642/1/9789241564748_eng.pdf?ua=1

Wilford, J.N. (1987, December 29). Beyond Gravity: Seeking a Fifth Force,
Scientists Find Hints of a Sixth. The New York Times.

Will, U., & Berg, E. (2007). Brain Wave Synchronization and Entrainment to
Periodic Acoustic Stimuli. Neurosci Lett., 424(1), 55-60.

Williams, E.A. (2003). A Cultural History of Medical Vitalism in

Enlightenment Montpellier. Ashgate.

Wirz-Justice, A., Daan, S., Folkard, S., Lewy, A., Lund, R., & Zulley, J.
(2005). Rutger Wever: An Appreciation. Journal of Biological Rhythms,
20(6), 554–555.

Wolf, F.A. (1981). Taking the Quantum Leap: The New Physics for Non-
Scientists. Harper & Row Publishers.

Woloshyn, T.A. (2017). “Consuming light". Soaking Up the Rays: Light

Therapy and Visual Culture in Britain, C. 1890-1940. Manchester University
Press.

Worm B., Et. al. (2006). Impacts of Biodiversity Loss on Ocean Ecosystem
Services. Science, 314(5800), 787-790.

Wu, C.Y., Et al. (2015). The Effects of Anti-Dementia and Nootropic

Treatments on the Mortality of Patients with Dementia: A Population-Based
Cohort Study in Taiwan. PLoS One, 10(6).
Yamboliev, I.A., Smyth, L.M., Durnin, L., Dai, Y., & Mutafova-Yambolieva,
V.N. (2009). Storage and Secretion of Beta-NAD, ATP and Dopamine in
NGF-Differentiated Rat Pheochromocytoma PC12 Cells. Eur. J.

Yan, X., Et. al. (1988a). Laser Raman Observation on Tap Water, Saline,
Glucose and Medemycine Solutions Under the Influence of External Qi.
Ziran Zashi (The Nature Journal), 11.

Yan, X., Et. al. (1988b). The Influence of External Qi on Liposome Phase
Behaviour. Ziran Zashi (The Nature Journal), 11, 809-812.

Yan, X., Et. al. (1990). Effect of External Qi of Qigong on the Decay Rate of
the Radioactive Isotope Am. Abstracts of the Third National Academic
Conference on Qigong Science, ed. By the Chinese Research Society on
Qigong Science, 17.

Yan, X., Et. al. (1999). Structural and Property Changes in Certain Materials
Influenced by the external Qi of Qigong. Materials Research Innovations, 2,
349-359.

Yan, X., Et. al. (2000). The Influence of External Qi of Qi-Gong on the Half-
life of Radioactive Isotope Am. Chinese Journal of Somatic Science, 10, 3-
12.

Yang, J.M. (1998). Qigong for Health and Martial Arts: Exercises and
Meditation. YMAA Publication Center.

Yogananda, P. (1946). Autobiography of a Yogi. The Philosophical Library,

Inc.

Yu, D.; Shuanli, Z; & Hai, D. (2000). "五行阴阳的特征与新英译" [English

Translation by Wu X., & Yin, Y.]. Chinese Journal of Integrative Medicine,
20(12), 937.

Yu, D.; Shuanli, Z; & Hai, D. (2002). Generalized Quanta Wave with Qi on
Traditional Chinese Medicine. Journal of Mathematical Medicine.
Xiong, J.H. (2010). The Outline of Parapsychology (Revised ed.). University
Press of America.

Xu, X. (2000). Qigong for Treating Common Ailments. YMAA Publication

Center.

Zhavoronkov, A., & Bhuller, B. (2015). Classifying Aging as a Disease in the

Context of ICD-11. Frontiers in Genetics, 6.

Zumberge, M.A., Et. al. (1990). The Greenland Gravitational Constant

Experiment. Journal of Geophysical Research (Submitted manuscript),
95(B10).

Zysk, K. (1993). Religious Medicine: The History and Evolution of Indian

Medicine. Routledge.